Empowering business leaders with legal insights.

Health Law Simplified breaks down the latest legal developments, compliance challenges, and regulatory changes in healthcare law—giving business leaders the insights they need to stay ahead.

Sandra Durkin and Elizabeth Lippincott of Strategic Health Law

Join attorneys Elizabeth Lippincott and Sandra Durkin each month for practical and engaging conversations as they break down the latest legal developments, challenges, and regulatory impacts in managed care. In this ever-evolving world of health law, they’re giving business leaders the insights they need to stay ahead.

Episodes are also available on Apple, Spotify, and Amazon.

Season 2 Podcast Transcripts

February 20, 2026

Sandy Durkin: 00:09

Hello, Elizabeth. Hello to all of our listeners. I know it’s 2026. It’s the first episode of Health Law Simplified for season two, and we’re really delighted to be here with you. How are you doing, Elizabeth?

Elizabeth Lippincott: 00:22

Yeah, hey, Sandy. I’m doing well. Head’s kind of spinning from all that’s going on, but it’s an interesting time for sure.

Sandy Durkin: 00:30

Yeah, absolutely. And just a reminder, we like to start our episodes off the same way that we start off our team meetings with a positive focus. Do you have anything that you’ve come with, Elizabeth, or do you want me to start?

Elizabeth Lippincott: 00:44

You know, it’s kind of a general thing. Just my job is never dull. So there’s just so much. I don’t think I need to do crosswords to keep my mind stimulated. Like there’s so much going on right now and coming out, and it’s just such a dynamic time. It is a very stimulating job.

Sandy Durkin: 01:04

Yeah, I agree. It is never boring. You know, and my positive focus is I would have struggled if we were recording this last week, but this week I had the privilege to travel to sunny Phoenix, Arizona, and go to the HCCA Managed Care Compliance Conference. And we’ve been going to that conference very long time. There were some really familiar faces, good friends, clients, and also met some new folks. And it was really fun to be at a compliance conference the same day that OIG issued long-awaited, updated compliance guidance. Everyone was geeking out in the middle of sessions. It was fun.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 01:53

Yeah, that is fun. Well, we can tell our listeners we were gonna record this last week and we had our content prepared, and then Monday night the advanced notice came out. And what was the other thing? We’re like, well, we can’t do that.

Sandy Durkin: 02:07

The RADV memo.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 02:09

Oh, yeah, and the RADV memo. We’re like, well, we shouldn’t record something and not talk about that. So let’s take a little more time and digest that and then be ready. And then now we have the OIG MA specific compliance program guidance. And Congress just passed an overhaul of the PBM industry, basically, PBM pricing. So we’re realizing we just gotta go today with what we have, right? We’ll talk about those things next time, but it is really like rapid fire major developments in the MA compliance world. And part D, sorry.

Sandy Durkin: 02:45

A huge shift from a year ago when you know CMS was transitioning and so quiet for so long. So yeah, they have really figured out their priorities and are putting out guidance left and right. Congress too. Yeah, that was a shock to see that.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 03:05

Yeah, yeah. Lots going on. Very interesting.

Sandy Durkin: 03:08

With so much going on, we did a little bit of dividing and conquering. And I know you dug into the rate announcement. Do you want to just give us the high level? I know it’s a really lengthy document.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 03:23

Yeah, absolutely. So CMS, you know, on its routine annual schedule, released the advanced notice on MA and Part D payment rates last Monday, January 26th, late in the day. And it was a shock to the markets by Tuesday morning after health insurance stocks were tumbling in response. Overall, the impact of the rate notice would be, which again isn’t finalized, this is just a proposal, would be a net increase estimated just under 1% for 2027 plan year. And by comparison, the rate of medical inflation is about 5%. So it’s you know effectively a cut. And so another point of comparison, the rate increase for 2026 net estimate was about 5%. So it was really a shock to the markets, to people working in the plans, and to all of the rest of us. So industry groups have been quite critical of the announcement. Typically, the final rate announcements at least a little higher than the advanced notice, but there’s no way to know how or whether CMS will respond to the stark market reaction or the industry response. So this really does inject more uncertainty into the MA market. One of the most things, of course, we’re health lawyers, and risk adjustment is a very important topic, not just for the financial impact, but for the legal risk that it creates in the current environment. We are often advising MA organizations and their vendors and providers taking risk on how to design risk adjustment programs that are effective enough to keep the plans in business in terms of identifying and properly coding medical conditions, but not incurring excessive legal risk. It’s a much tougher balance than a lot of people realize to do that, even for teams acting in complete good faith, because if you’re undercoding your medical risk, you’re not going to have enough premium revenue to cover medical cost. And of course, on the other hand, if you’re found to overcode, the legal risk can be financially catastrophic. And that risk comes not just from audits by CMS or OIG, but from False Claims Act whistleblower lawsuits. So very interesting topic for everyone, especially geeky health lawyers like us. And we discussed Kaiser just settled a risk adjustment lawsuit with the Department of Justice for $556 million. I think that’s a record. I think that’s the highest settlement that we’ve seen. So needless to say, we have been waiting for years on clear guidance from the government on the do’s and don’ts of risk adjustment programs and for retrospective chart reviews, among other topics. We were expecting guidance, but what the advanced notice does is really a wholesale elimination of risk adjustment coding from retrospective chart reviews. So starting in 2027, based on the proposal, CMS would no longer count diagnoses from unlinked chart reviews. Those are records that are added by plans that aren’t coded in an actual patient encounter. They would not count those diagnoses toward risk scores. So that would be a big change.

Financial analysts are saying that this likely accounts for an average cut of about 1.5% in that rate notice’s net impact. The thing is, is though, is that it varies from plan to plan. Some plans are quite aggressive about those unlinked chart reviews, some plans are not, either because they haven’t figured out how to put the processes in place, and or they’re concerned about legal risk associated with those post-service chart reviews and submissions for risk adjustment based on those. So I’m gonna go out on a limb. I actually I don’t like the overall, I’ll call it an austerity theme in the advanced notice overall. I don’t think a 1% increase is reasonable when medical cost is going up 5%. However, just looking at this unlinked chart review change saying those are not going to be accepted anymore, I don’t hate that. I’ve always felt like a lot of our smaller plan clients in particular are at a disadvantage because they were not comfortable keeping up with some of some of their competitors in terms of the retro chart review practices. And we have been, this is a ridiculous way to practice law and advise clients. Rather than having regulations or guidance about that, we’ve been having to, you know, filter through DOJ filings and court opinions on risk adjustment cases and federal court to try to advise plans on how to develop compliant processes, which is just not a good way to live.

We see this come up a lot in vendor contracts. It’s an issue in provider contracts, especially when providers are taking risk. There’s a whole cottage industry of companies that do this retro chart review work, and there’s nothing wrong with that, other than the bind that this whole situation puts plans in. It’s gonna be interesting to see if this is finalized. And there’s also this new guidance out from OIG about MA plans that covers risk adjustment. But I will say if I had my druthers, I’d see this change finalized. And I hope nobody’s offended if retro chart reviews are really important to them. But this would certainly simplify things for plans. If, and I say that with a caveat, I want to see CMS adjust the final rates to give a reasonable like cost of living rate increase in light of the trends in medical costs. So that was a lot more long-winded. I think you asked for high level, but those are my thoughts right now on the advanced notice. And CMS is going to be accepting comments through the 25th of this month of February. So we shall see, but a lot of suspense on what that final rate announcement will contain.

Sandy Durkin: 10:19

Yeah, thank you for that, Elizabeth. And don’t worry, we know you didn’t make the rule. You didn’t propose it. So you’re allowed to have your opinions. And I think for me, the most troubling part is the combination of the effective pay cut with the massive change to risk adjustment coding policies that are allowed. I’d rather see the risk adjustment change with, like you said, a more realistic payment rate. And I have been under the impression for some time that the industry is moving in the direction of prospective chart reviews. Those are more effective for actually addressing patient care, you know, getting the information back to providers. I do have some qualms because, or I guess, some nervousness, about the Kaiser settlement because those allegations in those cases involved queries and correspondence between plan and provider. That was an integrated system, so it was a little different than what independent unaffiliated plans are dealing with, but it does introduce a bit more risk into those proactive measures, risk adjustment measures that we’ve got a asterisk, we know that the OIG guidance is out there and there’s gonna be more coming from CMS. But yeah, those are my those are my thoughts on that.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 11:49

Yeah, so interesting. What else is new, Sandy?

Sandy Durkin: 11:53

Well, we got on Tuesday of last week, January 27th, a memo from CMS updating plans on the status of contract-specific RADV audits. Just as a reminder, last May, about nine months ago, CMS announced a RADV audit Blitz, a proposal to audit every single contract at every single plan, and to do so in short order and to extrapolate errors across the entire contract and collect contract level recoveries. That plan was delayed very quickly because a district court invalidated CMS’s extrapolation rule and another element of their methodology, the audit methodology, specifically the fee for service adjuster. So that undermines the methodology that CMS was planning to use for the RADV audits. So we had heard, RADV audits are still continuing on for payment year 2019, but that we had some questions about what CMS’s plan going forward. And this memo is just an update on CMS’s plan. So in the memo, notably, CMS says strengthening oversight of MA payments is a top priority for this administration. So that is a reiteration of a commitment that they articulated last year, and we can expect these audits are not going away. CMS noted a federal estimate that has been floating around for a very long time, suggesting that Medicare Advantage organizations have received $17 billion in overpayments. That’s based on a particular estimate, but that is what is driving this effort by this administration. And then CMS did confirm that it’s going to begin recovering overpayments for payment years 2011 to 2013. That might be surprising to folks who are not deep in this world that those years over a decade ago have still not been collected. But that’s the reality.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 14:13

Which wouldn’t, and those wouldn’t be extrapolated, right? They said they were gonna start extrapolation in 2014, but they still want to just collect what they identified from the samples.

Sandy Durkin: 14:21

Yeah. It’s 2018. Yeah, that is interesting. That’s when they’re gonna start extrapolating.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 14:24

Oh, I’m sorry. You’re right, you’re right, you’re right.

Sandy Durkin: 14:27

But these, there’s these findings of plans that were audited for those payment years years and years ago and so those recoveries u are gonna begin soon. And then CMS also confirmed that it is going to initiate RADV audits for payment year 2020 this month, February of 2026. So things are moving forward.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 14:50

Although, you know, that’s such a huge improvement over trying to do five years at a time. Oh, like kudos to whoever convinced in leadership like five years is too much to do at one time for anyone. The auditors, the auditees, everybody.

Sandy Durkin: 15:09

It really was overambitious. And I think we had questions about how realistic it was. And that’s this is one piece of the memo that I found helpful, reassuring to me as somebody in the industry, which is CMS said that it has been talking to stakeholders about its audit strategy and that it has refined its approach to be attentive to the operational reality for plans and providers. So they have made, so the CMS has made some changes to the audit strategy. Those include more time to submit medical records. In the announcement last year, there was going to be a very, very short window of time to submit medical records. And CMS has said we’re gonna go back to the five-month window to submit medical records and extended the time available to request a hardship exception with that timeline. And CMS has said it’s going to initiate RADV audits every three months and is going to publish a calendar describing the cadence of the audit initiations so that we can plan in advance. CMS. Yeah, planning.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 16:20

Yay, planning. You could plan in advance.

Sandy Durkin: 16:23

I love a calendar. And CMS touched on the sampling methodology, said that it’s going to use the sample size could vary. It could be 35 enrollees, it could be 200, but that is going to be based on the contract size or similar criteria. And CMS said if it’s a smaller contract, it’s not gonna be 200 enrollees. You know, it’s gonna be smaller for the smaller contracts, which makes sense. CMS addressed the medical record requirement. One medical record is required to support a payment. And CMS has said that for these audits going forward, a maximum of two medical records per audited HCC is going to be allowed. I think their previously plans were submitting as many as they could to try to get support for that HCCA or sorry, that HCC. And CMS wants to strike a balance between keeping the burden manageable and moving the audits forward at pace. And then good news, CMS is not using AI just yet. They CMS confirmed all medical record coding decisions that could result in an overpayment determination will be made by a human certified medical coder. So that’s you know, that’s what we tell our clients to do. Of course, we want the government doing that as well. They’re very much still looking into technology that’s powered by AI, but they committed to it being fully tested before it’s implemented in RADV audits, which is wonderful just because the stakes are so high and we want them to get it right.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 18:10

Yeah.

Sandy Durkin: 18:10

Oh, and CMS committed to it will comply with the district court’s order, striking down that extrapolation rule. So as long as it remains in effect, it will not be extrapolating payments.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 18:22

Yeah, yeah. I feel like that’s a really great development one year at a time. A lot of suspense around what ends up happening with the extrapolation rule, but yeah, it seems like a good approach.

Sandy Durkin: 18:34

It’s great to get just some timely information and updates. You know, often CMS is behind the curve on what the industry is doing. At least there’s a reflection of how quickly things are changing and an effort to meet the plans where they’re at. So besides these big topics.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 18:56

You want to talk big picture?

Sandy Durkin: 18:57

Yeah, I know we wanted to get into some big picture MA trends for this year. We would talk about enrollment. I know you put together some thoughts on that, Elizabeth.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 19:09

Yeah, we don’t have the enrollment numbers for 26 as of the recording of this episode. However, just looking back, I think it’s interesting that enrollment growth into MA flattened a little bit last year. So going into 2025, we’d been seeing like two, three percent increases in the percentage of Medicare beneficiaries in Medicare Advantage. That in in 2007 it was down at 19%. By 2025, it was up to 54%. However, the trend did flatten a bit from 24 to 25. It was not the rate of 2, 3% growth we had been seeing. And that was a really interesting development because you know that that tells you a lot of things that tells you that more people aging into Medicare might be thinking about is Medicare Advantage the right choice for me? Do I want to think about MedSupp? It might tell you that some people were, opting out and going back to original Medicare, depending on what other coverage options they had. So just an interesting development. I think a big story right now within Medicare Advantage enrollment is the growth of special needs plans. That did flatten a little bit going into 25, but it seems to be a strategic focus area for many plans. And within SNPs, the growth story was in C-SNPs. So chronic or disabling conditions, special needs plans. And that tells us something about MA organizations thinking within these targeted populations of people with certain chronic conditions, we can do a good job of reaching people and managing care. I will be, it’s harder to find Medsupp enrollment data. It doesn’t come out in as standardized a way, but I will be watching any information I can gather on MedSupp growth or just trends, because with the some of the negative press about Medicare Advantage and just I think a broader understanding of the distinction between original Medicare and Medicare Advantage in terms of networks, as some providers are leaving MA networks, and there’s just more awareness of the managed care features in Medicare Advantage. I’m wondering if we’ll see more people who have the financial means to pay a MedSupp premium on top of their Part B premium, on top of a standalone Part D premium. They can also pay for MedSupp, which for those who aren’t familiar costs generally considerably more than Medicare Advantage. If people who can bear those costs will be looking at going that route. We shall see, but it’s a very dynamic time in the senior market.

Sandy Durkin: 22:07

Have you thought, Elizabeth, do you think that if CMS finalizes the proposal to create a new special enrollment period for folks who experience a network change, a provider network change mid-year, do you think that could lead to an increase in MedSupp enrollments?

Elizabeth Lippincott: 22:27

It could. Providers are, as they see a growth in their patient population, especially for inpatient hospitals, as more and more of the patients on their wards are enrolled in Medicare Advantage plans, they are developing strong opinions about what plans they don’t mind working with, really mind working with, would rather, you know, it and you know they’re willing to take action based on those preferences. So it’s not just the rates, the rates matter a lot, but also the working relationship between the provider and the plan matters. And so I do think potentially there could be an interest on the part of patients and potentially their providers in creating conditions where people can return to original Medicare and buy MedSupp. And what I’m getting, the connection I’m making there is that when somebody gets a special enrollment period, so under current rules, if there is a significant network change that’s deemed quote significant by CMS, like a large system leaving a MA carrier’s network, then the notice that CMS mandates go to those affected members that are patients of that provider that’s leaving, that notice not only tells them you’ve got a special enrollment period to change to a new MA plan that is a network for your provider, they also get a notice that they have a guaranteed issue right to a Medsupp plan without medical underwriting if they return to original Medicare. That’s significant. And so I don’t know, there’s so many things I could say about this because brokers have generally less of an incentive to sell MedSupp because you do not receive renewal commissions indefinitely. I think it’s a six year cycle of renewal commissions where in MA those renewals you can receive indefinitely. So there are other factors at play there in terms of what gets sold to people. However I think there is a market of patients that are affected by some of these things to move into MedSupp and it could drive growth there.

Sandy Durkin: 24:45

Yeah those are really great points.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 24:48

What a system oh my gosh you can’t make this stuff up

Sandy Durkin: 24:52

And when you think about renewal commissions they continue indefinitely for now but I would be not shocked if we see changes in those.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 25:05

But so often we talk about this and you’re like it really is our healthcare financing system really is like a hodgepodge city that never had a planning commission.

Sandy Durkin: 25:17

None of us wanted this

Elizabeth Lippincott: 25:22

Nobody did, no Congress, nobody, everybody’s just doing the best they can but it really is a Frankenstein situation.

Sandy Durkin: 25:29

Yeah I think a lot about how health law is taught in in law schools and how healthcare is taught in undergrad and I’ve often heard folks lament that there the focus is on the provider side and that there’s very little attention given to managed care and payer functions. But I get it, it is very complicated. I wouldn’t want to teach the history.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 25:54

I know, I know, so interesting but yeah good question. I think we will hear more about MedSupp in the coming years.

Sandy Durkin: 26:02

Agree. Thanks for the update, big picture enrollment trends. It’ll be very interesting to see the numbers for 2026.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 26:09

For sure.

Sandy Durkin: 26:10

I am glad you talked about D-SNPs and how there’s been relatively more expansion in SNP enrollment because I wanted to spend a little bit of time talking about special needs plans. They are very important to many of our clients and as you alluded to you know a critical investment for a lot of plans. A lot of folks are considering going into this area but CMS has been regulating and really putting its fingers on the levers in special needs plans for the last several years. So there’s a lot of evolution in that system and if it’s an area where you’re thinking of expanding you need to pay attention to what’s happening because it’s changing rapidly so D-SNPs, the goal really of a of a D-SNP for dual eligible members who are eligible for Medicare and Medicaid, is to help members coordinate care between those two systems. But you know the programs are ultimately quite separate right with separate benefits, separate administrative processes, separate claims processes, separate appeals and grievances and that fragmentation can lead to gaps in care and you know situations such as avoidable hospitalizations, just bad member experiences. So a big part of CMS’s effort over the last maybe eight years or so is to improve integration between the two systems and to require DSNPs to do more and more integration between Medicare and Medicaid. And you know when I talk about integration, what I mean is maximizing the coordination of care across services so that somebody at the plan is looking at what the member is getting from Medicare and Medicaid and coordinating ensuring that costs aren’t being shifted from one program to another unnecessarily and then just creating a really seamless experience for the beneficiaries. So these integration requirements which they started, they went first went into place in 2019 you know the main integration requirement is that all D-SNPs have to have a state Medicaid contract. So a contract with the state Medicaid agency. That was not always the case, it has been the case though since 2019. And then there is a category of plans they’re called applicable integrated plans that also have to have a unified appeals process for Medicare and Medicaid. And that’s really a smaller number of plans are even able to do that but it is it is a requirement. And then CMS has created more structures that it’s put in place over the last few years to encourage D-SNPs to integrate more. So they’ve created definitions for fully integrated dual eligible SNPs and these are SNPs that have to cover all Medicare and Medicaid services in addition to the Medicare services. There’s highly integrated dual eligible SNPs they’re called HIDE-SNPs and a subset of Medicaid services need to be provided by the same entity as the Medicare services and then they need to coordinate and then the majority of SNPs are coordination only D-SNPs where the members are not receiving Medicaid coverage from the same parent entity, but the plan does have the obligation to coordinate and to do things like do a health risk assessment and you know do some planning that takes into consideration the Medicaid coverage as well. So what we have seen is that CMS is really wanting to push more plans to HIDE status towards full alignment. So they want to see plans enrolling to the extent that they can offer a Medicaid plan in addition to a Medicare plan, they want them to be providing that and they don’t want them to be only enrolling Medicare members and not enrolling Medicaid members. They don’t want Medicaid beneficiaries receiving their Medicaid coverage from a separate entity if they don’t have to. What they’re looking for is for every D-SNP to integrate or to get out.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 31:06

And that makes sense. I’m trying to think about it from the provider’s perspective and you might not know the fresh analysis because we didn’t talk about it before, but if I’m in the hospital and I’m in a D-SNP and I’m also in an MCO so I have Medicaid through say a different carrier that has a Medicaid managed care plan. And then I have a D-SNP Medicare plan is the hospital, say I need something that needs prior authorization, are they having to get it from both or would they just go to the SNP because I know Medicaid is always the payer of last resort. So I wonder how that plays—that might be a question for another day. Like I wonder how that plays out.

Sandy Durkin: 31:49

That is a really good question. Right that is one of the issues is that there’s overlapping benefits.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 31:56

Yeah, yeah, absolutely, and whose prior auth controls? That can’t be easy to deal with.

Sandy Durkin: 32:05

It does. I do know it requires, that coordination requires, quite a bit of like personnel at the at the plan in order to be able to look at those issues and then also processes to send claims, grievances, appeals over to the other entity that’s providing the Medicaid coverage. So yeah, it makes sense that CMS wants that integration.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 32:31

Yeah. And that’s I think that’s what’s driving a lot of this is just the administrative burden on the providers because they don’t have employees to do all of this work. Yes. You know they don’t it often ends up being actually the medical practitioner, the physician, the nurse practitioner that’s having to kind of do this off the side of their desk and get these approvals they are not staffed up to deal with this on this kind of scale.

Sandy Durkin: 33:00

Well and when you think about what is managed care, it makes sense that this is the role this is the function of the managed care plan.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 33:07

It is. It’s just the rest of the system is not equipped to deal with it.

Sandy Durkin: 33:14

Absolutely and plans are, business teams are, very good at figuring out ways to work around some of the complicated rules that CMS has put in place to facilitate that integration. One of those workarounds is called the D-SNP lookalike plan where a Medicare advantage organization offers a just a regular schmegular MA plan but over 80% of the members are dual eligibles. And CMS has said that that’s not allowed if you’re enrolling if your focus is dual eligibles if that’s what you’re what you’re targeting with your marketing it’s got to be a true D-SNP plan with the state Medicaid agency contract and CMS has lowered the threshold over the years for what constitutes a lookalike plan. It started off at 80% and now it’s down to 60%. So the rules are tightening and I think that’s really relevant because CMS is now looking at putting those integration requirements in place for C SNPs or chronic condition SNPs, you know, chronic right now. Right now those lookalike prohibitions, they don’t apply to C SNPs or I-SNPs but CMS has noticed…

Elizabeth Lippincott: 34:40

I-SNPs being institutional special needs plans for people in skilled nursing facilities or other institutional settings.

Sandy Durkin: 34:49

Exactly yeah. Thank you for defining that. We don’t talk about I-SNPs enough. I bet we will though, I bet we will be. So CMS is really concerned that dual eligible beneficiaries are now enrolling in these plans rather than DSNP plans and frankly that Medicare advantage organizations are focusing their efforts on growing the CSNP enrollment because there isn’t that challenging requirement to contract with the State Medicaid agency. There’s not the integration requirement. So in its recent proposed rule CMS actually issued an RFI, a request for information, asking for feedback from the industry on this trend of dual eligible enrollment in CSNPs and CMS said that you know we think this might be a problem and we think we might impose some of those requirements, the state Medicaid agency contract requirement, in the D SNP domain. We might look at phasing out lookalike SNPs in the C SNP area. And then you know CMS also said, but we do really recognize that these C SNPs are important. Chronic conditions, that’s been an important agenda item for this CMS since the beginning and so we do know that they want to support access to treatment and care coordination for people and they recognize that C SNPs are a way to do that.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 36:18

Yeah. And this kind of reminds me of our, kind of going back to the enrollment trends. If you think about the growth of MA since 2006 when the Medicare Modernization Act of 2005 reforms went into effect that really expanded Medicare Advantage, a lot of people since then have been aging into Medicare and electing Medicare Advantage when they turned 65. So you think about you know somebody that turned 65 in 2010 they were probably relatively speaking pretty healthy. That population that’s grown every year is aging. So that person is now 80. And so I think that’s driving some of the things we’re hearing about, you know not just the growth of special needs plans that could be targeted at trying to help some of those older people with more serious health conditions manage those, but the institutional SNPs and just the financial pressure, the pressure on margins as these folks age and of course the reimbursement is adjusted, but medical costs can go up very substantially. So the whole system, and then that larger population ending up on the hospital floor, is like the whole system as modified by this migration of Medicare beneficiaries into Medicare Advantage. The whole system is having growing pains as it matures through the decades.

Sandy Durkin: 37:46

Yeah, there’s the maturity element and then there’s also the wider availability of services and diagnostics. It reminds me about the conversation about neurodivergence and mental health. Is everybody is everybody more depressed or have we gotten better at identifying it? We know that plans have gotten very sophisticated at assessing their patients and identifying their conditions and that’s critical to the funding mechanisms and so it now it’s also incumbent upon the plans to make sure that those conditions get addressed.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 38:25

Yeah, good point. And there’s a proposal for a behavioral health star rating measure.

Sandy Durkin: 38:31

Yes, the depression screening. I think that’s a wonderful proposal and I was surprised. That would be the very first behavioral health measure to be included in the star ratings. So that’s a definitely a move in the right direction.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 38:25

Yeah interesting, so much, Sandy.

Sandy Durkin: 38:50

I know, I know. So much is changing. We could keep going, yeah, I could talk about DSNPs forever. We’ll probably talk more about them in a future episode. Before we wrap up, did we want to just give our listeners a little preview for some of the other issues we’re gonna be trying to cover this year.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 39:07

Sure.

Sandy Durkin: 39:08

I know that we are, at the very least, we’re gonna be talking about that OIG compliance update. That is a huge, huge change. I know that we want to talk about AI. I hope you’re not getting tired of talking about AI, but we actually haven’t addressed it on this podcast yet, so I’m excited.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 39:29

I think we can’t escape it. We can’t escape it.

Sandy Durkin: 39:32

Yeah we can’t put our head in the in the sand. We’re going to have a final rule, sometime soon I expect. Very exciting. And I know we are going to have more to say on the TPMO landscape because there have been a lot of developments in the industry we, even while CMS has been, I’m sure marketing, I know CMS has been busy trying to write the rules but the industry isn’t waiting to evolve so we’ll have something to discuss there.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 40:07

Yeah, lots going on. Well thank you. I think this was a good recap. It’s gonna be a busy year and we’ll just keep reading.

Sandy Durkin: 40:17

Nice to talk to you as always. Bye.

Date: 3/3/2026

Sandy Durkin (00:18)

Hi, Elizabeth.

Elizabeth Lippincott (00:19)

Hey Sandy, good to see you. How’s Michigan?

Sandy Durkin (00:21)

Good to see you too. Welcome everybody. Well, I will jump right into my positive focus for today. And it is that up in Michigan, we just had our first false spring. Everyone in the upper Midwest or probably any cold climate knows you have a few false starts getting into the spring weather and now it’s cold again, which is depressing. But, making it through false spring means we are closer to real spring. What about y’all?

Elizabeth Lippincott (00:52)

Yay. Yay. I spent a week at my younger brother’s, his wife just had their second child. So I got to spend a week with their four-year-old and then they brought the baby home and it was just lovely.

Sandy Durkin (01:05)

Congratulations.

Elizabeth Lippincott (01:06)

And I also have much more appreciation for having had two kids myself at one time. It’s amazing. Anybody does that.

Sandy Durkin (01:16)

Absolutely.

It really is, and now you’re giving me another positive focus, which is that I’m passed those years. And we have a lot of, you know, we have a lot of colleagues and clients who are really in the trenches, not just at work, but also at home. And it’s a tough job.

Elizabeth Lippincott (01:31)

Absolutely, absolutely. Yeah, my youngest turns 18 in May, so I’m graduating. Yeah. Thank you. We could just talk about this. I’m gonna get a piece of jewelry made for myself for his 18th birthday.

Sandy Durkin (01:45)

I love that. always have friends who when their kids have a birthday, they say and congratulations to us for having kept them alive for one more year. So 18 years, that’s a large accomplishment. Jewelry worthy.

Elizabeth Lippincott (01:58)

Yeah, exactly. Yeah. It’s a transition. Yeah, yeah. Yeah, it’s absolutely for sure.

Sandy Durkin (02:02)

Well, onward to Medicare Advantage. I don’t know that we have a title yet for this episode, but we’ve got some hot topics. I think you’ve brought some updates on some new legislation affecting PBMs. It’s felt like that has been on the cusp for years, and Congress finally made it happen.

Elizabeth Lippincott (02:25)

Yeah, it has. It’s fascinating. And it was in the February 3rd spending bill. So it was kind of tucked in. It had been percolating for a while, but was like, bam, here it is. And it’s going to be pretty significant. The implementation dates are delayed. So there are commercial reforms that they set a date of January 2029 for those to take effect.

The Part D reforms, the dates are gonna be set by rulemaking, but they’re anticipated to be January, 2028. So we do have a bit of a runway, but that’ll be here before we know it, when you think about every single PBM agreement in the Part D space needing to be amended. That’s a lot of work.

Sandy Durkin (03:13)

that is going to be a lot of work.

Elizabeth Lippincott (03:14)

But the most business significant Part D reform is that there’s no more pricing that’s tied to drug prices. So the PBM’s compensation has to be a flat fair market value administrative fee. There’s no spread pricing. There’s no pricing tied to the drugs price or rebates, which all starts to beg the question, like, what is the PBM’s incentive to negotiate good prices if they can’t be paid based on having negotiated good prices? But anyway, that’s the law.

Sandy Durkin (03:55)

That’s a huge change. This is perhaps an obvious question, but this affects Medicare Advantage plans with a Part D benefit, not just the standalone plans.

Elizabeth Lippincott (04:08)

Yeah, absolutely. So all part D business. So, what we often see in PBM agreements is it’s even when you have passed through pricing, you do have other incentives for the PBMs performance in its pricing negotiations. So you might have a rebate guarantee and compensation or other performance guarantees tied to that kind of thing. And we’re going to have to see the rulemaking that comes out of CMS on this, but it’s going to be a major change to, certainly any, I’ve never seen a PBM agreement with flat administrative fee and nothing else. So it’s going to be interesting to see the feedback that CMS gets in terms of the rulemaking. Is there any flexibility and like, how do you incentivize a PBM to do what you want it to do in terms of, if it’s really just getting an admin fee for its work. Because that’s its work on the claims side. Like that makes sense to me on the claims administration, formulary administration, like accuracy, that all makes sense. But on the negotiation side, I’m really wondering how that’s going to work.

Sandy Durkin (05:23)

That’s really interesting. So thinking through how the agreements will need to change, obviously, all the pricing terms potentially guarantees and performance incentives. And I’m wondering how they’re going to define PBM. I’m sure it’s defined in the legislation. And if there’s room for another industry to crop up that takes over the negotiation or for PBMs to spin off a part of their business and create another middleman.

Elizabeth Lippincott (05:51)

Or how much, yeah, how much more work the plans are gonna be, because we have plan clients that do their own rebate negotiations, where the pharmacy unit, you know, department within the plan, in addition to the work the PBM is doing, they go directly to manufacturers and have their own rebate negotiations, and they have some rebates that come directly, you know, and those can be tied to formula replacement or other factors. Sometimes there are deals, deals going on with some of these really expensive gene therapies and $100,000 or millions of dollars drugs that are even value-based, like if this works, we’ll pay you this amount. So you wonder how much this is going to push that negotiation work onto plans that could be good or bad or both.

Sandy Durkin (06:38)

And if they’ll even be able to do it.

Elizabeth Lippincott (06:40)

Yeah. It’s going to be a major shift.

Sandy Durkin (06:42)

Yeah, because if you’re a plan, like a Humana with your own PBM, that would presumably be precluded, but somebody’s gonna need to put that pressure on pharmacy, know? It kind of makes you realize the PBMs weren’t doing something so bad.

Elizabeth Lippincott (06:58)

Well, I’m sure they were and they weren’t, you know, like it’s always a mix. Yeah, it’s fascinating though how legislators will get so focused on one problem and then they like pound that with a hammer.

Sandy Durkin (07:18)

Absolutely. It’s reminding me of the overhaul to the Part D program that was passed as part of the Inflation Reduction Act a number of years ago. Just in terms of how there were these,

Elizabeth Lippincott (07:32)

Mm-hmm. Was that a number of years ago? It seems like a…

Sandy Durkin (07:35)

I know it seems like yesterday, but I remember there was a long runway to implement these massive structural changes and you and I were fretting behind the scenes. Nobody’s talking about this. How are they gonna do it? And sure enough, they’ve implemented, the industry has responded, implemented the payment plan and it’s not been without significant financial impacts, but they got it done and they’ll get it done again. Well, thank you for digging into that.

Elizabeth Lippincott (08:05)

Yeah, yeah, absolutely.

Sandy Durkin (08:06)

I’m sure we’ll have more to say as questions start coming in. I echo, I think, what you’re saying is that, even though there’s a long runway, the work probably needs to start happening this year.

Elizabeth Lippincott (08:19)

Yeah, for sure. And there is other stuff. That’s just kind of the high point, thinking about Medicare plans is that admin fee requirement, but they’re also even in commercial plans, there’s gonna be 100 % pass through requirement. For ERISA plans, PBMs are now statutorily designated as covered service providers. So the reasonableness and prohibitive transaction rules will apply to them. There are substantial new transparency requirements across lines of business, Medicare and commercial. And then in Part D, and this is kind of a mystery how this will be interpreted by the agency, but CMS is going to be called on to define and enforce reasonable and relevant contract terms for PBMs. So they have this expansion. It sounds to me like a bit of an erosion of the non-interference clause from Part C that’s applied to Part D, but CMS is going to have a larger role in regulation of contract terms between PBMs and pharmacies, as well as, you know, Part D plans and PBMs. So stay tuned, you know, how that will be interpreted by this administration and then of course by future administration.

Sandy Durkin (09:42)

I wonder if there’s, have you seen any discussion about legal viability, the viability of legal challenges? I know the lawsuits about the IRA are still going on. None have been particularly successful.

Elizabeth Lippincott (09:56)

Yeah. Well, there might be. My guess is those might occur after rules come out. Like, did they did they overstretch the statutory authority? But as far as the statute itself, no.

Sandy Durkin (10:12)

That’s really a big change. Thank you so much.

Elizabeth Lippincott (10:14)

Yeah, absolutely. What’s been on your mind, Sandy?

Sandy Durkin (10:18)

The new compliance program guidance from OIG. This is a big deal. The last time that OIG put out meaningful guidance for the MA program was in 1999, more than 25 years ago when the program was still Medicare Part C and Medicare Plus Choice. So this is really a big deal. The program has changed quite a bit since then. We’ve talked about how the enormous growth in MA means that it now serves more than half of Medicare beneficiaries. And at the same time, it’s just become a lot more complex. There’s a lot more offenders, a lot more delegation, a lot more money flowing between the government and plans and downstream entities. And there’s more legal risk, and more compliance risk. So I think this guidance is very welcome by much of the industry, right? As long as MA is gonna be in the spotlight, it’s very valuable to have clear rules for plans to, and not just plans, but all of the stakeholders in the industry to go by. So that’s been very exciting.

Elizabeth Lippincott (11:29)

Do you think it gives clear rules? I’ve heard, was talking to a client about like, it says what the risk areas are, but like we knew that.

Sandy Durkin (11:38)

Yeah, you know, what I find most helpful about the guidance is that it identifies the risk areas and it also includes a lot of recommendations and practical considerations for mitigating those risks. So we’re always looking for best practices to support compliance for our clients, you know, things that are not rules, they’re not strictly required, but are helpful. And there is quite a bit of that in the guidance. One thing to note is that OIG is clear that this is voluntary compliance guidance. It recognizes that compliance programs are not one size fits all. There’s different expectations for smaller organizations and larger organizations. So this isn’t binding, right? The purpose is to help plans identify their own risks and implement an effective compliance program to reduce those risks. On the flip side, OIG does view this guidance as reflecting reasonable compliance practices. So I think a plan or anyone in the industry would be at your own peril to just ignore these best practices and practical suggestions.

Elizabeth Lippincott (13:02)

I agree. And I also think those non-binding sources of guidance are really important to treat as a little more than non-binding. They’re very important if you’re defending a lawsuit. CMS guidance that is…

Sandy Durkin (13:17)

Absolutely.

Elizabeth Lippincott (13:18)

And you can say, we’re doing what we’re supposed to be doing as part of your defense. We have a good faith compliance program, that kind of thing. So even though they’re not part of the CMS Guidance made binding by the terms of the CMS contract with MA plans, I would treat them as comparable to that unless something that was specifically recommended was prohibitively expensive for your organization. I do think organizations need to treat that as a resource that requires an implementation exercise where you identify any gaps between what you’re doing and what’s in that guidance. And if you are going to leave a gap, have a really good documented reason why you chose under your facts and circumstances to not adopt a recommendation.

Sandy Durkin (14:08)

Absolutely. That’s excellent advice. I also want to give a plug for our colleague Charles Baker at Ankara. He did an analysis of this guidance. You can find it on LinkedIn. And he talks about some of the parallels between this guidance from OIG. OIG is the Office of the Inspector General within HHS. It is distinct from CMS.

Elizabeth Lippincott (14:37)

It’s really CMS’s oversight body within the agency.

Sandy Durkin (14:38)

And Charles talks about how the updated CMS audit protocols are really aligned with this OIG guidance. They need to be read together, but they reinforce the same concepts, namely, the importance of operationalizing your compliance program structure. So it’s not about just being able to check the box. We have met the seven elements of an effective compliance program. You need to show how your processes actually work to monitor and correct compliance issues. And that’s an overarching theme of both this guidance and the updated CMS audit protocols.

Elizabeth Lippincott (15:23)

Yeah, that’s a really good insight. And the other thing is, the compliance program guidelines were last updated in January of 2013. So this really is the guidance right now. And they don’t mention risk adjustment. I’ve searched for it. It’s not in there. And so it’s very important that this is the kind of latest and greatest instruction.

Sandy Durkin (15:52)

Absolutely. And it’s fairly comprehensive. There’s a number of key areas that are covered. It covers the OIG, industry guidance, covers access to care, which encompasses both network adequacy and utilization management, including prior auth. It covers marketing and enrollment. It does cover risk adjustment. Thank goodness. It covers quality of care, so that would be your star ratings measures and provider incentives. It covers broadly oversight of third parties. There’s some specific guidance for compliance programs within vertically integrated organizations or organizations with other ownership structures. And then there’s a section on data accuracy, the importance of submission of accurate claims. And OIG says, the absence of a previously identified risk area does not signal that the risk no longer exists or has become irrelevant. So this does not supersede any pre-existing guidance from OIG, but this is the latest and greatest on these really hot button issues.

On risk adjustment, I will give you a little preview. This gets to your earlier question of are there clear rules? Well, no, unfortunately, right? They reinforce, restate what we already know, which is risk adjustment data has to be accurate. It has to be consistent and compliant with the coding guidelines.

What OIG does say is this remains the single most significant fraud and abuse risk in Medicare Advantage. We have persistent concerns with unsupported diagnoses, chart reviews, in-home health assessments, vendor-driven coding inflation, querying or prompting physicians to add diagnoses, weak documentation controls. And I think bottom line, what we’ve been saying for years is that unsupported or aggressive coding practices are going to create risk. But at the same time, the guidance does include a number of recommendations for how to address and minimize the risk of fraud and abuse in this area. Examples would be to pair the processes that you have for capturing complete diagnosis data. So like a chart review process with your compliance processes that are designed to ensure accuracy. So we’ve seen a lot of clients split those two processes apart, which is not per se wrong. But OIG’s recommendation is, these should be done together to really create a robust compliance focus.

Elizabeth Lippincott (18:49)

So if you’re reviewing charts, do it two way while you’re doing it, basically.

Sandy Durkin (18:55)

It’s efficient. While you’re looking at it, you should flag the things that are not supported and then follow through and remove them from your data.

Elizabeth Lippincott (19:05)

Interesting. Yeah. Well, what’s really interesting too is the proposal to stop that we talked about in our last episode in the advance notice for payment, the proposal to stop accepting codes for risk adjustment from retrospective chart reviews.

Sandy Durkin (19:20)

Yeah, and I got a sense of a bit of the left hand not talking to the right hand here when I saw that reference to chart reviews in this guidance. I mean, we’ll see. We’ll see what happens.

Elizabeth Lippincott (19:30)

Yeah. Yeah, we’ll see. And they aren’t saying it’s prohibited. They’re just saying we won’t adjust the risk score based on that.

Sandy Durkin (19:38)

One useful framework that OIG gave here. This is not in the risk adjustment section, but it’s in the section on claims accuracy. OIG explained how there’s really a spectrum of conduct that can all create exposure under the False Claims Act. So on one end you have participating in a scheme to submit fraudulent information to increase payment.

You know, nobody that we know is doing that. You know, that’s the most egregious example. But knowingly failing to withdraw inaccurate diagnosis codes that were identified in an audit or should have been identified in an audit, that also can create risk. As can submitting unsupported diagnosis codes that, you know, are not consistent, that have not been documented in a way that’s consistent with the rules. So, you know, if this chart review proposal gets finalized, if you continue to do that, you know, that’s going to create exposure under the False Claims Act.

Elizabeth Lippincott (20:49)

Yeah. Yeah, so interesting. Well, enrollment data is out for 2026. We talked about trends last time and they truly continued the flattening of growth in Medicare Advantage. What’s interesting just as a point of comparison is about 4 million Americans a year age into Medicare. Three and a half to four million a year. And that number has been growing just because of the demographics. And from 2025 to 2026, Medicare Advantage enrollment only grew 1.1 million. Isn’t that interesting? And we don’t know the distribution of agents versus people switching from original Medicare to MA, how that shakes out, but that’s pretty interesting. If 4 million people are aging into Medicare and MA only grows by about 1 million, that’s a significant slowdown where what we saw earlier, and thanks to Kaiser Family Foundation, KFF for the data they analyze on this, the data comes out from CMS and then they make it understandable, which I truly appreciate, but the growth rate on average in MA between 07 and 2024 was about 9 % per year on average. Going into 2025, that slowed to 4%. Going into 26, it slowed to 3%. So it suggests that a number of things are happening. One, a lot of people aging into Medicare are not electing Medicare Advantage.

Two, perhaps people are choosing who have the opportunity to get some other source of supplemental coverage, either Medicaid or they have VA benefits or they can afford a MedSupp program policy. They are going potentially from MA back to original Medicare. So yeah, very interesting. then we heard at the end of 2025, 10 % of MA enrollees lost their plans and had to choose another one. So we don’t have specifics on what did those people choose to do, but we are seeing a real flattening kind of at that, you know, in the 35 million people in MA that is not, the growth curve is way, way less steep than it was a few years ago. Very interesting.

Sandy Durkin (23:23)

And surely some of this is by design. We did see a number of plans really slow down on their marketing of MA products.

Elizabeth Lippincott (23:32)

Yes, yes, either non renew plans or shrink their service areas or keep plans in place, but cut the commissions to their brokers for those plans. There’s a whole controversy around that. But the interesting growth story is, of that 1.1 million in growth going into 2026, only about 20%. So 224,000 of those folks were new enrollees in individual MA plans, MAPD or MA plans. Special needs plans were over 80 % of the growth, 883,000 new special needs plans enrollees. So SNPs are the hot thing in MA right now. And that’s fascinating to me. Just as a trend. And we saw one large carrier, relatively large, Molina elect to just focus exclusively going into next year on SNPs for their MA line of business. So very interesting. There’s the sense that the flexibilities around care management that you have in special needs plans and just the rigor of the model of care and that model that is becoming increasingly attractive at least to some MA organizations.

Sandy Durkin (25:00)

I have a question and, it’s did KFF get at all into the distinction between D-SNPs and other types of special needs plans? Do we know, I would assume the majority of that enrollment was in D SNPs.

Elizabeth Lippincott (25:17)

Yeah, I haven’t gone that deep, but that’s a really good question. Maybe for next time.

Sandy Durkin (25:21)

And for anyone who’s interested, we did spend a fair amount of time in our last episode talking about regulatory changes that affect special needs plans and some potential future changes affecting chronic condition SNPs.

Elizabeth Lippincott (25:37)

Mm-hmm. And I would, if I were a product manager at a small or to mid-size Medicare Advantage organization, I would be thinking about special needs plans and thinking about finding or building the expertise to do that product really well, because that does seem like a place where the market is saying, this is a place where the MA model really works well.

Sandy Durkin (26:02)

And you have more flexibility in terms of benefits that you can offer within those, you know, the targeted populations that are in those special needs plans. So I think it’s a lot of work. You got to get that contract with the state Medicaid agency, but there’s a lot that you can do within that structure.

Elizabeth Lippincott (26:19)

Yeah, absolutely. So interesting times.

Sandy Durkin (26:22)

Yeah. Well, it’s nice to chat with you. All right, we’ll see you all later. Thank you, bye.

Elizabeth Lippincott (26:25)

Yeah, you too.

Yeah, thanks so much, Sandy. Bye.

March 23, 2026

SANDRA DURKIN 0:19

Hi, Elizabeth.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 0:20

Hi, Sandy.

SANDRA DURKIN 0:21

It’s nice to see you, as always. A beautiful day here in Michigan. And hopefully, for other folks listening from other places in the country, you’re also getting a bit of a reprieve from the winter.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 0:35

Yeah, yeah. It’s a lovely week.

SANDRA DURKIN 0:37

Do you want to start with positive focus?

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 0:39

Sure. I can go. I, dovetailing on the weather, I walked to lunch today and walked back, and it was just so nice to be outside. It’s hot. I’m not tired of hot yet. So it’s nice, nice lunchtime.

SANDRA DURKIN 0:54

I’m laughing. That is my thoughts are on right on track with that. It’s just starting to be spring up here in in Michigan, and yesterday was my first day without a coat, and my child was already complaining about it being too hot. They don’t know yet about the importance of appreciating what we have.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 1:16

Sure. Or they don’t know to mask when they’re not doing it.

SANDRA DURKIN1:19

That too. Yes. But yeah, that’s my positive focus as well. It’s beautiful. Beautiful day.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 1:26

Yeah.

SANDRA DURKIN1:27

So today we have a fun topic.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 1:30

Yeah, we’re shifting gears a little bit. We’re still in Medicare-ish, but a little, something a little different.

SANDRA DURKIN1:36

And I don’t know if you know this, Elizabeth, but my first project when I joined Strategic Health Law in 2019 was a Medicare supplement project. It was and I had been working in the managed care industry already, but when I came over to Strategic Health Law, I had no exposure to Medicare supplement at all. And we had a litigation matter in a coverage dispute under a MedSupp policy. And that was trial by fire, really jumping into a very niche product that I – and part of the task was not just educating ourselves, but also educating the arbitrator and the attorney on the other side, that there are, in fact, regulations that govern this product, even though it’s a commercial product and inform federal and state. Yeah. So this is a little fun retrospective for me. And I know you have been working in MedSupp way longer than I have. So I was hoping you could tell us some of your experience with the product.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 2:47

Yeah, definitely. MedSupp and I go way back. I started supporting the MedSupp line of business at the health plan where I worked when I started there in 2000. And at that time, we still had a pretty fresh memory of the standardization of Medicare supplement plans. Before 1991, there wasn’t any federal standard. Um, insurers just came up, or states came up with their own ideas, and there was kind of a hodgepodge of products designed for people with Medicare to help pay part or all of their cost sharing. And Congress decided this needs to be standard, you need to be able to compare prices across carriers more easily, we need to have predictable benefits. So in 1991, they passed legislation that kicked off the sort of lettered standardized plans that we know today. And at that point, we still had an, and there might still be people in their 90s or centenarians that still have some of the pre-1991 plans that they were permitted to keep. So we were sort of had this tandem product offering. But starting in 1991, the NAIC had put out standardized benefit parameters that are the same, you know, lettered benefits provided by carriers nationwide and model rules that the NAIC put out based on the federal standards that were adopted in the statute and in regulations were adopted with some modifications in certain cases by the various states. So it’s kind of a historic product.

SANDRA DURKIN 4:30

That is fascinating. And you just answered one of the questions I have had over the years, which is about these carve outs for the pre-1991 plans. I didn’t realize that’s when that’s when the standardization happened. You know, how common is MedSupp? You know, we get questions about it from time to time. I know some of our clients, it’s a big deal, and others don’t offer it. Uh but how many, how many people would you say are in MedSupp compared with a well-known product like Medicare Advantage?

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 5:04

Yeah, sure. It’s estimated to be around 14 million people nationwide are enrolled in MedSupp. We don’t have as good of enrollment data as we do for Medicare Advantage because CMS for MA puts out perfect enrollment data every month. Um, we don’t have that for MedSupp, but compilations, it usually ranges around 14, 14.5 million are the estimates. If you want to kind of back up from there, about 46% of the people who have Medicare are in original Medicare as opposed to Medicare Advantage. That is around 30 million people. So of those, a little over 40% approximately have a Medicare supplement policy. And KFF has some interesting survey data. I love, I love Kaiser Family Foundation data. It’s so interesting, their reports, but they have surveyed people with MedSupp and put out some information on their demographics based on self-reported information. The MedSupp beneficiary population tends to be higher income and a higher education population. And they have pretty significantly better, at least self-reported health status than on average people that are in Medicare Advantage. So it’s just kind of interesting. And we’ll get into some of the reasons behind that, likely reasons, because there really are differences in the demographics among the different groups.

SANDRA DURKIN 6:35

That’s really interesting. Okay, so it’s 14 million around. I understand that’s an approximation. And you mentioned 30 million around in original Medicare. And then the last I saw for, as of this year, we have about 35.5 million in Medicare.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 6:54

In Med Avantage.

SANDRA DURKIN 6:56

Okay. So it’s a pretty good chunk of beneficiaries with this product.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 7:01

Yeah, it is a decent, a sizable population. And we can talk more. So, it’s interesting, about four million people a year age into Medicare. And this year and last year, we saw in Medicare Advantage year-to-year growth about 1.1 million people, really flat growth, especially if you think about four million people aging into Medicare that year. Now, of course, it’s not a static population with people coming in, about two and a half, roughly two and a half million people a year pass away in Medicare. It’s likely that that is a, well, certainly an older population that might tend to be more likely to be an original Medicare. I haven’t drilled that down. But yeah, it’s very interesting to watch this population, people coming in, people exiting, and what the people in it are choosing to do for their coverage year to year.

SANDRA DURKIN7:59

That is interesting. Now, you mentioned that there are federal regulations that create standards, but that different states implement these federal regulations differently. So would you say it’s like a federal state hybrid structure?

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 8:17

Yes, that’s exactly right. And just for if there are any non-lawyers on the call, so state law governs private insurance, federal law governs Medicare, which is a federal program, and federal law governs Medicare Advantage because it’s essentially an outsourced federal program being administered by private contractors. But MedSupp is a straight-up state insurance product in terms of its financial nature, and that means it’s regulated by state departments of insurance. However, because of that federal statute that went into effect in 91, there are federal standards for these products that are set out in statutes and regulations that are then adopted by the states. So there are federal standards, there is federal law that is relevant, but the governing rules for the operations and then the oversight of the plans, the rate approvals go through the state departments of insurance, the state departments of insurance audit these plans, and they often review all the materials for these plans. So it is a state overseen insurance product. And all of the money, there’s no federal money going into Medicare supplement. So 100% of the risk for medical cost and administrative cost, all of that funding comes from the private premiums that are paid by the enrollees.

SANDRA DURKIN 9:48

Oh goodness, in a world where there is so much scrutiny on groups, organizations receiving federal funds, that almost gives me a sigh of relief.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 9:59

It is a simpler, of course, state, you know, state departments of insurance are rigorous oversight bodies, you know, that there’s a spectrum there, but I know it is it’s private health insurance that is designed to cover the cost sharing that the member has in original Medicare.

SANDRA DURKIN10:16

So when you think about questions like marketing of a MedSupp product, those would be state law governed by state law, so state consumer protection law, all of those regulatory schemes. Correct.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 10:29

Yeah, and there are Medicare supplement marketing regulations, model regulations that are adopted with some modifications by states. And in my experience, state regulators care a lot about how those products are marketed and sold. The state standards govern producer commissions, the commission and renewal schedule, questions like that.

SANDRA DURKIN10:50

That makes sense. It is a senior product. There is the same interest in making sure that these products are marketed accurately, in a non-confusing, misleading way to beneficiaries.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 11:02

In my experience, all of the marketing materials were reviewed by the state regulators. So yeah.

SANDRA DURKIN11:07

That makes sense. Speaking of updates, weren’t there some fairly recent updates to the federal requirements for Medicare supplement?

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 11:16

Yes, there were. The macra legislation, Congress made changes to the benefits that took effect in 2020. So the different lettered plans cover different amounts of the cost sharing for people with Medicare. There had been concern at the congressional level for some time that the – they used the term first dollar coverage plans, where basically the MedSupp plan covered all or virtually all of the individuals’ Medicare cost sharing. Congress didn’t like that because there was zero incentive on the members’ part to avoid Medicare cost or avoid overutilization. So Congress determined that after 2020, plans, I think C and F could no longer be sold to new enrollees. So people that already had it could keep theirs, but people newly purchasing MedSupp were not eligible for those plans, and they were replaced by plans that at least did not cover the Medicare Part B annual deductible. So plans, if anybody’s interested, plans um G and D replaced those plans that were phased out.

SANDRA DURKIN12:35

That is fascinating. Isn’t it? So the coverage was too good. And then it was too good.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 12:41

So just Because it was affecting, sorry, because it was affecting, at least in Congress’s view, it was affecting potentially utilization of federally funded Medicare benefits by covering everything.

SANDRA DURKIN12:54

That makes a lot of sense. Because can you, just to explain for those who are like totally new to MedSupp, so what it’s covering is the costs, like they pay a member’s cost sharing beyond what’s covered by original Medicare. Is that right?

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 13:09

Yeah, that’s exactly right. And cost sharing under original Medicare is actually pretty complicated because part A is separate from part B. If you’re in the hospital, there’s like a daily cost. And I’m oversimplifying grossly. If you’re um at the doctor’s office, it’s typically 20%. There’s a deductible for part B. There’ all these different costs, and there’s no maximum out-of-pocket cost in original Medicare. So there are all these different forms of cost sharing that can add up to huge amounts. So the different lettered MedSupp plans pay various degrees of that out-of-pocket cost that the person would have in original Medicare for parts A and part B. And then there’s other stuff that they cover too. Like typically there’s an international benefit for international travel with a $50,000 cap. So there can be other supplemental coverage included as well.

SANDRA DURKIN14:09

Okay. So essentially, this macra legislation provided that beneficiaries have to be on the hook for some amount of cost sharing.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 14:21

Yeah. There’s still incredibly rich benefits. Like if you’re on plan G, you still have almost all of your costs covered, but there’s gotta be something that you pay out of pocket.

SANDRA DURKIN14:31

That makes a lot of sense. And, you know, we talk a lot about the benefits of original Medicare versus Medicare Advantage, and how one of the reasons that people go to Medicare Advantage is for those out-of-pocket protections. And it sounds like MedSupp is a really good option for people who don’t want to have a network and want the flexibility of choosing their provider, but also some protection for those out-of-pocket costs.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 15:02

Yeah, definitely. You’ve got to have something if you don’t have, if you’re in original Medicare and you don’t have Medicaid or an employer group wraparound effectively a supplemental plan or VA or some other source of supplemental coverage, you really are uh dangerously underinsured if you just have original Medicare.

SANDRA DURKIN15:23

Yeah, particularly if you have any kind of chronic condition or anticipate that. That is very clear. Thank you for explaining that. Another issue, this might be a bit niche, but I think it’s becoming a more important issue in in light of some new requirements in Medicare Advantage, and that is the concept of guaranteed issue. So we’ve heard about guaranteed issue rights for MedSupp being an issue for people who have MA and might want to switch back to original Medicare. Can you tell us about that? What are guaranteed issue rights and how do they come up when you’re looking at MedSupp?

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 16:04

Yeah, and this just backing up a little bit, this is one of those examples of how the incremental nature of our health policy development creates sort of issues. So going back to 1991, there have been, this is in the you know, federal minimum standards for Medicare supplement, there have been guaranteed issue rights that states can build upon if they choose. Most, most don’t. So guaranteed issue means, first of all, Medicare supplement is an insurance product. And in most states, it’s legal to medically underwrite applicants for Medicare supplement or Medigap. It’s Medigap is a synonym for MedSupp. Don’t ask me why. It drives me bananas.

SANDRA DURKIN16:49

I’m laughing because I actually meant to ask you that up top. Tell me what Medigap is, because I remember when I was new to this world Googling, are these different?

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 17:04

The term that the statute uses. And yeah, I’m sure as a young attorney, I Googled the same question. Like, what’s the difference between Medigap and MedSupp? There’s not one. They’re the same thing. Don’t ask me why we have two names for it. I’m not sure. But so MedSupp, Medigap is a straight-up insurance product. The default is that plans can, insurers can, medically underwrite applicants. So that means if you have serious health conditions, they can deny the policy. Now, this is the floor. We’re going to talk about exceptions to this and states that choose to go beyond it, but they can decline to issue a policy based on pre-existing medical conditions. They can also say, well, we’ll issue the policy, but because of these problems, we’ll charge you a higher premium. Or in some cases, for temporary time, people would have a pre-existing condition exclusion historically. Also there, that’s old school, you know, it was insurance. Just that’s kind of, that was sort of the baseline of historic health insurance. Now, there is not an open enrollment season for MedSupp. That’s not a thing. You typically buy a policy when you first age into Medicare or when you have a guaranteed issue right triggered by some event. Now, guaranteed issue is an exception to the carrier’s right to medically underwrite. And that’s where the law says under these circumstances, you’re eligible to get a specified MedSupp policy. They don’t have to guaranteed issue all of their lettered policy options, but there are there’s a list that they have to make available without medical underwriting and without any adjustment to your fees based on your personal health situation. Now, they can age rate. So an 80-year-old is gonna pay more per month than a 65-year-old, but there’s no medical risk factored into the premium price. Now, the situations where in every state you have a federal guaranteed issue right are when you first become Medicare eligible for, you know, you age into Medicare. And then there is a right if you try Medicare Advantage for one year when you first become eligible for Medicare, or if you’re on MedSupp and you say, you know, I want to try this Medicare Advantage thing, but I’m not sure about it, if you change your mind in that first year on Medicare Advantage, you can return to your Medicare supplement or go back and buy a Medicare supplement policy. There are also guaranteed issue rights triggered, and these have been, some of these have been recent additions to the guaranteed issue standards. So if you’re in a Medicare Advantage plan and you lose your plan because it’s non-renewed, or they leave your service area, or if they’ve misrepresented something to you in the sales process, or they violate, they being the Medicare Advantage carrier, violates its contract, then you can get a guaranteed issue right to buy a MedSupp policy without medical underwriting. Or, and this is kind of a big deal, if you lose your policy effectively, or you have a right to change MA plans because of a significant network change. So, you go to a health system, you get your primary care providers at a health system that goes out of network from your Med Advantage plan, CMS determines that’s a significant network change, then not only could you choose another Medicare Advantage plan, you could, if you want, return to original Medicare and have a guaranteed issue right to buy a Medicare supplement policy. So that’s the framework as adapted for this new newfangled creation that just got started after 1991 of that we now know is Medicare Advantage.

SANDRA DURKIN 21:07

That is a really helpful list of all of the guaranteed issue rights, and understanding states can have more or better if they want to. And such an important beneficiary protection because I think a lot of beneficiaries really don’t understand that their ability to go back to original Medicare after joining an MA plan is limited in any way.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 21:33

Yeah, yeah. And people, critics of our healthcare system that don’t understand the history and are very critical of Medicare Advantage say once you get into MA after a year, you’re, you know, quote, stuck because you can’t go back to a MedSupp plan without medical underwriting. I get where they’re coming from, but it’s really just that’s an old school insurance product. That’s how it’s been since the beginning. And Then we have this new Med Advantage model with this annual enrollment period, and there’s not an annual enrollment period for MedSupp. And if you just think about it from one angle, medical underwriting sounds just unkind, but it serves a valuable purpose for the people that buy those policies because it protects the risk pool by encouraging people to buy MedSupp. And we’ll talk about the premiums, but they’re higher, and to pay those higher premiums, starting when they’re healthy and not waiting until they have a serious health condition and then enrolling for the first time.

SANDRA DURKIN22:36

Just like disability insurance or life insurance.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 22:38

Sure. Anything. Yeah, yeah.

SANDRA DURKIN22:40

I also just have to share, you know, we review a lot of marketing and educational materials for different organizations. And I have spent more time than you might think trying to figure out how to summarize these guarantee issue rights in a disclaimer in a footnote on a piece of marketing material. I know. And it can get very tricky when you want to make sure that you can make it. I think at the end of the day, we usually just say you may have guaranteed issue rights and then refer to the resources.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 23:12

I do want to say this episode is an introduction. I didn’t go through all the ins and outs of every guaranteed issue right, but it is quite convoluted.

SANDRA DURKIN23:20

Yeah. So thank you. That’s our verbal disclaimer.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 23:21

Including which ones map to which plans you can get. Like it’s, of course, it’s as complicated as it could possibly be.

SANDRA DURKIN23:31

Yeah, and I think you did a little prep for us and you said the plans that are subject to guaranteed issue are A, D, and G.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 23:38

I think it gets it gets even more complicated than that in some cases. So put a little caveat on that, a little asterisk.

SANDRA DURKIN23:46

So you mentioned that some states go beyond federal requirements for guaranteed issue. Do you have any states off the top of your head that you can point to and tell us what that would look like in practice?

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 23:56

Yeah, I can give you an example. One example is New York. So it has elected to have continuous guaranteed issue without medical underwriting. So this means that in New York, at any point in your life as a Medicare beneficiary, for any reason, you can buy a Medicare supplement plan. So you could try Medicare Advantage for a few years if you develop, or for whatever reason, but in the case you develop a really serious health condition and want the flexibility that original Medicare gives you, you can at that time buy a MedSupp policy without medical underwriting. So on the positive side, that gives New Yorkers a lot of flexibility. On the negative side, it does drive up premiums because of the risk pool impact of that policy choice.

SANDRA DURKIN 24:49

So what are the main reasons somebody, looking at their insurance options, over 65 and over, what are some of the main reasons someone would choose Medicare supplement over Medicare Advantage?

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 25:03

I think it’s very individual, but I think one of the main, well, it could be your geography. You know, some people still live in areas where there are not as many Medicare Advantage options. But, you know, assuming that there are, one of the main reasons someone would choose to be an original Medicare and buy a MedSupp plan would be flexibility and basically opting out of a managed care model. There are some great things about managed care. We’re not trying to make value judgments about one route or the other. But Medicare Advantage was really designed to be an option for people that were going to be comfortable with being in a contracted network where either they had to get their care through that network if it was available, or they um could go out of network and have higher out-of-pocket costs. But it’s evolved from a true option for those that are attracted to it to the default way that, you know, whatever it is now, 54% of or more than half of people get their Medicare benefits. And a lot of the controversy around features of Medicare Advantage, like the networks, which in some cases are closed, like prior authorization, probably stems from a lack of awareness up front that there are these two pathways you can take: fee-for-service Medicare, original Medicare, or Medicare Advantage, where people are not prepared for the experiences that they might have down the road, where they need to get care within a network and would prefer not to, or they’re facing prior authorization processes that they would not have if they were in original Medicare and with a MedSupp policy. So those are the main advantages, those forms of flexibility. So just an example if you are diagnosed with a rare form of cancer and you determine that a doctor that you want to see is at the Mayo Clinic in Minnesota and you’re in a Medicare Advantage plan, in many cases, if you know, assuming the plan has providers that treat that kind of condition and it’s just a preference that you would rather go to this other person, you’re not going to be able to do that and have coverage in a network product. So if that kind of flexibility, and of course, when you’re making this decision, it might be 10, 20 years down the road when that scenario comes up. If you’re willing to, we’ll get into the payment, but if you’re willing to pay over the years for that flexibility, then it would make sense up front if you have the means to elect a MedSupp route. And some people want that type of flexibility. I will say with prior authorization, the trend is moving towards, it’s nowhere near equal levels of prior authorization requirements, but original Medicare is implementing more prior authorization for more things. So, you know, in 10 years, 12 years, I guess, when I’m making a decision, there might be less of a gap, at least on the utilization management between original Medicare and Medicare Advantage, but time will tell.

SANDRA DURKIN28:26

And at the same time, I think Medicare Advantage, some of the larger companies are rolling back some of their prior authorization requirements, with all of the controversy around some of the issues and worst-case scenarios. It’s definitely in flux. I also want to note we’d gotten a fair amount of questions over the years about providers opting out of original Medicare, which that seems to have been a bit of a trend as well. So you might still run into issues, but you know, certainly you have more options when you’re not dealing with the network.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 29:06

That’s a good point. Yeah, I don’t think we talked about that. I say there’s no network in MedSupp. Of course to everything there’s exceptions. There are some select MedSupp that do have a preferred network. That’s not the norm, but that does exist. Also, I say there’s no network, but it’s that you can go to any doctor that accepts original Medicare. You can’t go to an opt-out provider and receive coverage.

SANDRA DURKIN29:33

Yeah. We wouldn’t be lawyers if we didn’t have to explain the exception to the exception. Exactly.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 29:39

Yeah, exactly. Exactly. Yeah.

SANDRA DURKIN29:41

You know, those sells were like some really great benefits. And you know, it raises the question. So what are the disadvantages of having original Medicare and MedSupp versus managed care product like Medicare Advantage?

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 29:55

The major downside is the cost of Medicare supplement when you add it to the other costs you’re going to be paying in Medicare. So premiums for MedSupp typically run from, say, $100 to $300 range. They typically are age rated and will go up as you age. Of course, the higher costs are likely to be experienced in the states that have more generous guaranteed issue requirements because of that risk pool impact. And you compare that to MedAdvantage, which is not designed for the medical benefit to even have a member premium. So it can be quite costly, especially when you think say your say your MedSupp premium is $200 a month. That’s on top of your Medicare Part B premium that everybody pays. If you have higher income, you may be paying an IRMA cost. And then you also have a standalone Part D premium, and it’s not getting subsidized the way it often is if you have a Medicare Advantage Part D prescription drug plan. So I’ll use an example of what I mean. So I have a family member on a Medicare Advantage prescription drug plan that has an enhanced prescription drug Part D benefit. They pay $19 a month for that combined MAPD product. If they just bought the same drug coverage as a standalone Part D plan, that plan runs about $70. So well over half of that Part D premium for that individual is being subsidized by their MA plan. You don’t get that. So those costs can add up to hundreds of dollars a month. And understandably, a lot of people looking at their Medicare choices just don’t know that they’re going to be able to commit to that kind of a cost. The one thing I will say to keep in mind if you’re making that decision and you’re in a state without the guaranteed issue is you can always go from MedSupp into Medicare Advantage. There’s never medical underwriting in Medicare Advantage. So that’s a very easy pathway if you ever realize, you know, this is just too steep and I and maybe the benefits aren’t what I thought they would be. I want to pay less and go into MA. You can do that anytime, any open enrollment.

SANDRA DURKIN32:23

Yeah. That is a really important point to clarify is that when we talk about combining original Medicare and Medicare supplement, that does not include a prescription drug benefit. Aside from Part B drug drugs that are covered as part of the Part B benefits. So in order to have uh roughly equivalent coverage to an MAPD plan, you would need to buy a standalone Part D on top of the MedSupp products.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 32:50

Yeah. It’s really important if you’re working with an agent or a broker and you want to have these conversations. First of all, that you have an agent or broker that sells both kinds of products. And second of all, it’s important to understand there’s a difference in how brokers are compensated. The renewal commissions are not indefinite. I think it’s a six-year commission schedule for initial sale and renewals, at least in my state. For Medicare Advantage, at least at the present time, the renewals go on indefinitely. There’s not like a time when you stop getting renewal commission. Something to be aware of. And I think something that drives the sale of each type of plan.

SANDRA DURKIN 33:31

And that might be changing too. That might be changing too. Everything’s changing for compensation. Everything’s changing. Yeah. And I think you make such a good point that at the end of the day, it’s usually the cost that’s a driver for folks. And even though it can be very frustrating to be in a network product not able to see the doctor that you would like to see when you add up the premiums over your lifetime. It’s a huge difference. It just makes more sense for a lot of folks to be in Medicare Advantage.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 34:04

I’ve actually done that exercise for an individual that I know. And over you know, 13 years, there’s probably a $40,000 difference in the premiums for the two products. Yeah. Back of the napkin kind of, you know, calculation. So big, big differences.

SANDRA DURKIN 34:19

That said, we’re here talking about this for a reason. And I’m wondering if you can break out the crystal ball. We’re always asking you to do this.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT  34:27

I love it.

SANDRA DURKIN34:28

And tell us what’s your forecast for the future of Medicare supplement?

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 34:32

Yeah, I think it has a bright future, actually. I think that the enrollment trends, I don’t see MedAdvantage going below 50% in the future. You know, it’s at what 54% now of the Medicare market, but I do see it leveling out and there being a real understanding that there are these two routes that you can take. Looking at the KFF data about demographics and sort of having this cost discussion, I would expect MedSupp to become, if it isn’t already, a product of choice for people with the means to pay the premiums who also value the relative flexibility of being in a fee-for-service non-network environment. There’s also an opportunity, and I’m surprised we don’t see more of this for health systems that are feeling the crunch of the prior authorization and maybe fee negotiations with MA plans. Taking the chance to educate their patients aging into Medicare about the pros and cons of these two options, the MedSupp route or the Medicare Advantage route. I think they have an interest in this as well. And I’m not advocating one thing or another. I think it’s just a really important thing for people to be educated about when they’re making their choices, especially in those early years. The other thing that so there’s been such a gold rush, or at least there was, you know, in the last 10 years, of new entrants into the Medicare Advantage market. MedSupp plans are so easy to administer, relatively speaking, to a managed care program. And there was also kind of this a lot of new entrants into the exchange market in recent years. And if I were a private equity firm or entrepreneur interested in healthcare finance market, I would be looking at MedSupp as an option. The administration, like I said, is pretty simple. You need a claims platform, you need sales enrollment channel, but basically administering the plan, you don’t have to have a provider network. And you take the crossover claim that comes from original Medicare and you pay your share on the back end. There’s not a big decision-making process. It’s pretty straightforward. From what I see of sort of survey data, MLR in MedSupp runs about 85%. That has probably gotten those numbers are a couple years old. That’s probably getting squeezed by some of the costs that are affecting the whole system. But because of the administration is simple, there’s probably market opportunity for existing carriers that want to grow this line of business or even new entrants who want to think about getting into this space, especially when you think about the consumers that this is attractive to and kind of their the type of risk that you might see in that population. So I don’t mean to sound crass or but, you know, and I you have to think about unfair, I’m not suggesting any kind of untoward marketing or anything, but it really seems like a market that that might be likely to grow if you think about four million people a year aging into Medicare.

SANDRA DURKIN 38:03

At the very least, I think, you know, MedSupp is more than this forgotten senior product. It’s really worth considering. You know, very valuable for beneficiaries, for healthcare organizations, for health systems. So thank you so much for the history and for, I think that’s a really good business idea you shared at the end there and for your projecting, forecasting. You know, this has been really, really fascinating.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 38:32

Yeah, it’s been it’s been fun. It’s I kind of forget about MedSupp sometimes. I mean, we do work throughout the year on it, but just nothing compared to Medicare Advantage. But it is an important product in our you know, wild puzzle of healthcare coverage.

SANDRA DURKIN38:49

Absolutely. And it certainly yeah, it generates questions, generates, I think, coverage disputes. Yeah, it’s very it’s alive and well.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 38:57

Yeah, for sure. Yeah, well, thanks for taking the time. Of course. Thank you. Bye. See ya.

May 11, 2026

SANDRA DURKIN 0:09

Good morning, everybody. It’s nice to see you. Nice, Andy. Hi, Brandon.

BRANDON SOLOMON  0:14

Good morning.

SANDRA DURKIN 0:15

For our listeners, we have Brandon Solomon with us today, joining us for this episode. And we’re very lucky to have him. He is a senior vice president and general manager at Convey Health Solutions, leading operations for Pareto Intelligence, where he focuses on developing partnerships with health plan clients. That’s how we came into contact with him, helping them attract, retain, and manage their members with advanced technology and analytic solutions. And Brandon’s gonna tell us a little bit more about what they’re doing at Pareto right now. But I just want to speak to prior to this role, Brandon was an original member of Healthscape Advisors, which was a leading healthcare management consulting form and Pareto before they merged with Convey. So Brandon has been working in this healthcare industry for 20 years as an advisor and partner to both health plans and providers with a really strong emphasis on government markets, not just Medicare Advantage, but also Medicaid, Affordable Care Act Exchange Plans. And as you all know, that is the bread and butter of what we cover here on Health Law Simplified. And I just want to say we got connected with Pareto a number of years ago through a shared client and had a really wonderful experience working with Brandon’s team. It was a real pleasure to work with them. So thank you for joining us here today, Brandon.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 2:03

Yeah. And I’ll even add to that, they were uniquely receptive to input from a compliance perspective, which we really noticed and appreciated.

BRANDON SOLOMON  2:12

I appreciate it. I’m flattered. We have a great team over there.

SANDRA DURKIN 2:16

You do. So tell us, Brandon, I know I gave a little intro. What would you want to tell us about either Pareto or the work you’re doing? What’s your role there?

BRANDON SOLOMON  2:25

Yeah, and just knowing some of the topics that we’re going to cover, I want to give a little bit of additional background. So, in addition to the dozen years or so in management strategy consulting, I held multiple strategy and growth roles across Convey Health Solutions, which is our parent organization, mainly in the supplemental benefit space, which I know is drawing a lot of attention. So, though I’m no longer directly leading growth and strategy over supplemental benefits for Convey, I am still a member of the executive team over there and heavily plugged into what is going on in that market. So I know that’s a topic that we’ll cover. Within Pareto, we have kind of two service models. So we have analytics subscriptions as a service, and then we also have advisory services. The way I’ve always put is we’re deep experts in the areas for which we have analytics and risk adjustment being one of those, STAR being another. And so you’ve probably heard me say complete, accurate, and compliant. That is always our goal and objective when it comes to risk adjustment and clinical documentation accuracy. So mainly supporting health plans, I would say 80% of our customers are health plans, but we have a growing number of risk-bearing provider groups that are taking capitated or delegated risk in Medicare Advantage, Medicaid, or the ACA. So a lot of the challenges that we’ve been working with health plan payers on are now directly impacting the provider in a very unique and challenging way. So excited to be on, longtime listener and first-time contributor.

Supplemental Benefits Enter Cost Scrutiny

SANDRA DURKIN 4:04

Thank you for speaking to some of those roles and giving a little preview as to some of the questions we have for you today. And I think I just want to start right off the bat with supplemental benefits. For a long time, Medicare Advantage organizations invested heavily in supplemental benefits. You know, that was the one of the distinguishing features from original Medicare. And it was a really effective means of attracting and retaining members. So really, the marketing benefit of supplemental benefits. We’ve noticed that seems to be changing. I think you’ve indicated something similar. So can you tell us what changes you are seeing in the supplemental benefits landscape?

BRANDON SOLOMON  4:52

Yeah, for sure. So plans have been investing in supplemental benefits, as you mentioned, to attract and retain members, but also to manage members. And that was really the core thesis around it when CMS gave plans greater flexibility of which kind of benefits outside of traditional Part A, Part B covered benefits that they could invest in, really, with the focus to address social determinants of health. I think with the favorable advanced notices that you saw back in 21, 22, 23, it really became an arms race to gobble up membership. And a lot of investments were made in the area to really differentiate. So we continue to hear from our clients, hey, we have to do this because we’re competing against the nationals, and they’re saying here’s a zero-dollar benefit, and you get this flex card and you’re gonna have $2,000 on it. If you have a rewards program, you can earn another $250. And I can’t compete, I can’t sell your product unless you have these benefits. But you fast forward more challenging rate notices, higher utilization trend, both within sub-benefits, but just broader part A and B coverage, and greater flexibility and increased costs in part D. MA plans can’t afford it. So what we’re seeing is plans eliminating what I’d say are kind of like the fringe benefits and just focusing in on the core. So your dental, vision, hearing, maybe OTC food within the SNP area in particular. SNP sub-benefit investment is definitely different than individual, and you have to look at those two markets differently. But I do think plans are placing greater scrutiny on, is this actually improving health outcomes? Is it avoiding costs long term? And if it’s not, I don’t see it sticking around in the market on a go-forward basis.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 6:56

That’s a really good insight. You know, we tend to think of supplemental benefits as fulfilling two purposes. One is frankly marketing, and you alluded to that, and that was really powerful five, six years ago, kind of in the heyday when two million new people were coming into Medicare Advantage every year. But then the second is the care management, health management, health outcomes. And it what I’m hearing from you is that that latter purpose, which is really more important, is really what’s surviving in this more cost-constrained environment.

BRANDON SOLOMON  7:31

Yeah, CMS is putting greater regulation out there. They’re trying to collect data in order to understand the value and efficacy of these programs. Candidly, we had to have a lot of conversations with our client to be honest around what is their true goal and objective, and then align their measurement of performance and return on investment based on what those goals are. So if you’re truly doing it for sales and marketing, let’s not kid ourselves and say that we are doing this to reduce overall spending. And for those that are doing it, and I think a lot are investing because they have that conviction that these benefits do solve barriers to care and can reduce overall spend, but you have to have the right analytics around it in order to measure that and then prove to your actuaries, prove to your CFO that we need to continue to invest in these things.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 8:28

Okay, so this is an unfair question that we didn’t prep you about. If you could just do one thing, like one supplemental benefit in a general, not in a particular chronic SNP, but what is the one thing that you think affects health the most in terms of supplemental benefits?

BRANDON SOLOMON  8:48

That’s a really good question. So I’m gonna set dental, vision, hearing aside because I don’t view those as supplemental benefits in the same definition because we’ve been investing as an industry in those for a long time, and I would probably just immediately pick dental. But as we think about the other category of supplemental benefits, I would have to say transportation or food, especially within the special needs area. It’s such a barrier to access to care. And on the transportation side, and then on the food side, we saw it every single quarter when those dollars replenish within their card and their benefit. That first two weeks is when they use the benefit the most. And so it just speaks to the need. You know, there’s a lot of companies investing in food as medicine. This I view a little bit more foundational of just quantity and access to food, so I would probably pick those two for the larger individual market. I think it just gets to member specific and what their needs are.

SANDRA DURKIN 10:03

Thanks. That’s really interesting. So it’s not the one FDA-approved hemp-derived protein powder that’s now allowed with the new final rule authorizing cannabis benefits, but only if they’re legal. Don’t knock it until you try it.

BRANDON SOLOMON  10:21

You know, the robotic dogs people were investing in to solve social isolationism. There’s a lot of those benefits that you saw, especially, you know, having to be on the conference scene and you see all the new companies that pop up. It was amazing when you fast-forwarded into 24 and 25, how many of them weren’t there and how many of their people were just at other booths and other jobs. So it’s, you have to have a long-game conviction in these investments.

Provider Blind Spots On Benefit Costs

SANDRA DURKIN 10:50

And can you speak to – there is, I think, a big gap between payers and providers in knowledge level about these types of things. What do providers wish that payers understood about their practices when it comes to supplemental benefits or vice versa? What do providers need to know from the payer perspective?

BRANDON SOLOMON  11:16

Yeah, it’s funny that you mention it because I got a call from a private equity firm that is heavily invested in primary care, fully delegated risk companies. And they were looking at their overall financials and are like, what the heck are these supplemental benefit costs that are coming through as med expenses? As a provider, they’re taking full capitated risk for all part C and D cost. They have no influence or say over the cost associated with supplemental benefits that the plan is making. And, you know, without knowing it, it was an added cost that they didn’t feel like they had control to manage, but were absorbing the spend. Beyond just the financial construct of it, I would say just gaining understanding and having an idea of what their patients have access to can really help connect the dots between the appropriate use of the benefits to address clinical need, whether again, transportation, OTC, food, what have you. It just gives the provider more flexibility around how they can manage their patient and ensure they have the right access to care. So to your question, I think having an understanding and having transparency into what those benefits are and what every patient has access to is a real big knowledge gap that is easy to close.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 12:52

That is really interesting.

BRANDON SOLOMON  12:54

Yeah, no, I mean the second thing in, and Sandy, I think we talked about this last week, but we would extend that over to the rewards and incentives programs too. So most Medicare Advantage plans, and we’re seeing it become more in favor in the ACA and Medicaid market, have member level incentives for members to engage and complete preventative care activities. So this was legacy, you know, HETIS-based activities that tie to STAR measures, also the completion of annual wellness visits or virtual care and home visits. For providers that are struggling to get patients engaged, this is just a carrot that the plan has already put in place that they, when they know, they can use it to get the patient to engage and come into the office. So being able to piggyback off the programs that the plans already put in place in order to get your patients to complete the activities that are necessary while also earning a monetary reward and doing it is a win-win for the provider and the patient.

SANDRA DURKIN 14:02

Thank you for sharing that.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 14:03

Folks might not know this, but we do represent providers taking risk in contracting vis-a-vis payers that we don’t have conflicts with, specifically the large national payers. And that is something I had not thought about before because when you’re taking risk from medical expense and you’re thinking from the provider perspective, you’re thinking about claims expense and maybe drug if part D is wrapped in. But that put a bee in my bonnet to think about maybe a cap on non-claims medical cost. You know, we’re not, we don’t know what your supplemental benefits are. Maybe there’s some percentage cap or dollar cap on what we’re willing to take risk for if we don’t have any control over that benefit design. That’s just a very from a lawyer perspective, that’s a very interesting concept that I hadn’t thought of before.

SANDRA DURKIN 14:55

Another interesting concept is, these are benefits that are all approved, blessed by CMS. And, if a provider wanted to offer these types of rewards or benefits themselves, they would have to go through their own legal analysis and figure out how to do that in compliance with steering laws, et cetera. So just the fact that these, this whole benefit framework exists that is designed to help members and patients, and there are providers that don’t know about it. It’s really frustrating and seems like an easy place for some education to happen that benefits everybody.

RADV Audits And Extrapolation Uncertainty

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 15:38

Let’s shift gears a little bit and talk about risk adjustment. We talk about risk adjustment a lot. There have been a lot of recent developments, expansion of RADV audits, changes to the model, not as many as were proposed at one point, but some changes, and then a court ruling invalidating extrapolation, and that’s under appeal. What do you think, Brandon, that with all of this in flux, what do you think Medicare Advantage plans should be focused on in terms of risk adjustment?

BRANDON SOLOMON  16:12

Oh, there’s so much. Let’s start with RADV first. And you know, the onslaught of RADV audits and auditing every year and this sprint to catch up on audits is just putting a big operational strain on health plans and providers. Because though it’s not a huge sample, it just means every payer is pinging the same provider for you know a handful of charts. And it it’s a big logistical administrative effort that has a very condensed timeline. So plans have to be very well staffed and very coordinated on how they’re balancing the work on RADV while still driving their prospective programs, their retrospective programs, and their submissions. So you have to have a really strong team that is balanced across the current status quo work and the incremental work from RADV. In terms of the extrapolation, the guidance we’ve been giving clients is, treat it as if it were being extrapolated in terms of building that muscle of applying the analytics to understand the population that was being that has been selected and what your overall risk exposure is, being very dogged in getting absolutely every medical record to substantiate the conditions for which are being audited. Because if you don’t get the medical record, it’s an error and it factors into your overall score. And then really build that review process on the clinical coding guideline piece because you can only submit two charts per member HCC that’s being audited. So try to get 100% and you know, again, act as if it is extrapolated. I say all that to also know your financial exposure without extrapolation isn’t incredibly high. So you can’t overspend in this area, but with audits being every year, it’s the right time to build the muscle now.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 18:27

You know, a big change that we have been talking about is CMS finalized in the final payment notice its proposal to exclude unlinked chart reviews, exclude diagnoses from unlinked chart reviews from risk score calculations for risk adjustment for Medicare Advantage. Can you talk about the impact of that decision and the differences between retrospective and prospective chart review activities?

BRANDON SOLOMON  18:58

Yeah, absolutely. So we analyze kind of our Pareto community, so all of our MA clients, and the overall impact was right in line with what CMS estimated and published, which I think was around one and a half percent. Keep in mind that one and a half percent assumes a hundred percent of unlinked chart reviews cannot be linked and would not then be submitted. So I view that one and a half percent to be the top end of the range, though we saw a lot of variability across our clients, some higher, some much lower.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 19:35

And sorry, what do you mean cannot be linked? So are there some can you tease that out a little bit?

BRANDON SOLOMON  19:41

Yeah, absolutely. So linking is a murky process, and there’s not very clear guidance from CMS as to how exactly to do it. And if you jump to the ACA market, there’s conflicting guidance in terms of and that’s a market where linking is absolutely required from you know some of the technical guidance that’s been put out versus the IDA audit guidance of what they can substantiate during their annual reviews. And so in terms of linking, the most conservative approach is you’re joining on the member, the NPI of the provider, and the exact data service of the claim. A lot of plans apply, I would say a fuzzy range, where it’s plus or minus five days of the actual visit, knowing there can be inconsistencies in the data that comes across. They may use the 10 looking at the medical group and not just the practicing physician, because they may have been seen by someone else during that visit. And so the application of linking is different across payers. And when it comes to historical submissions, knowing it was not an absolute requirement, some plans leaned in and said, Well, we’re just gonna be conservative, we’re gonna try to link as much as we can. Others went through a good faith effort, but then hit a point where if we can’t figure it out, we’re still gonna submit it. So I think you have to do a real evaluation of your practice, how you’re linking, and what’s not being linked today and what that true exposure is, because I don’t think one and a half is an accurate number.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 21:29

I didn’t understand. So this is really educational for me, and I’m guessing for some of our listeners. So not all retrospective diagnosis code submissions are going to be affected by this new policy. So if I’m a coder at the plan or at a service provider like Pareto, four minutes after, I mean, sorry, four days after a physician visit, I’m doing a chart review and I see, oh, they didn’t code diabetes with complications. This time, but there’s you know documentation that that was being addressed in the visit. I can submit that diagnosis at that time and link it to the visit. Is that how it works?

BRANDON SOLOMON  22:11

Or yeah, probably three things to go through. So you mentioned prospective. I say concurrent, but this would be best practice within a risk bearing provider organization where they are performing a post-visit pre-billing review of the medical record. So within a day or a finite amount of time after the visit, they’re having a certified clinical coder, go through the medical record, and ensure the documentation and the corresponding ICDs that are going to be billed on the claim over to the payer are in line and complete and accurate. And if there’s any discrepancies, they’re working with the physician. So when the claim gets to the health plan, it’s 100% accurate.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 22:58

Okay. The second thing that And sorry, that would be at the provider, the provider’s code or something.

BRANDON SOLOMON  23:05

Also on the provider side, they do perform their own audits, they will do their own kind of second-level reviews, and plans have an ASM submission process, which essentially allows a provider after they build the claim to be able to say, Hey, I did review that medical record retrospectively. I found these deletes and these adds, and it’s a submission file that comes over. The plan has to take it in, evaluate it, and link it to a claim, and submit it. And then the third category is all on the payer side, and this is the bulk of where the retro activity takes place, which is health plan led, them running their first level reviews, their second level reviews, they’re chasing millions of charts, coding at scale, and linking all of those to a claim that they’ve already submitted via EDS or the Edge server, and getting that either accepted or rejected by CMS or HHS. So three different processes happening. That latter is what is the focus of this unlinked provision and the advanced notice. The last thing I would highlight here as we reviewed the unlinked charts, where we had multiple clients who, for fear of misadjudicating the claim or triggering an inappropriate copay to the member, they have all of their in-home assessments being submitted outside of their claim system. So 100% of their in-home assessments are being submitted as unlinked supplemental records, and you’re not going to have anything to actually link it to. So for those plans and vendors, they have to partner now and they have to figure out how to get those claims submitted. So they count as actual claims and not supplemental submissions.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 25:04

Interesting. So they could submit zero dollar claims if they’re paid through some other mechanism. And then those diagnoses would not be unlinked.

BRANDON SOLOMON  25:12

Yep. That’s exactly right.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 25:14

Thank you for breaking that down for us.

BRANDON SOLOMON  25:16

But this is again, the practice of linking is murky across payers.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 25:23

It’s so hard for us that there isn’t clear guidance about what’s permissible for that kind of thing.

BRANDON SOLOMON  25:29

I hear you. Well, I’m speaking to it exclusively from a business perspective and what we observe and market.

SANDRA DURKIN 25:39

Yeah. Would you be able to give a little color to the conflicting guidance in the ACA space? Because we, often in the in the absence of guidance in Medicare Advantage, we often end up looking to ACA just for analogs. And so I think that’s interesting that there’s conflicting guidance over there.

BRANDON SOLOMON  26:01

Yeah. So within the IDA guidance, it essentially stated that as long as the condition is substantiated on the medical record for the performance year, it can support the audit, which pretty much means we don’t have to link on data service. We just have to have a medical record for that provider and that member within the performance year or calendar year to substantiate it. In talking to plans, some have gone that far in kind of like a tier linking approach, saying, if I can match on my edge server ID, my NPI, and my data service, that’s gonna be the first level. Then I’m gonna loosen up a little bit on the data service, and then a loosen up a little bit on the provider and maybe go medical practice or 10. Not a lot have gone so far to just ignore the data service, but that’s where the conflicting guidance comes in to say, yeah, you didn’t say we could do it this way, but we’re getting audited this way. So why wouldn’t we that way? And it’s again, it’s inconsistent in terms of how plans apply it in practice.

Flattening Rates And Benefit Pullbacks

SANDRA DURKIN 27:19

Really interesting. It looks like we’re gonna start seeing discussion, potentially litigation, where there’s gray area. And, if I were talking to a plan, I’d say, take a look at what your guidance is on linking, as part of your overall risk adjustment compliance review and um have you know a documented defensible practice. Yeah, it’s really helpful. So we don’t have to belabor this point, but it is, I do want to mention it because it’s been such a big issue in the industry. As you know, the payment rate was finalized for 2027 this month. And, although the final rates are higher than what was initially proposed, the reaction in the industry has been somewhat tempered given that it’s effectively a pay cut when you consider how much the medical cost has risen over the last few years. So can you give any color to how your organization or your clients are responding to this announcement or what are you seeing across the industry in light of the flattening rates?

BRANDON SOLOMON  28:36

Yeah. So to your point, the final rate was more favorable than the advanced draft notice, and it usually is. Our clients are viewing it more as an offset of losses than additional dollars they can use to invest in benefits. And so to your point, the higher than historical utilization trend on part C, the increase in cost on part D with the IRA, plans are financially strained right now. And so we’re not seeing a lot invest in benefits, self-benefits, as we were talking about previously. It’s much more of an offset to losses.

Star Ratings Get Harder To Win

SANDRA DURKIN 29:19

Thank you. Yeah, and with that, I think it makes sense to talk about star ratings. That’s another source of revenue in the Medicare Advantage program. It’s also another program that is undergoing quite a bit of change. In the final rule that came out this month, CMS eliminated the health equity index. It removed a number of administrative quality measures that a lot of plans have invested heavily in. So I was wondering if you could speak to how the changes on the star rating side are impacting the work that you’re doing with Pareto.

BRANDON SOLOMON  30:00

Yeah, a lot of change. On health equity, we first just renamed it and then we got rid of it. So it’s interesting on that front.

SANDRA DURKIN 30:11

Excellent health outcomes for all.

BRANDON SOLOMON  30:13

EO for all. It didn’t roll off the tongue. Yeah, it’s an acronym on FINE that they are retiring. So I think keeping the reward factor is a net positive for plans, but CMS has made it very clear they are making it harder for plans to achieve four plus star in a direct attempt to save money for the Medicare trust. And so they’re not hiding behind their objectives. And in terms of the measures they got rid of, some of them are viewed as like, they’re tapped out, everyone does well in these measures. And on average, their average star score is higher, but there is greater volatility when you look at kind of the standard deviation across payers, which means plans are losing measures that had a high rating, and the ones that are left have a lower rating and a tighter standard deviation, which means the variability across payers is less, which kind of translates into – these are measures that are harder to move. So with less measures, each measure is now more important. And you are left with more clinical-based and health outcome-based measures that are harder for health plans to influence and achieve a higher rating. So for a lot of our clients, especially back to the financial challenges of MA plans and everyone cutting back on administrative cost to offset any financial losses. Typically, star and risk adjustment are two areas that can avoid some of those costs, those cost cuts, but we continue to see pressure across both. So with administrative and cost pressures, plans have to strategically focus on the measures that truly matter that are going to get them to that next half star. And so this is where Pareto’s leaned in really heavily into the analytics to help be much more probabilistic and predictive to say across all the measures, we’d love to focus on all of them, but we can’t. So what is the strategic path that’s going to get you from three and a half to four or four and a half to five? Which are the measures, which are the providers, which are the members that truly matter in order to get there? Because I do think a lot of star leaders cast a very wide net. They want to focus on everything. And clinically, we would love to, but operationally and administratively, it’s just impossible to kind of achieve four plus rating across every measure. And it’s a mindset shift that plans have to go through in order to align on what that strategy is and where they’re going to place their bets in order to achieve a higher star rating.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 33:12

That’s a really important point you raise about the resource constraints. And it dovetails with something that we’re advising clients for their compliance programs with those administrative measures, some of which were very compliance focused. So appeals time timeliness, appeals overturn rates, customer service, you know, hitting the regulatory requirements for customer service, the cap, it was more indirect, but the cap survey of member satisfaction, those things coming out means that if you were relying on the star rating monitoring, for some of your compliance monitoring, you’re gonna need to think about how you’re gonna backfill that in this environment where there’s there’s no carrot anymore. There’s just sticks, it’s all sticks. So yeah, it’s a big change.

BRANDON SOLOMON  34:01

Yeah. And I mean, you can’t you can’t fully back off of those administrative investments because it’s just gonna show up in your cap survey. And beyond star, it can also just show up in your ability to retain the membership if you have dissatisfied members. So you may not have that direct carrot to your point on achieving a measure that’s gonna contribute to star, but you have to think about it a bit more holistically.

Risk Adjustment Reforms And In Home Care

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 34:29

Yeah. Totally agree. Definitely agree. I was wondering, Brandon, is there anything that you think should be done? You know, there’s still RFIs outstanding on STARS and risk adjustment. Are there any reforms that you think would be beneficial to the program and to beneficiaries as well?

BRANDON SOLOMON  34:50

Yeah, it’s a great question. I think, and I’m probably gonna focus in on risk adjustment a little bit here. There’s always been a lot of noise around in-homes and whether they’re going to be allowed from a risk adjustment perspective. I don’t anticipate CMS going so far to eliminate it, especially with access to care issues. I think care in the home is a critical aspect to the overall ecosystem for Medicare Advantage. But tying some greater coordination of care coordination efforts to it, I think, makes a whole lot of sense. There’s a lot of vendors out there that kind of tout quality, but it’s really a risk adjustment program, and it’s not a well-coordinated activity to achieve kind of the medical cost savings and care benefit for the member that it absolutely could. So I do think addressing something in that space could benefit the program. There’s greater conversation around alternative risk models, whether it’s what Adam Buller put out in health affairs years ago or what you’re seeing in terms of the inferred risk model on the ACO side. It’s an interesting space. I mean, at the end of the day, we’re just trying to align the financial payment to the payer to mirror the acuity of the population for which they’re managing. It’s going to be interesting to see how far the administration decides to push risk adjustment in a different direction. Because right now, everything’s been a bit more on the fringes.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 36:36

That’s a really good insight about the in-home visits and care coordination and follow-up. And one thing it triggered in my mind that the new behavioral health star measure that goes into effect for payment year 2029, but they’ll start collecting data in 2027. So there’s not a long-run way to get ready for it. And it’s going to be challenging because it requires screening of the whole membership for depression using an appropriate instrument. And then for positive results, some kind of follow-up care within 30 days. And it seems like that would be a good model to use if there’s a new, getting back to the in-home assessment, if there’s a new diagnosis collected in an in-home assessment, you could have a requirement that within some interval there be follow-up care, you know, related to that new, newly assessed condition.

BRANDON SOLOMON  37:31

Yeah. The practicality, I think intuitively it all makes sense. And for STAR, we have, kind of the two-year look back between the performance year, the year for which it’s impacted. And you do have that 13 months for risk adjustment. But administratively, you have to solve for the care that gets delivered in December and how long is that coordination? What if the members not member coming January 1? And if you extend it out to say that coordination has to occur within six months, what does it do for the payment cycle and just the cash flow implications for a health plan? And so all that has to be factored in um in terms of creating a model. It sounds myopic and just the minor details, but I think it gets really complicated.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 38:28

Yeah, you’re right. Devil’s in the details.

BRANDON SOLOMON  38:31

For sure.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 38:33

Yeah.

SANDRA DURKIN 38:34

So we’ve given a lot of airtime to Medicare Advantage, and we thank you for that, but I do want to give you a chance to speak to is there anything else you’re paying attention to in the government program space? There’s been a lot of changes on Medicaid. I know we’ve spoken about ACA. Is there anything else you want to make sure that we cover today?

BRANDON SOLOMON  38:52

Yeah, I mean, I think for both of those markets, it’s just eligibility and access, as both are kind of restricted across CAD and the ACA. And with the enhanced subsidies and the ACA discontinuing, it was initially touted that the impact of membership wasn’t as great through open enrollment, but we don’t truly have the final numbers until members have to start paying premiums. And so what we’re starting to see and hear from our clients is a lot of disenrollments in Q1. And so I’m really focused on-  what is that true steady-state population for the ACA because without the additional subsidies, it’s just financially not a viable option for so many people, which doesn’t leave them with a lot of great options either. So a little, probably a little frustrated in terms of when that conversation started for and what got so much airtime in the news because it was weeks before open enrollment even started. And plans had already submitted their benefits. A lot of them had two filings, one with and one without. If we’re going to make changes to the overall financial construct of these programs, they have to be made with, 18, 24-month lead times for plans to actually strategize and put an effective program around it. And we just haven’t operated in that space yet. So I’m curious what the administration decides to do as we look towards 27 and 28 with the ACA market in particular.

SANDRA DURKIN 40:39

And I’m wondering if we’ll see a lawsuit similar to when the government changed the rules on risk corridors in the ACA programs without sufficient notice and driving a lot of the co-ops out of business. So I think, yeah, we’ll probably need to wait on final numbers um before any of those suits go forward. But that’ll be that’ll be interesting.

BRANDON SOLOMON  41:01

Yeah, but like the three R’s and those suits, they didn’t settle quickly.

SANDRA DURKIN 41:06

Oh no, no. The plans won, but it took years.

BRANDON SOLOMON  41:10

The damage was already done, especially to the co-ops. Yeah. I mean, all of them except for one now, one or two still exists.

Risk Adjustment Spreads Beyond MA

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 41:19

So Yeah. Something I’ve been thinking about, Brandon, that you might have thought about as well with your provider practice is risk adjustment is popping up in other contexts. So I saw the announcement that CMS for original Medicare is going to be expanding its demonstration for joint replacement, comprehensive care nationwide, and that risk adjustment is part of that program because the case rate for those procedures is affected by risk adjustment factors that are patient specific. So, I’m just seeing a lot of concepts that originated in Medicare Advantage that get spread across the health system, and I wondered if you had thoughts about that or if you have any providers coming to you for things that aren’t necessarily in the Medicare Advantage context, or if you think they might in the future.

BRANDON SOLOMON  42:19

Yeah, absolutely. I think CMMI has used traditional Medicare in the, whether it’s the Next Gen ACO program or the ACO Reach program as testing ground for new ideas and new innovation before they get applied over to Medicare Advantage. So having risk adjustment in that space isn’t new. The application you’re talking about is a bit bespoke and innovative and specific, but we continue to kind of hear that across, I’d say, the larger system clients that we have versus the delegated primary care type organizations that are taking risks, which is who Pareto works a bit more with today.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 43:04

Interesting.

BRANDON SOLOMON  43:04

But MA risk adjustment continues to be the name of the game and the focus.

What Health Lawyers Should Know

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 43:10

Yeah. So, we have a number of lawyers that listen to this. What do you want healthcare lawyers to know about the work that Pareto is doing? Or, what do health lawyers need to know to work effectively with you?

BRANDON SOLOMON  43:26

Yeah, I mean, I think compliance and the legal scrutiny on risk adjustment isn’t going away, and it’s probably only going to increase, especially with the increase in RADV audits, and if extrapolation somehow comes back into the game, that’s going to help, not help, but it will definitely intensify the overall temperature around um the legal side of this. So in terms of how we work, whether it’s with internal or external counsel, a lot of our work is done under privilege. And so we typically get brought in to help understand the overall risk adjustment program, apply analytics to truly understand what the true exposure is. And we have certified clinical coders on our team to help navigate and really understand the complexities of the medical record and the documentation side. So it’s a space we’re very familiar operating in, and one that frankly we expect to have more work as again the regulatory and the legal side just continues to intensify.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 44:40

That’s helpful. Thank you.

SANDRA DURKIN 44:42

Yeah thank you so much. You know, it’s really been very insightful for us to hear about your perspective on all of these issues.

BRANDON SOLOMON  44:52

Of course. I appreciate it. Thank you for the time.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 44:55

Yeah, I hope you come back.

BRANDON SOLOMON  44:56

Absolutely. Love what you guys are doing.

June 10, 2026

SANDY DURKIN 0:09

Hi everybody, welcome back to Health Law Simplified, where we break down complex health policy issues so you don’t have to. I’m Sandy Durkin.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 0:18

Hi, and I’m Elizabeth. And today we’re diving into a fast-changing area in Medicare Advantage, supplemental benefits, and talking about some big updates that are taking effect in 2027. But before we get into it, we’re thrilled to welcome our guest, Regan Pennypacker from ATTAC Consulting. Hi, Regan.

REGAN PENNYPACKER 0:38

Hi, it’s so nice to be here. I’m so happy to join you today. Thanks so much.

SANDY DURKIN 0:43

We’re so happy to have you, Regan. I’m gonna share a little bit from your bio. You have a really, really interesting background, very different from mine and Elizabeth’s, but equally steeped in Medicare Advantage. We’re excited to have you today. So for our guests, Regan Pennypacker is a nationally recognized expert in Medicare Advantage operations, benefit design, and importantly, regulatory compliance. In her current role at ATTAC Consulting, Regan advises MA organizations, state agencies, and healthcare innovators on a vast range of topics, including STARS, member experience, operational strategy, and supplemental benefits, which is relevant to today’s conversation. And we knew Regan before she joined ATTAC. Prior to that, she was in senior leadership in MA compliance and quality, where she was widely known for translating CMS policy into practical guidance for plans to implement. And you know, we’ve seen Regan for years on the conference circuit, and we are really excited to have you with us in the studio today.

REGAN PENNYPACKER 1:53

Thank you so much. This is a great topic. So I’m really glad to be here. Thank you.

SANDY DURKIN 1:58

And we’re happy to have you.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 2:00

So we are going to be talking about supplemental benefits today, and we want to start with sort of a foundation. At a high level, Medicare Advantage supplemental benefits are things, items, services, extras that go beyond what original Medicare covers. And common supplemental benefits are things like dental, vision, hearing aids, transportation, meals, and in-home supports. Historically, CMS limited these benefits to things that were, quote, primarily health related. But over the past decade, they’ve expanded this quite a bit, both in terms of the kinds of benefits plans can offer and also the types of members that can receive those benefits.

SANDY DURKIN 2:51

Thanks for the background, Elizabeth. I know that supplemental benefits is a huge part of what distinguishes Medicare Advantage from original Medicare or MedSupp. You know, these are really valuable benefits, both the plans into the members. Can you give us an idea of how much of MA plan spending is for supplemental benefits as compared to traditional Medicare benefits?

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 3:16

Yeah, it’s not nominal. It’s pretty substantial. They’re estimated to be about $64 billion in annual spending, or about 17% of total MA payments. So it’s a lot.

SANDY DURKIN 3:31

Regan, having worked inside plans, having consulted with plans, what is your view on these benefits? How central they’ve become, whether that’s been changing in recent years. Just give us give us the scoop.

REGAN PENNYPACKER 3:46

I think the costs that Elizabeth outlined, it really talks about that. They have become absolutely central to a plan strategy. When I was working in a health plan, supplemental benefits were probably one of the biggest levers for member experience as well as competitive positioning. The overall satisfaction with these types of benefits left a positive, memorable customer experience. And they’ve become so prevalent in the industry based on everything I’ve been seeing. Beneficiaries ask about these particular benefits when they’re evaluating their plan options. And so now as a consultant, I see plans trying to balance innovation with compliance, especially since, as of late, CMS is actively tightening those expectations.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 4:41

Yeah, and I can speak. I’m a caregiver for a Medicare Advantage member, and she receives through her plans 60 hours a year of in-home caregiving, and she’s totally connected with the person that has been coming for a couple years now. She comes every two weeks, helps with laundry, helps with, you know, home things, and has really become a companion and they become friends. So it does, it really can be very meaningful. For sure. I agree.

SANDY DURKIN 5:13

That’s a wonderful experience. I’m glad that your family member is able to use that benefit. I know that my, I had a grandparent who had a similar experience, and she was so surprised to realize that it was included in her Medicare Advantage plan coverage.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 5:29

That’s awesome.

SANDY DURKIN 5:30

So I want to give a little bit more background on supplemental benefits. There’s different categories of supplemental benefits. So, traditional supplemental benefits are those that are primarily health related. But in 2019, CMS expanded the scope of benefits that plans were able to offer to include things that are not primarily health related, things like, as you referred to, Elizabeth, in-home support services, caregiver support, adult daycare. And then we have a third category, and these are called special supplemental benefits for the chronically ill or SSBCI. These were created under the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018. And these are distinct because they do not have to be primarily health related. They can’t be completely divorced from health. They do still have to have a reasonable expectation of improving or maintaining members’ health or function. So you do have to be able to tie it to improvement or maintenance, but it really changed the game for the types of benefits, items, and services that plans were able to make available to beneficiaries.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 6:54

Sandy, can you give us some examples of things that are eligible for SSBCI, but not primarily health-related?

SANDY DURKIN 7:03

Absolutely. The biggest one is food supports. It is very difficult to provide coverage for food and nutrition under the original Medicare categories. There are some limited ways to do it, but in terms of providing meal assistance, debit card for food, you know, these are much easier to offer as special supplemental benefits for the chronically ill. Things like transportation to and from healthcare appointments, and then even home modifications, you know, installation of a grab bar in the shower or a wheelchair ramp outside the home, you know, anything that could improve a member’s mobility and safety inside the house is potentially able to be offered as a special supplemental benefit for the chronically ill. Regan, I bet you’ve seen all kinds of things. How have you seen plans operationalize these categories in the real world?

REGAN PENNYPACKER 8:06

Oh, absolutely. And I completely agree that the food benefit is probably one of the most prevalent that I’ve seen, especially with caregivers and beneficiaries hearing a lot of talk about food is medicine. So I think that’s it’s just a current theme and something we’re not gonna see go away anytime soon. It is something that beneficiaries still look for. In terms of SSBCI in particular, this has been an area where plans have explored all different options and angles because of that. That’s where we’ve seen a lot of variability. Over the years, plans have taken different approaches to defining eligibility and documenting outcomes. And sometimes it’s public and sometimes it hasn’t been public. So this is where we’re coming to these new rules. SSBCI allows MA plans a lot of similar interventions to those that were available, if you recall, under the value-based insurance design model, which ended this past December. So this is part of the why reason that why CMS is stepping in now to add a little bit more structure. Where there may have been some more flexibility under VBID and some of these initiatives were explored, SSBCI is adding a little bit more structure.

SANDY DURKIN 9:33

Oh, that’s good context. Thank you. Yeah, very good, and thank you for giving a little preview into CMS tightening the rules for SSBCI. So we’re gonna turn to the 2027 final rule. A lot more regulation in this rule than you know, we might have expected when you know the administration first came in and indicated that they had more of a deregulatory agenda. And there is a good bit of deregulation in this rule, but there is also a lot of new rules, and special supplemental benefits for the chronically ill is one where CMS is tightening the reins. One big change is that CMS has revised the regulations to make clear that in order to be eligible for SSBCI, a member has to meet this very technical definition of being a chronically ill enrollee. It’s not enough to just have a chronic illness. It’s not enough to just have diabetes or COPD or any other serious chronic condition.

There’s actually three specific criteria in the statute. The first of which is that you have to have a medically complex chronic condition. But in addition to that, CMS is requiring plans to show that a member also has a high risk of hospitalization or another type of adverse health outcome. And third, a need for intensive care coordination. So going forward, MA plans need to show that a member meets all three of these elements to qualify as a chronically ill enrollee in order to even be eligible for a special supplemental benefit for the chronically ill. And then CMS has also said that plans need to rely on objective evidence to demonstrate that enrollees meet these, meet this requirement. It’s not enough to allow an enrollee to just check a box and say, you know, I have a chronic illness and I need intensive care coordination. So it really struck me in reviewing this rule that CMS calls this a technical shift. It says, this has always been the rule, it’s in the statute. I don’t know if it’s that it’s that simple and clear-cut in practice. And I was hoping, Regan, you could give some insight into, you know, do you think this is a shift from where plants have been operating from historically? What’s your perspective?

REGAN PENNYPACKER 12:21

It is pretty meaningful of a shift, especially since there has been that much variability in the past. Many plans and supplemental benefit providers, they had built processes that were pretty flexible and less standardized to different degrees. So moving to a new fully objective and auditable criteria across all three of these elements, this is going to require a lot more integration and coordination across a number of different areas, including the clinical operations, analytics, as well as compliance teams. It’s likely going to be challenging, Sandy, in the first part of the year, since, in my experience, most plans wish to verify that beneficiary eligibility for that benefit as soon as possible. So usually that’s right at the start of the year. So foot on the gas, it’s going to be really important to get it right as soon as possible.

SANDY DURKIN 13:25

That’s a really great point. CMS talked about in the final rule that a lot of plans had a practice of having a grace period or like a pre-verification period where they would provide coverage for the special supplemental benefit while the plan did the behind-the-scenes work to validate that all the criteria were met. And in this final rule, CMS said, no, no, no, you have to establish eligibility before we spend a dime on supplemental benefits for the chronically ill. They did say you can go ahead and verify eligibility as part of the enrollment process. You know, you can do that before coverage even starts. But to your point, that means foot on the gas.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 14:14

Yeah, there also aren’t there some instances where you can look back at things that like recent hospitalizations. There might be claims data in some cases that would validate this.

SANDY DURKIN 14:25

Exactly. Claims data, health risk assessments, these are these are the types of objective criteria that CMS wants plans to be using to validate.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 14:40

Yeah. And I thought there was some good insight in the preamble to the final rule where they’re saying you can’t just self-attest that you’re eligible, but you can self-attest certain facts that are used to determine your eligibility. So you could use a survey or, you know, something like that – if it’s I have trouble walking, or things like that, that would feed into the clinical determination of the high risk of hospitalization or other bad outcomes.

SANDY DURKIN 15:09

That’s a really good point. And you know, it might sound obvious, you can’t have members self-attest, but it seems like plans have been doing that to a certain to a certain extent. And yeah, the distinction you draw there is meaningful. They can’t self-attest to eligibility, but they can self-attest to having these various social determinants of health factors or other factors that would inform the analysis. So the second part of the big SSBCI change is a new transparency requirement so all those objective criteria that the plans need to have to determine that a member is chronically ill in the first instance, and then that they qualify for a specific benefit, say a, a grab bar or a wheelchair ramp or food assistance, those objective criteria need to be published on plans, member-facing websites. So this is not totally new. Plans were already supposed to have written policies for eligibility. These should be in place. But again, caveat, they might not have been in place for all three elements of that definition. So there might still be some work to do to figure out what the objective criteria are. But the requirement to post it on a website, that’s brand new. And it is a, I think, a really important step for helping beneficiaries understand what they’re actually eligible for before they enroll and then even after they enroll, because you know, we all know sometimes members enroll based on advertising for these supplemental benefits, and then they don’t. They don’t actually that doesn’t actually translate to receipt of the benefits. So Regan, I wanted to get your take from an operational standpoint. What challenges do you see facing plans and trying to implement or comply with these new transparency requirements?

REGAN PENNYPACKER 17:08

Sure. The transparency, I think, was probably a long time coming, especially since it does help, like you said, beneficiaries understand their choices and their criteria for eligibility. Even though there was, if you recall on the final rule, there was some pushback, some industry pushback about the criteria being proprietary. I think the agency really thought it was in the beneficiary’s best interest to be fully informed to see if they do qualify because that can inform their plan choice, which ties them in for that contract year typically. So one of the biggest challenges of implementing this benefit is going to be translating those complex internal decision points into something that’s not only streamlined for operations, right? The intake of the information to the evaluation to the determination for eligibility, and making sure that it’s accurate and member friendly, that is, that it’s clearly communicated. Plans have to align between compliance marketing as well as their digital or web teams to get this right. As you mentioned earlier, Sandy, both the criteria for the chronic illness verification and whether they qualify for the benefit need to be posted for the coming benefit year. And from what I’ve seen in my research, a few plans have already posted their criteria for SSBCI. It is just a few, at least the ones I’ve checked. So web teams need to be included in the planning if they’re not already. Also in the rule, which was interesting, CMS noted some plans have neglected to include the eligibility criteria in the evidence of coverage or the EOC. So it’s also going to be important to ensure that the detail is in the EOC and make sure that that is in alignment with what is posted on the member-facing website.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 19:08

It also seems like this isn’t specifically required, but as plans are putting together their agent and salespeople training, this seems like an important piece to highlight when they’re helping people navigate their choices, you know, to understand what these things are, what’s available. If they’ve heard about a friend or a neighbor getting something, would they be eligible for the same thing? Because you can’t tell to both of your points. CMS does seem to be concerned that people are making choices based on things they hear, and then they end up enrolling and they can’t get the benefit.

REGAN PENNYPACKER 19:43

That’s a great point. And I’m glad you brought that up because those benefit conversations start happening during uh AEP. And so this isn’t a one-one goalpost. It is, you know, a 10-1 or earlier. The planning should be happening now to prepare for those agent and broker conversations to make sure they’re fully equipped with the information to have those conversations. Yeah. Yeah.

SANDY DURKIN 20:06

I’m envisioning fights between legal teams that want to have every single disclaimer and marketing teams who are like, we need to make this member friendly. It’s gonna require all hands on deck.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 20:22

Yeah, for sure. Definitely. You know, another big topic in this 2027 final rule was debit cards in the supplemental benefits context. CMS added a good bit of detail, and they start out their discussion of debit cards by emphasizing that debit cards are not a supplemental benefit. They are simply a delivery mechanism that a plan can use to offer certain substantive supplemental benefits.

SANDY DURKIN 20:53

That’s a really interesting distinction. And I don’t know that that’s how members think about it, right? They want the debit card. I and my understanding is that CMS put in some pretty tight guardrails for plants that do choose to use debit cards as a delivery mechanism. What are some of those guardrails?

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 21:15

For one thing, the cards have to be electronically configured to function in real time so that they only pay for approved items. And not to get us off track, but there are very specific lists of approved items and things that cannot be covered, especially under an over-the-counter benefit. So they have to work in real time, only pay for things that are approved. They also have to provide customer service support so that if somebody’s at the counter trying to check out with their debit card and things are not available, they have somebody to call or some way to get customer support. The plan also has to provide an alternate way to get reimbursed if the card doesn’t work at the point of sale, or in some instances, if the person has out-of-network benefits. And we’ll get to that in a second because that’s another big development in this rule. And also the debit card has to be limited to a single plan year. So the value of the debit card can’t roll over to another year. But there was a big emphasis on out-of-network access for supplemental benefits, which I think will be new for some plans, even though it was couched in terms of, well, this has always been the case. My understanding is that hasn’t always been the case for PPOs in particular. So, Regan, where do you think some of the challenges will come up for plans with that out-of-network expectation?

REGAN PENNYPACKER  22:54

Yeah, great question. Because we are hearing currently so many questions about this aspect of the rule. Because many supplemental benefits that you mentioned, including things like vision hardware, they’re administered via a debit card. The debit card is not the benefit. The vision hardware is the benefit. Delegation oversight is going to be a primary focus. Plant sponsors have to ensure that their business partner’s platform, that what it does in practice, actually matches CMS’s expectations that you listed earlier, especially around the real-time controls and out-of-network reimbursement. I think we’ve taken for granted that these debit cards are magic and the our business partner automatically programs them to include only the covered benefits and to approve them seamlessly. But I believe CMS, as well as plans, have heard some complaints or concerns when that didn’t always happen, sometimes through user error, but sometimes through no fault of the user, through something system generated. So this is going to be something that PPO plans in particular, though they may not be able to adjudicate an out-of-network benefit in real time, they will have to make sure, like you mentioned, there is an alternate reimbursement method.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 24:24

Yeah. And I’ll just add, this is a little off the topic of debit cards, but they have emphasized in this rule and then also in some of the bid guidance that they have that out-of-network expectation for PPO plans for all supplemental benefits. So that’s going to throw a wrench into things, especially for situations where benefits are delivered through like a PMPM contract with a vendor with its own network and it’s not fee-for-service. And then what do you do if somebody goes out of network for a hearing aid and you’re paying a vendor PMPM? Anyway, a lot of um lot of challenges raised here.

SANDY DURKIN 25:02

And better to start thinking these issues through early before you have a member trying to get their hearing aid out of network. You want to be prepared.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT25:12

Absolutely.

SANDY DURKIN 25:13

And absolutely, this is, you know, your points about vendor oversight, Regan, are so important. I think that’s a great example of a vendor relationship where you want to have legal or compliance asking the right questions before the engagement even begins to make sure that they’re prepared to comply with all of these new requirements.

REGAN PENNYPACKER 25:43

I think compliance will want to be in the room where it happens and be listening to these benefit providers who have their own compliance teams and more than likely have evaluated this rule and have their own ideas on how to comply. So it should be very interesting.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 26:02

Yeah. Yeah. And then it’ll also be important to think about who has the onus to comply. You know, how is your contract structured? Is it structured today so that it would require providing something like out of network if that is the current interpretation? Or do you need to amend it, or do you need to think about how it’s, a lot of implementation analysis will need to be happening right now if it hasn’t started already. Definitely.

SANDY DURKIN 26:34

And we always welcome a Hamilton reference. It’s never too late.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 26:38

Yeah, I dont think that’s dated. I thought you were gonna do like, I don’t know… That’s dated. Hamilton is not.

REGAN PENNYPACKER

I think I saw a note that it’s at least 10 years old now. So I love that. I think that’s great. That’s updated. Yeah.

SANDY DURKIN 26:54

All right, Elizabeth, tell us about over-the-counter benefits.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 26:58

Yeah, so CMS has gotten really granular about what is allowed in their interpretation. And it is, I will say it is not all, it’s clear. They have a list, it’s a non-exhaustive list of things that are okay to have in your over-the-counter benefit, things that are not. I will tell you, don’t rely on your intuition because like supplements, they actually name, you know, garlic oil and certain kind of very specific supplements that are fine. Breath treatments, mouthwash is not. Body wash shampoo is not allowable. And so I’m guessing there are vendors and plans that are going to need to reconfigure uh their lists of approved items based on those lists, which to my knowledge, Regan, correct me if I’m wrong, but those lists are only in the preamble to this 2027 rule. I haven’t seen them anywhere else.

REGAN PENNYPACKER 27:58

Nowhere else, to my knowledge, they have not been published anywhere. So I’ve been reinforcing to everyone to pull those lists out and make sure you document them for them.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 28:07

Yeah, pull those lists out of the preamble to this final rule. So permissible things are like analgesics, blood pressure monitors, first aid supplies, vitamins, I said supplements. And that’s, I mean, the list goes on and on. That’s just a selection. Things that are not allowable, air conditioners, cleaning supplies, cosmetics, they seem to be distinguishing like hygiene from, well, that that could be an overgeneralization, but things that I would have expected to be coverable are not. But some of the things that can’t be just a general over-the-counter benefit for all of your members might be allowable under the SSBCI as special supplemental benefits for the chronically ill that we talked about earlier, um, depending on the context and the person’s eligibility. So that’s an important thing. If you are relying on over-the-counter for your chronically ill folks to get certain things, you might want to think about doing that through an SSBCI. So, Regan, how are you seeing plans implement this new guidance and interpretation of the OTC benefits?

REGAN PENNYPACKER 29:19

Yeah, first of all, Elizabeth, I love that CMS provided a list of covered and non-covered items in the preamble where there is ambiguity. I see plans being a lot more deliberate where they need to document clinical rationale and linkage to outcomes to include it as a covered benefit. I liken it to when I was thinking about this, the IRS’s list of qualified medical expenses that are includable and not includable for a health savings account reimbursement. I have an HSA. So those lists are not comprehensive either. And so it’s important that anyone using their HSA have backup, such as a prescription or a doctor’s note in the case they become audited. So I think in a similar fashion, what may have in the past been more designed, more on intuition-based decisions for some plans will have to be, if they weren’t already, much more evidence and compliance driven. Interesting.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 30:27

Yeah, so we should talk about operations, like what should people be doing right now?

REGAN PENNYPACKER 30:34

Well, the bids are in as of our chat right now, they are in. And so those decisions have been made in terms of what they have asked CMS that they would like to cover and offer for 2027. So those conversations with those benefit providers uh should be happening. And I envision that if there is a particular benefit that wasn’t listed necessarily, perhaps they have already discussed it if they wanted to raise it with CMS to see, is this something that in your judgment would be allowed. And in my experience, there’s a way to explain to CMS why they want to put something in the bid. CMS could have said, you know, put it in the bid, we’ll evaluate it there. So a lot remains to be seen.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 31:25

Thinking about operational readiness, some other thoughts that come to mind are putting together those criteria disclosures for the SSBCI. And, once you settle with your vendors, especially your debit card vendors with the new requirements, actually require testing and really validate that they’re going to be able to administer those in a compliant way. And then make sure all your lists out there of the over-the-counter items that are eligible are up to date and consistent with the new guidance.

REGAN PENNYPACKER 32:00

Absolutely. Think about all the audiences that need information for these changes. Your customer service representatives need to know how to react to a request for the benefit. That the information is accurate and how they can qualify. And those responsible for evaluating and making that objective decision need their own information. And then how do you translate that into implementation and making sure that the member gets that benefit? So the  variability of the audiences that need a little bit of care and feeding is pretty wide.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 32:47

Yeah. And probably, yeah, I’m thinking you mentioned customer service, like talking points to think about okay, what are people using that might be going away? This is just a general beginning of the year question. And how do you prepare customer service to explain the changes and the, you know, what rationale you want to offer for those changes?

REGAN PENNYPACKER 33:07

That’s a great point. They have a great opportunity to retain their membership if they have a good pathway to explaining what is coming for the next year and how it can also continue to meet the beneficiary’s needs.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 33:22

Yeah. Yeah. Just kind of thinking broadly about supplemental benefits, we know they’re important to members. They’re a big factor in plan selection. They can be valuable to plans in addressing social risk factors in their population. And they have the potential to reduce avoidable utilization. So, thinking about the, for example, the in-home caregivers for people at risk for hospitalization could really be cost-effective. I hear there’s some question on some of the things, how much they are improving health outcomes. It might be sort of lack of data more than you know, a certainty that they are not. But I think that it’s going to be really vital to evaluate those outcomes and evaluate the um how important these things are to the beneficiaries. But CMS clearly wants these things to be used in a targeted, evidence-based way and that they be consistently applied. So, do you have any kind of final thoughts? Big picture, Regan?

REGAN PENNYPACKER 34:35

Consistency is key, just like you said, with the agency trying to strike the right balance. They want to preserve the flexibility for plans to innovate and to compete in the market. Um, and ensuring accountability for that is going to be really important. I see compliance teams prioritizing increased monitoring and auditing because of this, the increase to inherent risk because of these changes. I see early monitoring and auditing to test that implementation. And if you have seen on the OIG’s work plan, OIG is currently targeting compliance with federal requirements by reviewing selected Medicare Advantage organizations on OTC to determine whether those OTC benefits are accurately reported and administered. So I don’t anticipate this is going to be the last OIG audit of this type because of the sensitivity around appropriate spending.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT35:43

Yeah.

REGAN PENNYPACKER 35:44

So this is going to be an interesting, interesting topic to watch.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 35:49

Yeah. It definitely wasn’t talk about fraud in this context as I read the preamble. It wasn’t a focus, but you can see how this dovetails with the um concerns about just making sure that federal dollars are being used appropriately.

SANDY DURKIN 36:06

Absolutely. Well, thank you so much for joining us, Regan. It was a really great discussion. And, we’ve heard that with the pressure on planned margins there may be a bit of a decreased emphasis on supplemental benefits, but they’re certainly not going away. And you know, there is a lot of room for plans to be doing right now to get ready for 2027. So thank you so much for sharing your insight.

REGAN PENNYPACKER 36:32

I was so happy to join you both. This is a great topic, and I know a lot of your audience members are going to be interested in it. So I look forward to more conversations.

ELIZABETH LIPPINCOTT 36:43

Thanks, Regan, and thanks to all of you for listening. If you enjoyed this episode, be sure to subscribe and share Health Law Simplified.

REGAN PENNYPACKER 36:51

Thanks.

SANDY DURKIN 36:51

We’ll see you all later.

REGAN PENNYPACKER 36:52

Thanks, everyone.

June 22, 2026

Sandy Durkin: 00:09

Hi, everybody. Welcome to Health Law Simplified.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 00:13

Hey Sandy.

Sandy Durkin: 00:14

I’m Sandy. We’ve got Elizabeth Lippincott, and today we have some very exciting guests. We have Melissa Newton-Smith and Ana Handshuh, two actual bona fide experts in the highly complicated field of Medicare Advantage Star Ratings. And I’m gonna let them tell us about the work that they do. But just for our listeners, Melissa is the founder of Newton Smith Group and has been a business and thought leader in Medicare Advantage for more than a decade and works with plans all the time to improve star ratings, quality performance, health outcomes. She’s also a very savvy LinkedIn user. I highly recommend following her for her posts on Star Ratings. And then Melissa introduced us to Ana, who is a principal at Cat Five Strategies, a healthcare advisory practice specializing in regulatory and operational compliance, star ratings, quality, basically everything that health plans do, it seems to touch. And as a government programs executive, Ana focuses on creating and implementing all kinds of corporate programs, you know, including relevant to today’s discussion, quality and star ratings programs. So we’re thrilled to have both of you here with us.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 01:33

We really are. And I will just add, Melissa and Ana know more about star ratings than anyone else I’ve crossed paths with. And I’ve been doing this for a while. So we’re very excited that you two took the time to talk with us about this important ruling.

Melissa Newton Smith: 01:50

Thanks for having us. We’re glad to be here.

Sandy Durkin: 01:52

So before we dive into today’s subject, which not to tease any longer, it’s going to be the recent Clover Health ruling. But before we get to the court opinion and what it means for our world, I was hoping you could each take some time to tell us how you came to work in healthcare and government programs specifically. It’s a very niche world.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 02:21

Who’s going to go first?

Melissa Newton Smith: 02:22

I vote you, Ana.

Ana Handshuh: 02:24

Okay, I’ll go first. For me, it was a very accidental way to come to come about it, like you hear from many people. A friend of mine who was a physician in the emergency room passed away very suddenly, right before his 34th birthday. And all his friends around the country who loved him started a clinic for uninsured people in his honor. And I was volunteering at that clinic. And one of our volunteer physicians started a Medicare Advantage plan here in Florida, and he said to me, Stop wasting time in nonprofit and come do this very exciting thing called Medicare Advantage. I couldn’t even spell CMS back then. But I was handed immediately chapters two and three of the Medicare Managed Care Manual, and I was off to the races, and that was uh a little bit over 20 years ago.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 03:20

Wow. What a great story.

Sandy Durkin: 03:22

Yeah, very powerful.

Melissa Newton Smith: 03:23

Yeah, mine does, mine pales in comparison to Ana. I should have gone first, Ana. I should have been smarter than that because mine is so much more boring than Ana’s story. But much like Ana, I came to Medicare Advantage completely accidentally. My hidden talent is I’m actually like, you guys are lawyers, I’m actually a CPA. And I had been in public practice, both in the big six at the time for a while and in an academic medical center working full-time. And I had decided that I wanted to cut back to a part-time role while my kids were little. And much like Ana, I just had an accidental interaction with a former colleague from my public practicing days who said, I’ve got a job. I’d let you go part-time to work for us. It’s something called Medicare Advantage Part D. I did not know what Medicare Advantage was. I certainly did not know what part D was or what the job was. But his commitment to me was that if I would give him everything, he would let me put my kids on the bus every day and he would kick me out of the office every day at 2:30 so that I could get them back off the bus. And my job was invisible. So, you know, I just showed up. I showed up, I didn’t know the words, I didn’t know the business. I had no idea that 20 years later I would stay in the business and love the business, or I should say it kind of found me. And I just happened to have kind of meandered around, much like Ana, into a niche that I understand, I love, I’m passionate about, and I no longer do it from nine to two, but it really clearly, we know that. That’s great. It was a remarkable way to, I call it my part-time mom job that really turned into something remarkably late career. That’s a fun story to tell. And I’m ever grateful for the folks who let me do that work at the time in a in a health plan here in Nashville. I tell them that all the time. My gratitude runs uh both deep and wide.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 05:12

That’s wonderful. And I love being surrounded by quantitatively gifted people. So not only Melissa with your CPA background, but Sandy was a dual math and English major and is just very facile with numbers. And so yeah, great. Love it.

Sandy Durkin: 05:29

Yeah, that’s also a very human story, Melissa, and I really appreciate hearing it. And it just makes me reflect on how the learning curve for this industry is quite steep because there is so much jargon, especially when you’re talking about star ratings, and it makes it a really worthwhile investment. So, we are so lucky that you all have stayed in the industry for as long as you have. And it’s gone through so many changes, continues to be extremely dynamic. And I know that, you know, it’s not just us, but all of your clients that really benefit from that investment. So we are going to talk about the clover ruling. This was a case that Melissa and Ana, you brought to our attention faster than anybody. You beat all the news outlets on this very major case. I frankly am still surprised that the press coverage has not been as significant as I would expect for a ruling of this impact. I’m just gonna give a really high-level summary for people who aren’t as familiar with it. So it is a federal district court decision in a case that was brought by Clover Insurance Company, MA plan, against the Department of Health and Human Services about their star ratings. So Clover challenged its 2026 MA star rating after it dropped from four stars the previous year to 3.5 stars and that drop in stars correlates to about $120 million in bonus payments. So very significant financial impact, a good reason to challenge the government’s methodology if you think they may have made a mistake in how they calculated those star ratings. As we’ve alluded to, it’s a very technical process. So plans are very incentivized to get in the weeds and understand if it was done correctly. So at its core, this case is about a really simple question that has big impacts, and that is what data is CMS allowed to use when it calculates star ratings for a plan? And the court ruling. I believe it was a 72-page ruling around there, the court came down in a way that is potentially very disruptive. It held that star ratings have to be based on traditional HEDIS, HOS, and CAHPS data collected through plan quality programs. And we’ll get into this, but what that means is that a number of measures that plans rely on every day that come from other data sources, things like medication adherence, call center performance, et cetera, all of those are called into question because they are based on other data sources. And the court also said that because star ratings directly affect payment to plans, all of these measures should have gone through what’s called formal notice and comment rulemaking. So we’ll get into that as well. And that is a pretty significant procedural check on CMS. And as a result, the court said CMS relied on all these measures that it shouldn’t have. We are vacating the star rating, that 3.5 star rating. We’re sending it back to CMS, recalculate everything for Clover Health with measures that you’re actually allowed to use. And that’s what CMS did. They did, and we’ll I’ll let you all tell us what CMS did after they decided to recalculate Clover Health star rating. And yeah, that was the ruling. So the ruling’s about one plan, Clover Health, but we think it raises a lot of bigger questions about the structure of the star ratings program and how stable those rules are going forward. And I’m hoping that’s what we can unpack today. So turning to Melissa and Ana, what was your initial reaction to that Clover ruling?

Ana Handshuh: 09:40

All right, Melissa, you want to go first this time?

Melissa Newton Smith: 09:42

I was gonna say, you know what? I’ll go first, but I shouldn’t because Ana actually found the suit and sent it to me. So of the four of us, Ana’s actually the early genesis of the document. You know, I’ll be really honest. I was absolutely astonished with the ruling. One, as a person who follows all things MA and star ratings closely, I had not even paid that much due diligence or attention to the case itself when it was filed, because there have been so many cases, as we as we’ve seen. We’ve seen, Scan and Elevance, we’ve seen all the nationals have filed star rating suits. We’ve seen just this proliferation of legal challenges to various aspects of the star ratings. So when this one was filed in November, not being a legal expert, but more of an operator, it just sort of was something I dismissed as a bit of a lark and did not truly did not pay it much attention at all with a somber seriousness that it warrants. So my initial reaction was absolute shock. And I’m still a little bit shocked. You know, we’re we’ve been sitting on this a couple of weeks. It’s one thing to restate the facts in a thoughtful, professional fashion, but I am still very shocked with the ruling and certainly think it’s far from over. But I don’t know, Ana, maybe, I’m feeling a little dramatic this afternoon. Maybe, my shock and awe is not shared by other operators of expertise in the space. What do you think? What was your reaction?

Ana Handshuh: 11:12

No, I didn’t look, my first reaction was wow, the headline on this and the holding, you know, what would really what the ruling was are really two very different stories, right? The head plan is plan B CMS on star ratings, right? We still see similar headlines even a couple of days ago that says plan B CMS. But when you actually read the ruling, the reasoning behind it is a lot more seismic than, what is it, dog bites man or man bites dog or whatever we want to call it. What really surprised me wasn’t that measures got challenged. That happens all the time, right? That’s been happening the last few years. Plans have been more willing to go to court to get relief over the last few years. What was really surprising for me was that the court went after the plumbing, not the window dressing, right? The statutory authority for the data itself and whether the technical notes should have gone through formal rulemaking. That’s a structural argument, not a we don’t like the cut point argument. It’s more, it’s form much more far-reaching.

Sandy Durkin: 12:26

I share both of your reactions, Melissa, when you sent us over a question about the case, and I put it on my to-do list to look at, expecting it to be another one of the same, you know, somebody challenging some call center calls that they contend should not have been included, you know, small potatoes. And as I turned to the opinion, the more I read, the more my jaw hung open, and the more I was messaging Elizabeth on Teams saying, I can’t believe what they’re doing. They’re calling into question the entire methodology that CMS uses. I don’t know if you have any color to add, Elizabeth.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 13:10

And we’re gonna talk, you know, about potential implications. Although this only, this order only governs Clover’s 2026 rating, the holdings in the case could have implications for every plan going back years. And so it was a bold decision on the part of this federal trial court. And we’ll have to see how it shakes out, but the potential implications are significant across the board.

Melissa Newton Smith: 13:42

I think that’s, you know, Elizabeth, as I as I listened to you and Sandy describe your legal perspective on this to us as operators. I think that’s been the most surprising aspect of this, is there is still this interesting perception that it’s just one more operational challenge that was one by one plan. And the seismic nature of maybe up to six open payment years, nine-star ratings years, the entirety of QBP and rebates and the swings this could have had looking backwards, I think has maybe not gotten near as much attention in the last couple of weeks as we thought it would. You know, again, like Ana and I kind of raced to the punchline. We’re kind of students of what is this at the same time, we’re students of what does it mean once we know what it is. And I think we’re still not seeing anywhere near enough intentional, thoughtful examination of the length of time and the financial magnitude of what this calls into question, beyond just what might they do in the short, short run with 2027 bids for others, not just Clover. Do you share that same perspective?

Ana Handshuh: 14:54

Yeah, I would say it’s significant with an asterisk to it, right? Because, as it stands today, like all of you have just mentioned, it’s one plan, one contract, one year, right? It’s not a nationwide ruling. So in the literal sense, this is a small incremental type move, but what makes it really disruptive is this reasoning behind it, right? That the court didn’t just say, oh, CMS scored clover wrong. It said the legal foundation under the whole category of measures is shaky. And that type of logic is not something that can by its very nature, that just can’t stay in that box, right? Because they’ve got to be they can’t be arbitrary and capricious, because that would be what’s next, right? If the next plan comes and doesn’t get the same treatment, then it would be arbitrary and capricious. So other plans could immediately read that logic and think, well, could I make that same argument? So I think that’s why this is so, you know, the implications are so much bigger than what we originally think. And I think that’s kind of why we’re sometimes surprised. Although there’s a lot of chatter, not a lot of substantive, like, okay, what should I be doing right now?

Elizabeth Lippincott: 16:24

I suspect that sort of the reticence on in terms of legal Analysis to say, oh, okay, this is what this is going to mean, is it’s so contingent on what happens on appeal, even at the 11th circuit level, which is this is federal court in Georgia, so it’ll go to the 11th circuit. I think we’re all just kind of agog at the scope of the ruling. And it it’s so bold that I really want to see. I think we need to parse it out now and think carefully as we are today, but I think that we all need to see what the appellate court does with this when, you know, assuming it gets to them, and I’m almost certain it will.

Sandy Durkin: 17:06

Those are really excellent points, just for those who are interested in the timing. HHS has 60 days from the date of the judgment to file an appeal. So that will be due July 28th, I believe, which is 60 days from the date of the motion for reconsideration that it ruled on. We can talk about that a little bit later. And not only is there a question mark around what the 11th circuit is going to do, but the way that the federal court system works is, if another plan files a lawsuit in another federal district and another judge is looking at these same statutory provisions, they could come to a completely different conclusion. And so we could be in a situation where we end up with a circuit split, conflicting opinions, and ultimately it has to be resolved by the Supreme Court. That’s very premature. We’re not there yet. But to the point that you’ve made, Ana, the court’s reasoning applies to every single plan because it’s not about facts that are unique to Clover. And so this case really does give a blueprint to every other MA plan that is unhappy with their star rating in 2026 to challenge CMS’s conclusions and their quality, the amount of their quality bonus payment. So I am surprised, frankly, even with the need to wait and see that there hasn’t been a bit more activity, in terms of plans running to court. But they have time.

Ana Handshuh: 18:53

And note that Clover cherry picked the measures that it didn’t like. So even measures that would have been out under the same logic that it picked the measures it didn’t like, right? So like it picked one appeals measure for removal, but not the other one. Even though they would have been out under the same logic. So plants really, as they’re modeling, like, hey, what would my position be? They could do the same thing, right? Plants could say, well, if Clover got to cherry pick the ones they didn’t like and leave others, right? Because the court’s gonna rule only on the measures that are in front of it, not on things that are not in front of it, right? So they could pick the ones they didn’t particularly perform well on as well.

Sandy Durkin: 19:38

I want to ask a clarifying question just to make sure that people appreciate this. So when I first read the ruling, my takeaway was the court threw out 20 measures for various reasons and said those should not have been included. But what you’re saying, Ana, is that the opinion, the ruling is not limited or would not be limited to those 20 measures or the court’s reasoning would apply to any measure potentially that a plan wanted to challenge. Is that correct?

Ana Handshuh: 20:15

Yes. So the ruling did apply only to those 20 because those are the 20 that Clover put in front of the court to consider. But the logic, right, the logic beyond, underpinning those two holdings, there are many more measures that are affected by that logic, right? So all the part D would be affected, right? If we if we think about it. And really, if you look at the second holding around you didn’t go through notice and comment rulemaking, that would be all of them, right? Literally every single measure. So if in other words, Clover just picked the ten that it didn’t, you know, that would bring them over the finish line successfully, other plans could really try their hand at doing the exact same thing with a different set of measures that would meet that criteria or that would follow that same logic.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 21:18

I think if I were in the government’s shoes in in that scenario, I would think about counterclaiming if there were other measures, if a plan truly just cherry-picked the ones where they didn’t do well. I wonder if you could have sort of an if the court rules against that, then our recalculation needs to take into account these measures where they did perform well and we no longer can take it into account. Or, you know, it gets really complicated if they truly are just cherry picking the ones that would push them over the edge and not ones where they did well, where they needed to get over the edge.

Ana Handshuh: 21:55

Right. Don’t forget, Judge Woods didn’t say to CMS. you have to give this star rating, or they just said recalculate consistent with this order. So they could have recalculated really truly consistent with the order and said, well, we don’t have enough measures to give you a star rating.

Melissa Newton Smith: 22:18

Well, and I think we get a little bit more complicated because I can’t remember, Sandy, whether it was you or Elizabeth that mentioned this, we’ve not seen a race to the courthouse. I think a couple of us wondered if we might see a race to the courthouse really efficiently. But every contract is going to have a slightly different subset of measures that they would like removed from their own contract’s rating. So you can imagine, and not all of them can go to Judge Woods in the 11th circuit. So if other plans that do have urgent reasons to file a similar suit and hope for similar type of relief, but on different measure sets, you can see how it could be in very short order among that small group of plans who do show up and file rapidly for good valid reasons, we might wind up with various different mixtures of measures that different courts are asked to provide relief for and an extremely varied interpretation of how to apply this just among the suits that are filed. Because I mean, frankly we will see some suits filed. If we don’t see suits filed between now and the date CMS appeals, we can’t forget that in the first week of August, we’re in the next plan preview season, we have a whole fresh set of ratings that will be subjected and applied to this. We will see more suits between now and say mid-October.

Ana Handshuh: 23:37

And we have seen at least two plans already take this decision and file this decision as support for their own cases that are currently pending Humana being one of them, of course, let me ask you a technical question.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 23:54

If you assume this ruling gets held you know upheld all the way through the court system, soon this becomes you know clearly binding law nationwide, does it leave, looking back historically, does it leave enough measures intact for there to be valid star rating decisions to be recalculated?

Melissa Newton Smith: 24:15

I think it depends on the first and the second bucket. Let’s start with what Ana just described a moment ago. If the court’s ruling about the quote “second batch of 10 measures that weren’t subjected,” the specifications of the measure itself were not subject to notice and comment rulemaking, there’s not enough measures left to have a star ratings program if that holds. Yeah if that second one’s a different problem than if the first batch of 10 holds; if the first batch of 10 holds and CMS is forced to use only part C measures that meet the definition of essentially HEDIS, HOS and CAHPS, there will be plenty of measures to assign a part C rating. But again back to the clover anomaly that we opened up with we’re still in that weird situation where if the Part D measures are removed from the program and if CMS follows the technical specifications as they stand today, there is not a Part D summary rating and thus no overall rating, which changes the entire bid implications and rebate payments. So it kind of portends, Sandy, a little bit to what I think you alluded to that no doubt we’re going to see this escalated because even if the first holding holds and there’s technically enough measures for a part C summary rating, the inability to calculate an overall rating and administer the remainder of the quality bonus payment infrastructure is left in in the mix.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 25:43

I’m going to go out on a limb because I actually clerked way back in the day. I clerked for the 11th circuit. I predict this is worth what you pay for it. I predict that if the government’s attorneys make those implications clear and convince the courts that upholding this ruling on that second set, the second part of the holding about the notice and comment that would basically invalidate star ratings going back historically and forward for half of the plans that cover half the people in Medicare. I don’t think they’re going to want to do that. I really don’t think they’re going to want to do that.

Melissa Newton Smith: 26:29

But don’t forget Elizabeth, they can cure that right, just put it through notice and comment rulemaking. Just do it…. They can’t do a retroactive.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 26:36

But retroactively, I don’t think they’re going to want to do that. That is so destabilizing. I would be surprised if they do that. Okay.

Sandy Durkin: 26:46

I’ll play devil’s advocate. This whole decision is about statutory interpretation and revisiting what the Social Security act says that CMS can do with data in its possession and how it can pay plans. This decision is, I think it really highlights how different that interpretation is in a post-chevron world. There’s no, you know, we never seen a decision like this because CMS was afforded discretion to interpret these statutes and the courts are saying no, we are in charge of interpreting the statutes and CMS has gone wild in terms of the amount of data it’s collecting from plans and what it says plans have to do. And it’s changing the rules for star ratings calculations every single year. You know we’ve talked about at length how this has destabilized the industry in so many ways. There’s so much payment uncertainty I think there’s a really strong argument that the check on CMS authority is appropriate and the judges might be inclined to hold on to that power to interpret.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 28:03

So, I’m thinking. Sorry and none of us prepared for these questions because I’m just coming up with them on the fly. But so Loper Bright was a recent decision. This ruling is about 2026. I’m just wondering if they are going to want to do anything or if other cases are filed, I think they’ll be really reluctant to want to make a decision that requires recalculation going back however many years. That seems too nuclear to me. But I do agree with you that, like 2026, would be doable.

Ana Handshuh: 28:40

You know as we were talking about yesterday when we were discussing this case and I showed you the preamble language to the final rule where star ratings is finally codified and they go through this whole mental process, CMS is explaining, like here’s how we’re going to do it and this is where we’re going to make the announcements and this is where we’re going to announce the star ratings every year, which ones they are, and which ones count, and this is where we’re going to put the technical notes and they actually have that conversation in the preamble and we see their thought process and we see CMS saying and we’re not going to put that through rulemaking because we don’t think that’s required. Right? So we see that they made that calculation they actually thought about it. And you know I think that statement might have been more like we don’t have the resources to literally do this in advance of ahead of time and publish those things and think about it because that’s where the cut points are and the cut points are not perspective, right? As they’re based on once all the data is in so there would have to be a different mechanism for publishing the cut points rather than where they’re published today. So you could see that they actually thought about it and made a judgment call and made a decision. It wasn’t just like we’re going to hide this from plans until the last minute. It was a deliberate thinking and and conscious decision making process. And as a matter of fact, Judge Wood said if you don’t like it take it up with Congress.

Sandy Durkin: 30:25

So, and I think that is, one challenge here, is that the cure, it would be very difficult for CMS to cure these deficiencies on its own, particularly if it wants to include the Part D measures, right? That would require an act of Congress.

Melissa Newton Smith: 30:40

Or, well let’s keep kind of playing devil’s advocate. Sandy, just like you played devil’s advocate for some topic, it’s also important to remember that on the Part D measure side so much has happened in sort of off book, out of the CFR territory, from the time that those 2003 verbiage was inserted into the CFRs and that initial Part C references to HEDIS, HOS, and CAHPS were made. Just think about what we’ve seen in the Part D space that has happened since those words were entered into the CFRs. We had Part D measures come out of the demonstration> we have star ratings as we know it go into a demonstration project with all that that entails and come out of the demonstration project through the totality of the ACA debate, rulemaking, codification, implementation. I still am not personally 100% convinced that perhaps the evidence we’re looking for is maybe sitting somewhere in the old CMMI Annals, perhaps somewhere in documented evidence in the ACA process or the demonstration process. It would be stuff that, until now, we would never have gone looking for. It wouldn’t have been something that somebody would have said, oh, that’s not in that CFR. Let me go find it kind of like the missing Tukey sentence that missing Tukey sentence existed somewhere it just got left out the one sentence got left out of the CFR. I’m just not a hundred percent convinced we know yet with confidence whether perhaps all of that first holding about the data sources might be solved somewhere else and we just might not have seen it get to the CFR because we didn’t pay enough attention back then to the verbiage in the in the same way we do now for the same reasons we do now.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 32:32

That’s really interesting. And I think it’s also important that this isn’t application of Loper Bright. This isn’t just what CMS does in this space; isn’t just regulation of a private industry like fisheries; these are government contracts administering over 50% of the Medicare benefits. And so it is a little bit of a different context and we’re talking about the way the government pays those contractors. So it is distinct from other regulatory environments.

Melissa Newton Smith: 33:13

And I think that gets lost a lot, right? The other thing that I think is getting lost in this conversation of – what would CMS do to go backwards or forwards is the reality that within Medicare advantage the financial construct after the revenues are awarded they’re almost all spent. At least 85% has to go out the door or back to CMS. So if we think it’s gone it’s gone in care. So this concept of, would CMS come forward and give some sort of quote better of relief, where would it go?

Elizabeth Lippincott: 33:50

Would it all go 85% to all the docs that we would push people out of their MLR would they have to, oh my gosh yeah.

Melissa Newton Smith: 33:59

So I don’t know. This sort of doomsday, somebody accused me of being a doomsday person, so I’m going to share this with the full transparency that maybe it is a bit of a doomsday. If they were to really be held liable going backwards the full six years of open contracts, no matter what the sense is, it’s starting to feel like of the ilk of the 80s SNL crisis because the size and the breadth and the complexities of funds flow is of that nature since it’s not just cash sitting in someone’s bank account or to go into somebody’s bank account. It’s just hard to even fathom how a cumulative retroactive payment would be collected or paid out, frankly.

Ana Handshuh

We might have to figure it out.

Elizabeth Lippincott:

And even who would calculate it, how would they find the people who would know how to do those calculations?

Melissa Newton Smith

I’m a CPA and as a compliance person, we’re all about procedures and processes. I assure you we could figure out what the dollars to be paid or collected would be. The question then starts to become, if you guys think on the legal side, think about unrecorded liabilities and uncollected property. It starts to be, where would you go because so many entities in this volatile last six, seven years have gone out of business, sold and shuttered at a markdown. It’s the practicalities outweigh the calculations, I think. But we were on the phone with a California plan earlier today. And again every state’s gonna be a little different every payer-provider relationship’s a little different. I think it’s been also a little bit surprising that we in the payer space have had this depth of conversation and are having this dialogue today in a rich, educated thoughtful manner after having you know had time to process it. Think about the state of California. If CMS were to go backwards, every provider in the state operates under a delegated payment arrangement. So I’m kind of curious how long it takes for some ambulance chasing attorneys, not that there are such things as ambulance chasing attorneys. I’m sure we’re going to see some attorneys kind of stir up and spin up but you know you can imagine there will be claims of a magnitude from those folks under percent of premium or capitation or delegation wanting how they might have been part of this as well.

Ana Handshuh: 36:16

I think in pretty short order definitely. Yeah, there are many more stakeholders here than just plans, right? We have the entire pharma industry that relies on those party measures right all of they’re not going to go quietly into that good night. Oh sure no problem.

Sandy Durkin: 36:35

I have to say I think your doomsday approach, Melissa, is offset by your optimism that these questions are all answerable, right? The experts exist in all of these fields and these questions can be answered and I think in our clients, all of our clients and listeners are wondering what does this mean practically for us? Like what should we be thinking about as we wait for CMS to make a decision or as we wait for this to work its way through the courts. I was wondering if you could just speak to and give us a little bit of insight into how the excluded measures let’s start with the Part D measures, the measures that don’t come from HEDIS, HOS, and CAHPS, assuming that part of the opinion is upheld and applied across the board. How big of a shift is that for plans? How central are the excluded measures to current star strategy and what will plans need to do to address a change of that nature?

Ana Handshuh: 37:42

I think very central. They’re very central right – like medication adherence alone, the three-party adherence measures have been some of the most heavily managed, highest weighted real estate in the entire program forever, right? For a decade. You know, plans have built whole pharmacy and member outreach operations around it. And also think about, those measures also drive success in the clinical outcome measures, right? Because they’re connected to good clinical management of diabetes and heart disease. You know, from a call center appeals complaints, those touch operations every single day when you hear you know like 10 measures excluded, understand that, for Clover’s calculation those weren’t fringe measures. They were like load bearing walls, at least in most STARS strategies. They’re not fringe measures, right? They’re not little measures.

Melissa Newton Smith: 38:41

The only context I might add to that, though, is there are a lot of plans that have treated this work in a measure, a measuremanship standpoint. So as Ana said, big investments needed to be invested in for STARS real estate for a good reason to get the contract mapped to where it needed to be but we have we we’ve got lots of plans that have just simply built those quote programs in service of measure numerator tracing versus actual hardwiring of real medication management programs and material meaningful work. And I think this is kind of forcing that conversation of is what you’re doing just chasing measure numerators for today’s measures or would you be doing that same work in that same way if the measures went away? Which folks like Ana and I are always asking. We’re always in front of people saying, is this what you would really be doing if it wasn’t a star measure unlocking quality bonuses? Or is this work you’re doing so narrowly defined and spent just to get the stars real estate? I think we’re forcing that question with speed and urgency in a way, I think, few expected to be asked that question this particular summer. But the measures themselves have been core to star strategy. I’m not sure, Sandy, to your question, I’m not sure the core hard work was super hardwired into most organizational clinical strategies beyond how do I get to my QBP or get to my rebates in many cases.

Ana Handshuh: 40:11

And remember call center appeals complaints all of those were going anyway, right? 2027 final rule came, I wonder if CMS was already predicting that the this had a possibility of happening right this case was there as they were putting out 2027 final rule. So those measures and CMS has been talking for a long time about giving a different focus to star ratings measures that was more clinical and outcome based than these cost center appeals complaints measures would be able to assess performance on. So these are not as big a deal other than the fact that they’re higher weighted measures that that take up a good chunk of real estate within the health plan’s portfolio of measures and also plans tend to do well on these measures.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 41:05

So as they go away perhaps prematurely that’s something to think about. Another practical implication that concerns me is this ruling comes on the heels of the 2027 final rule which was already making significant enough to be disruptive to operations and strategy changes to star ratings measures and advising small and mid-sized plans, some of which are struggling with profitability, have boards that are, how long till it takes us to get to profitability, or you know do we want to keep staying in this. I think it creates, it really fuels that fire of uncertainty and potentially makes this and even though here we’re not talking about risk adjustment data validation audits going back to 2018. This might be a good thing, but even so it’s just like chaos if you don’t know how much you’re getting paid going forward, looking back, what you know what’s happening. I worry about the impact on decision makers about how much of a priority do they want Medicare plans to be in their product portfolio.

Melissa Newton Smith: 42:23

Yeah I worry on that same front too. I worry about two different types of Medicare plan leaders in particular. I worry about the Medicare advantage plan leaders that were intentionally brought from the outside by well-intentioned hiring executives and boards that wanted non-healthcare experts or non-insurance experts. They intentionally wanted disruptors from other industries to sit in their mature MA stable office and do different things in MA. I worry that that group of leaders is probably going to need more help, not less, to weather this because they’re new to the industry and we’re, as we’re talking today there’s a lot of deep technicalities that we’re comfortable with that they’ll be learning on the fly with high pressure I worry about those guys. The other folks I really worry about is our group of mid-level leaders that have only ever known mature STARS programs that someone else designed and that they’ve operated with very little program changes and a lot of a landing pad underneath their high wire. Those folks that have never had to stand on the high wire and cross the crevasse with nothing underneath them to catch them, I think this is going to be an interesting test for folks that have only ever known how to run stuff somebody else built and keep the train on the tracks versus set the compass, turn the train on and steer the plane. I think a bigger challenge for our small and regional plans, except for the fact, okay Sandy, I’m like my eternal optimist here. It is a blessing and a curse what I’m about to do here. Except for the fact that these changes are made for small and regional plans. Because if we get rid of all this noise, we are left with CAHPS as a measure of access to appointments in care that small and regional plans do best. If we do the right care in the right setting, it’s risk adjusted properly. We have short-term profits, we’re stemming off expensive events. And then STARS happens naturally instead of why I think we’re having this conversation today, because right now SARS is such a non-natural project off to the side. And this is really forcing the asking of that question of what are you doing? And why are you doing it in the order and with the focus you’re doing it in? And is that the right way to think about quality with a small cue or a big cue in Medicare Advantage? Or is this your moment to right size for your focus on quality?

Elizabeth Lippincott: 44:50

Thank you for bringing that up, that this could be a disruption that’s uncomfortable in the short term, but leads to something better. For the competitive marketplace.

Melissa Newton Smith: 45:02

For sure. And again, I want to go back. Like CAHPS has always been an afterthought because these measures that are talking, we’re talking about going away could always make a list. We could easily track progress and hand-to-hand combat or block and tackle our way up to strong performance. When we take that out and we’re left with CAHPS as a forethought, not an afterthought, you know, Ann and I say this all the time. Your best path is great care, orchestrated for every person to get your risk adjustment first, your star second. And CMS, you know, Chris Klump has been on his speaking tour this spring. He’s told every plan that your only way to succeed in Medicare Advantage. So again, I do think that this is gonna be great for the people that embrace change, move first, and move fastest with new and emerging technologies instead of play games with yesterday’s vendors, yesterday’s lists, and yesterday’s measures. But I think time’s gonna tell. Who’s interested in standing up and taking that sort of leading edge space? I don’t think we know that quite yet. I think everyone’s still trying to figure out, do I have an active lawsuit, versus am I gonna embrace this and do something with it? What do you think, Ana? We’ve been trying to collect as many perspectives as we could.

Ana Handshuh: 46:11

You know, I keep going back to what you and I always say to plans when we’re there talking with them about what to do. And bottom line is, connect members with the care they need when they need it, medications they need when they need them, and information they need when they need them. That’s what’s left, right? So if everything goes away, he does CAHPS and HOS is what’s left. And what I just said is he does CAHPS and HOS, right? If you do those things, everything else follows from there. So I would say, you know, those basic things, like plans of like, oh, what do I do now? I’m gonna make a decision whether I’m gonna invest this or that. If it does one of those three things, preferably all three of the things at once, that’s what you want to invest in. Continue to invest in. Don’t throw out the playbook, right?

Melissa Newton Smith: 46:57

And you don’t have to trust us. We could tell you stories all day long about why this is true and why this is worth relying on. The data tells, Elizabeth, just like you said at the beginning, the data tells the story. When we look historically at the plans that have most naturally and sustainably earned four and a half and five-star ratings with the least amount of measure gains or measure spending, it has always been the best special needs plans in the nation who orchestrated proper care journeys for all their members. They were properly risk-adjusted, which generated profits. And some of them never even thought about a star measure and became four and a half and five star plans. So I think if we take nothing away from this, this is not me and Ana just, you know, telling you a story and hoping you believe us, but go back and look. The best 100% special needs plans have always done this work through appropriately shepherded care journeys that just naturally produce star success sufficiently. So we got a lot we can work with here.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 47:58

That’s a great perspective. And it also dovetails with the enrollment growth, you know, over 80% of it this past year being in special needs plans. That is a great point.

Sandy Durkin: 48:11

So understanding that it’s a long journey to providing that quality of care. If you’re advising a plan today, they’re like, what do I need to have done yesterday in response to this ruling? What are, you know, two or three actions that you would advise either to leadership or to a star ratings team in sizing up their response to this ruling?

Melissa Newton Smith: 48:38

You want to go first, Ana, or you want me to go first? One, that’s a very hard question because anytime somebody says, what are your one, two, three things? I’m like, oh no, I’ve got like 20 things. So it’s a personal problem. I will try my best to stick with two or three things. So the first thing that I would tell plans is to stop expecting an immediate answer. We’ve got people waking up every day and pushing the refresh button on HPMS to see did CMS give me something today, did CMS give me something today? So my answer has been what you guys said earlier. CMS has until the end of July to file an appeal. It feels certain they will. This is going to be protracted. So bracing people that were going to have to build a plane and fly a different plane is going to require two pilots, if you will, in that analogy. So slow down and stop expecting immediacy on this is my first thing. My second, my second piece of advice to MA plans, not just STARS teams, is to stop thinking about this or avoid the temptation of thinking about this as something the STARS team can tackle for you, or that the STARS team would even know how to posit an appropriate organizational legal strategy. This is really a board, CFO, CEO perspective of where do I want to spend my political capital? Where do I want to spend my budget on legal fees? Do I have something I need to shape? Do I have a policy need? Do I need to be along for the ride? But not every, most STARS teams can only be an informer in the RACI structure versus all of the RACIs on this. So the STARS team showing up with information to educate and support versus the STARS team saying, sue or don’t sue, or I have all the answers and I’m your gatekeeper no matter what the topic is. This is the time for the stars lead to be a team player in a really supportive role, escalating and raising the topic versus trying to pretend like they have an answer that’s going to be appropriate for the legal structure.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 50:48

It sounds like, alongside the in-house council and the general counsel level, making strategic predictions.

Melissa Newton Smith: 50:56

Totally. And then my third recommendation, I will keep, I will keep it to three. My third recommendation has been, this is the moment to take a hard look at your STARS work plan. Almost every plan we’ve worked with in the last two, three, four years has started a project by saying, I don’t really trust this work plan, I don’t like this work plan, and I wish I could throw this work plan away. And it’d be that’s because these work plans are loaded up with a decade of measure-level baggage that we can now see. CMS can pick and choose measures to pitch out of the program in a flash. So my advice is look at your work plan with extreme objectivity. And if you are spending time or money on anything that is one measure or one type of measure, think twice because every measure has a connection to quality, a connection to access, a connection to experience. And if you’re spending money in this environment, you need to make sure you’re getting something more than just a numerator hit or an exclusion, because both all of that might be obsolete before you have time to be paid on those narrow single purpose interventions. So it’s just a really great time, in my opinion, to clean up work plans and evolve with speed to which will make folks ready for one, one of 27. Okay, Ana, I did my best on three. You know, I’m not really known for keeping into three. What was your three?

Ana Handshuh: 52:15

Well, I think that’s a really good point, though, that I want to just kind of dive a little deeper, Melissa. It’s kind of like ask yourself like, if this wasn’t a star rating measure, would I still be doing this activity? Does it have value? Does it drive, you know, does it bring on its coattails? Does it bring other experience, quality, clinical value, total cost of care value, you know, getting accurate risk adjustment value? What does it do? If it wasn’t a star rating measure, would I still be doing this activity? If the answer is no, think twice. Okay, so three things, maybe five things. I’ll start with five things. Go for it. Run these calculations. If you haven’t run these calculations, model your rating with flagged measures removed. So do clovers, but also do the ones that you would want out so you know what your upside is. You know that cold, you know that number before someone asks you for that number and quantify the dollars, right? Translate what does a potential half-star move into actual bonus and rebate impact for the finance team? So make sure you know that again before someone comes calling for that number. Get legal reading the opinion now. I’m sure your legal has read it, but you know, don’t wait. Make sure that any of your own measures sit in that same shaky ground that you know, which ones do you want out, which ones would you want? So know your numbers. That would be like, I don’t know, that that’s a couple things, but we’re not counting. Right away, I would want those scenario models to be kind of systematized, mechanicalized, not being one-offs. So build tools so that you could be running these models as the math on the ground or the situation on the ground is changing. So do what is your base case, what when you sit today, and then if these things move, what could happen? But have a tool ready for various years so that you could do that. And then I’d really want them tightening those partnerships with finance, compliance, legal. They’re never at the same table we find. And I think that’s such an important thing right now for them to be tied at the hip. And I would say, like, a really important thing is just resist the urge right now to tear up the current year playbook. Don’t tear it up, right? Like the discipline is gonna be add the new analysis, no, you know, without subtracting from the good work that’s paying the bills right now, but just make sure that you’re ready to pivot if you need to. So I think those are my, however many things those were.

Melissa Newton Smith: 55:10

Three. And it was three. Good job. I call it three. All right. I like it. I like the way you think.

Sandy Durkin: 55:16

You are brilliant, both of you. Thank you so much. I feel like we, I mean, we have I have probably got 20 more questions that I could ask you, and I’m not going to because we’ve been going for an hour. Elizabeth, do you have any final closing questions or thoughts?

Elizabeth Lippincott: 55:33

You know, I’ll come back to the uncertainty and just I’m just really empathizing with health plan business leaders right now. Because this is a such tough way to work in this program, you know, with this level of uncertainty going forward and looking backward between RADV and the STARS ruling of how much money do we make? How much money are we gonna make this year? Like, what do we have to work with? What are our premiums gonna be? That’s tough.

Sandy Durkin: 56:06

It really is. Any final thoughts from Melissa or Ana?

Melissa Newton Smith: 56:10

No, other than, you know, our industry, like we’re doing here today, our industry is full of a lot of really smart, really talented people that are both professional thought partners and therapists in our spare time. You know, to Elizabeth’s point, I do feel like that I would like to leave people with a moment of optimism that if you’re not feeling strong or confident inside of your own plan, there’s a lot of professional circles that you can get connected to for more collaboration, more learning alongside other parties that are getting through this together. It’s harder to remember when you’re stuck in your own home office and the feelings are overwhelming. But there are some really great learning communities and professional societies that I would say are underutilized at the moment and probably just have a great, a great moment in the sun as we go through this time together with a lot of confidence building and growth.

Sandy Durkin: 57:09

I think we know what’s going to be the hot topic at all the conferences next year.

Ana Handshuh: 57:15

Next year there’s one coming up at the end of June. The RISE Quality Conference. Yeah.

Sandy Durkin: 57:22

And are you all speaking there?

Ana Handshuh: 57:24

We are. You can catch us there and we’ll be talking about this great.

Sandy Durkin: 57:27

Terrific. We will include that information when we when we put this podcast out. Thank you so much for joining us. It’s been a real pleasure. Thanks for having me.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 57:36

Yeah, this was fun. Thank you.

June 30, 2026

Sandy Durkin: 00:13

Hi, everybody. Welcome back to Health Law Simplified. This is a special bonus episode. We usually do one a month. Today we’re doing our second in less than a week. So in our last episode, we unpacked the Clover Health ruling and why it matters for Medicare Advantage organizations and STAR ratings. And right after we put out our episode, actually, we were still polishing up our episode, CMS put out an HPMS memo responding to the Clover Health ruling and announcing its decision to recalculate quality bonus payments for 2027. So we invited and Melissa, our guests from the last episode, back into the studio. They very generously agreed to hop on the phone with us and they’re going to help us walk through what CMS did and what Ana it means for MA and Part D plans. So thanks everybody for joining us.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 01:14

Yeah. And first of all, wow, like never a dull moment, right? We were just speculating, like, will they recalculate? And then yeah…

Melissa Newton Smith: 1:21

and the poor actuaries, like right when the actuaries were getting ready to take their couple of weeks off, like they got called back, called back to the.

Sandy Durkin: 01:32

Ana, I know you’ve been close to the HPMS memo. Would you mind just walking us through what CMS did, how it decided to respond to this ruling?

Ana Handshuh: 01:46

Sure, sure. So as we know, the court ruled that CMS reached beyond the measures the statute authorizes when it built the STAR ratings for QBP purposes. And so what CMS, the remedy that CMS created then, was that we’re gonna recompute everyone’s QBP ratings on the measure set that’s anchored to the governing statute that the court ruled out, not the full STAR ratings program, but actually to the measure set that the court said these are the data sources for which you’re authorized to collect data for STAR ratings. So those were HIITAs, CAHPS, and HOS. So two things to hold on to here. So first, CMS did this voluntarily. They’re really clear about that in their memo from June 17th, and that they reserve their right to appeal. So we should be looking at this kind of as a remediation, not CMS’s settled position on how they’re going to treat this moving forward. So in that sense, that’s what they did. They recalculated everyone’s every contract STAR rating based on just including HETA’s CAHPS and HOS and removing everything else. So that was the plans then in the memo, CMS also said, well, this now gives you an opportunity that if your rating changed and it would change your bid, you can resubmit your bid. You had to make a decision about doing that on June 22nd. Letting CMS know of your intent and then bid their due June 29th with actuarial certification due July 1. So plans have four days to make this decision. If plans did not choose to resubmit their bid, then their original STAR rating is going to stand. So what else? What am I missing, Melissa? That was it in a nutshell.

Melissa Newton Smith: 03:49

That was a really good synopsis, Ana. I think the one thing that is missing is what it didn’t say. You know, we’re all about what do what does the memo say and then what does it not say. One of the things that CMS was really clear was that this was a one-time relief, that this posture was a temporary fix so as to not harm any other plan who might be thinking about filing a suit or litigating for the 2026 STAR ratings. We were really clear this is not a permanent posture uh or a commentary on whether or not they will appeal, on whether or not the same application of measure removal will be used in a few weeks when CMS releases the 2027 STAR ratings, and no comment on whether these same measures will be removed from the measurement 26 or the 2028 STAR ratings. So I think that that maybe like from a business operator’s perspective, I think that might have been the hardest thing for people to really wrap their minds around was that this was really just a short run fix on how to prevent others from litigating the speed, and it’s not an indicator of what comes next. That was a little harder to jump out of the memo for a lot of folks.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 05:02

Another thing I wanted to clarify is that they recalculated the 2026 STAR ratings, which are used for the 2027 quality bonus payment. So it gets a little – they refer to it in the memo just in terms of the 2027 QBP, but that was based on the 2026 STAR rating. And they said in the memo that this doesn’t necessarily mean anything for future years. Another thing that was interesting to us as lawyers is that they, you know, tying back to the Clover case, there were two arguments in that case. One that had to do with the data sources, and they did recalculate based on that. But the second argument was based on not the data sources, but the issue of notice and comment when measures were implemented. And they did not, that one is kind of, we were calling that more the nuclear argument. They didn’t, CMS did not voluntarily recalculate based on that notice and comment sort of procedural error argument. So it’ll be interesting to see will any plans sue under the ruling based on that argument or not. And you could you could sort of read the tea leaves and say CMS potentially thinks it has a stronger case on that argument. I don’t know, you know, I don’t know. That’s speculation.

Ana Handshuh: 06:25

Well, it could be that they didn’t do that because had they done that and applied the logic across the board, there would be no measures to score in order to produce any ratings, right? I suppose plans could go back to the court for relief and say, I pick these measures under that logic, very similar to what Clover did, right? Clover didn’t pick every STAR ratings measure. They only picked certain STAR ratings measures, even though all of them theoretically would have fit under that logic. They only picked a certain set. So to that extent, you know, they’re probably still open to some plans going to the to the well for relief, you know, using that additional logic. It’s just they can’t use the first set of logic that says you didn’t have authority to use these other data sources in STAR ratings. That’s a really important distinction. Just an authority to collect that data, just not to use it for the data pipes feeding the STAR ratings program.

Sandy Durkin: 07:30

Yeah. Good point. Another interesting choice that CMS made is that it only assigned a recalculated rating if it was higher under the recalculation than the previously assigned rating. And that is not something that a plan is going to get if it decides to go to court. if a plan goes to court with its hand-picked ratings that it would like to challenge and a different judge in a different venue opts to order CMS to do a full recalculation, there’s always the chance that the plan is not going to end up better off. So I think CMS is hoping that that decision will stem the tide of litigation that I still think is out there. I don’t, this certainly doesn’t resolve all of the potential legal claims, but, there was that show of discretion.

Melissa Newton Smith: 08:32

Yeah. And Sandy, the timing is really interesting because, I look at my calendar, it’s June 24th right now. We’re literally within weeks of the next round of STAR ratings being released to plans. I mean, we’ve never been a litigious industry back and forth between generally the payer community and CMS until this STAR ratings era. You know, plans are already lining up and beginning to think about how might I respond to whatever comes out in a few weeks with a lawsuit versus improving quality and doing the things that would have been done five or six years ago? I do think that there’s a lot that we need to be watching in the next few weeks. You know, see as I understand it, Sandy and Elizabeth, you guys will have to confirm that from your legal perspective. CMS only has till the end of July to file their appeal. So by the end of July, we’re gonna know is CMS gonna battle this? Will CMS have gone to Congress? Will we see some proposed rulemaking flow out with speed or not? I mean, think about this. It’s only been a month since we had this ruling issued and we’ve already been through like eight seismic issues. The next month I feel like it will be similarly full of that kind of news while we while we prepare for the fall.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 09:49

I’d be shocked if they didn’t appeal because of the, especially because of the nuclear second part of the court’s holding with respect to the procedural deficiencies. But we’ll see.

Ana Handshuh: 10:01

I would agree. And to go back to your point, Sandy, around the whole harmless when you think about how many plans went up, many, many more plans would have gone down than would have gone up. So about almost 200 plans, it’s estimated, would have had a decrease in their STAR rating. If this was calculated this way, this should give everybody pause, right? You should know who you are. If you’re a health plan, would this have made your rating go down? Because if eventually we end up with that posture,  that’s something to be very concerned about for your STAR ratings program. Only about 10% of plans went up and had an opportunity to refile their bids. And by plans, you really mean contracts. So, and then the majority stayed about the same or would stay about the same.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 10:56

Can you tell us more about that, about the impact and how it shook out? So the plans that that have the opportunity to resubmit bids are plans that were at 3.5 and got bumped up to four because of this recalculation. You guys are closer than we are to sort of the impact and how it shook out.

Ana Handshuh: 11:18

So if it would have changed your QBP, if it would have changed your posture, in other words, your rebate percentage or your QBP amount and that doesn’t, that could also be plans that went from three to three and a half, right? There’s a change that happens there. There is a rebate percentage change that takes place there. From three and a half to four, there’s also a change. Four to four and a half, there’s a change. Four and a half to five, there is no change. So that’s interesting. The benefit from four and a half to five is not really a QBP and rebate percentage situation. It’s about year-round open enrollment for your plan that you’re able to receive members year-round. So that’s an interesting, an interesting point, right? That there were many different types of plans that would have been affected.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 12:19

That’s very helpful. And so looking forward, if this change is implemented for next year, were you saying that more plans would be downgraded vis-a-vis the old methodology than upgraded?

Ana Handshuh: 12:35

If performance remained the same as what we saw for 2026 STAR rating, if we don’t see if we wouldn’t see improvement, right? If we saw kind of similar performance or steady performance in those measures, then yes, we would expect to see many contracts under that logic of only using HEDIS, CAHPS and HOS, eliminating all of Part D measures, we would see many, many more contracts STAR rating go down than when we would go up.

Elizabeth Lippincott:

Wow. Okay. That’s interesting.

Melissa Newton Smith: 13:08

Okay. Can I can I draw some good spicy other things to think about here too? Let’s not forget because as you guys described that, as we described that, Ana, you know, it’s also important to remember, nobody in the Part D space is just gonna roll over and be happy. I mean, you know, you’ve got PQA who spent you know 20 years anchoring to procedures and processes to measure quality in Part D. You have CMS and HHS that have long since supported having metrics of quality evaluation in Part D. If you if you think about pharma and the PBMs, there there’s been, it’s almost difficult to quantify the time, the labor, and the dollars spent towards part D and part D quality. So I do think that there’s like this funny little misnomer. Everybody’s like, well, what if they just evaporate? I mean, Medicare Advantage and STAR Readings has always been a political game as much as a quality game. We know just as folks are thinking about what would happen if these measures disappeared, we do have to remember what if they don’t? And what do we do in the meantime? While this is a tempting idea of thinking they might disappear, what if they stay? And also, again, back into sort of spicy things to be thinking about. Don’t forget that a couple of days before or after, I can’t recall off the top of my head, before this HVMS memo came out, CMF issued an RFI around 2028 PBM reform. So we’re already in this weird environment where the November elections are coming up. Nobody expects the current administration to keep its trifecta whole. So I do think we need to sort of think really thoughtfully about what we’re doing here with a more sophisticated, savvy game of chess in front of us rather than sort of a HPMS memo says X, we’re gonna play checkers and put our best gear and look red or black on the roulette table because this this is feeling both like a congressional thing, a court thing, a political thing. And it’s not feeling as simple as might they stay or might they go to me, to me. You guys.

Sandy Durkin: 15:23

Absolutely. I think you know this administration has shown us that they want to make big changes in risk adjustment, in STAR ratings, and you know, this lawsuit may be an opportunity for CMS to double down on reshaping the program. We’re used to agencies that want to maintain the status quo, but that’s not necessarily the case here.

Melissa Newton Smith: 15:47

That’s right. And so again, my book, when we think about how far ahead we should be thinking, we really have to get ourselves through the end of July. We have to see does CMS file the appeal and try to keep STARs and quality bonus payments as they are? Or, I mean, there’s nobody that would dispute this administration didn’t like TVPs. Medpack has been after SARS and QVP for a decade, Paragon’s been after QVP and STARS. Might this administration choose not to appeal because failing to appeal would give them a speedy necessity before November to reimagine something while they still have political control, which they might not be able to do post-November in the next two years. So I think you know, there’s just a lot to be thinking about here underneath, above, and around this HPMS memo, in my opinion.

Sandy Durkin: 16:39

Yeah, absolutely. And I also want to be very clear, you know, this HPMS memo was limited to 2026 STAR ratings, 2027 quality bonus payments. I know, all of the plans are thinking forward, but there are still all of the previous years quality bonus payments and you know, statute of limitations to go after the government in a breach of contract action is six years. That’s at least six years of quality bonus payments that you know plans will probably be want to be looking at to see if there’s enough of an impact to justify a suit.

Melissa Newton Smith: 17:20

I think, you know, from what we’ve been talking with our clients and friends about, I think that’s what plans are trying to figure out right now. Budgets are tight, the federal government is a volatile entity to sue against, and filing suit of this nature is expensive. So I think folks are really looking. Do I have the legal budget to go backwards and look at all of those open contract years and think about a six-year backwards-looking breach? What would I do if I won? If they if they win the money, what would they do with the money under the Medicare Advantage regulatory structure? And let me go back. Do I have the money and the political wherewithal to go back and file suit for historical times? I think that’s why we’ve not yet seen this race to the courthouse and the retro uh view of, I think why they folks look to see if perhaps CMS might come out with a retro fix that felt similar to this modern 2026 fix.

Ana Handshuh: 18:16

Yeah. Yeah. We also had to see how CMS was going to recalculate, right? Because if they just flat out recalculated and not changed any of the other rules, then there wouldn’t have been enough measures to calculate a rating once Part D was removed. So we had to see what other things did they have to change. So we saw that they had to recalculate the categorical adjustment index, they had to recalculate reward factor thresholds. So it’s really interesting to see CMS, how they applied, you know, kind of the they just applied STAR ratings, the logic of the ruling, but then which parts of the methodology they kept intact and which parts of the methodology they had to bend a little bit in order to be able to calculate ratings. And the reason I bring that up is as you are doing your prior year lookbacks, what plans are going to find is that if they have multiple contracts, for some contracts they’re gonna be winners, and for some contracts, they’re gonna be losers. And for some years, they’re gonna be winners, and for some years they’re gonna be losers. So it’s really complex math that has to go into place and complex rationalization, really, for which way do we move and do we take action and when? So very important things to think about.

Melissa Newton Smith: 19:41

Also, also from a legal perspective, y’all, it’s very interesting. Like Ana said, they basically made up a new rule set to do this whole harmless recalculation, which is fascinating because when they made up this approach and they removed all the Part D measures, that renders by technical rule in the technical specifications document. That renders every plan with no overall rating. What that should have done is meant that every plan got a 3.5% TBP because without an overall rating, you couldn’t get the 5% TBPs or all of the rebate differentials. You had a set 3.5% at a different rebate number. So I think from a legal perspective, I think maybe again, I think folks are trying to catch up on what this bid recalculation or resubmission was all about. And then I think we’re gonna be watching people settle back and saying, okay, did CMS actually apply this unique made-up algorithm in a way that actually held every plan harmless? Or are there other plans that were not actually held harmless because they should have had no rating and they should have had the 3.5% QBP under new plans? Like there’s so many funny little permutations here that I think we just all need to know that there’s we’re not like closing the net the nail in the coffin here. We’re just opening the next Pandora’s box, it feels like.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 21:01

Well, and is there a possibility that any other party would have standing to sue and say, CMS, you didn’t have the authority to do that? Oh, I think for sure. I think for sure. You’re paying, you know, government money out with no authority.

Melissa Newton Smith: 21:16

Right. If I think, Elizabeth, about all of the providers that are sitting under percent of premium contracts, risk-bearing contracts, capitated or delegated arrangements, you know, does who has standing and for what reason? It’s not just 170 Medicare Advantage contracts. The parties involved include every plan whose top line revenue is attached to this. So I don’t know where the legalities flow, but again, we’ve got a lot of things to continue sorting out here.

Ana Handshuh: 21:50

Yeah. I think that hold harmless point that you just made, Melissa, is really, really important because you may have been held harmless from dropping a STAR, but you’re not. Held harmless from the rest of your competitors in the space now, you know, artificially gaining a rating. And when I say artificially, I mean some of these things that Melissa just so elegantly described, right? Some of these methodology changes that had to be applied that are not codified anywhere or not outlined anywhere. And now there are certain plants that are going to be at a disadvantage because their competitors in the market have now received a boost that they didn’t have the opportunity to get. And more importantly, we’re watching now to see if the national bid amount goes up, right? Because of all of these rebidding that we see. And that could put other plants at a disadvantage. So very interesting development. Just because they weren’t affected by the STAR rating change doesn’t mean that they’re not affected by what happened. It’s also reminding me of a previous example.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 23:03

I think it was when the STAR ratings methodology, there was some example where the Congressional Budget Office, I think I’m remembering this right, sort of slapped CMS on the wrist and said that a demonstration they had done exceeded their statutory authority. So anyway, I’m not remembering the details of that example. Was this the part D demonstration after the redesign? No. No, it was back earlier than that. I think it’s when the STAR ratings methodology first went into effect. It’s been a while, but Congress was not happy with the way CMS exercised its authority. So it’s just kind of an example of how you know a flipped Congress could come back and say, CMS, you can’t just do this.

Melissa Newton Smith: 23:52

You didn’t have the authority to do that. Yeah, I keep coming back to the Tukey situation because everybody wants to draw a parallel between this situation and Tukey. You know, when Ana started scrubbing the CFRs on Tukey, we realized that there was a sentence in the circulated rulemaking documents that was not inserted in the online CFR, we keep wondering if maybe the reverse might have happened here. I mean, the ACA, STARS and TVP went through the entirety of the ACA negotiations. None of this was a secret. The demonstration wasn’t a secret. I keep wondering if maybe somewhere somehow in the Anals of old dated boxes of paperwork, maybe there actually was the authority to do all of this, and maybe it’s going to show up. Maybe somebody’s going to go digging through the archives and find that all of this was actually agreed upon between Congress and CMS HHS and even payers, since the ACA didn’t come out without everyone at the table. And maybe we’ll be surprised and we’ll get some documentation and some evidence.

Sandy Durkin: 24:57

Is that somebody, Ana? Is Ana gonna find it for us?

Melissa Newton Smith: 24:59

We go and dig in the boxes, Ana, in Washington.

Ana Handshuh: 25:04

Don’t blame me. I don’t want to get kicked out of all the rooms, right? Elizabeth, I did find, I was just like quick typing. It was a government accountability office. Thank you, CMS. They didn’t have the authority to do the demonstration project. Remember the ACA said you can pay extra bonus for four, four and a half, and five. And CMS had extended that as a demonstration to three and three and a half STAR plans at the time, like in that 2012 to 2020. That’s what I was removed. I think that’s what you’re thinking about.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 25:38

I didn’t dream it, but I had I was off the thinking about that that was.

Sandy Durkin: 25:44

Well thank you so much for coming back on such short notice. I’m anticipating we might end up doing a part three and part four if there, if there are big developments, if Congress actually gets involved. I think that’ll be worth a worth a discussion if a national files a lawsuit. I’m sure we’ll be back here. I do think you all shared some really excellent takeaways and recommendations for the industry. And I think all of those still stand. There’s still a lot of work to do, internal modeling, reassessing assumptions, and then also big picture strategic thinking about quality and revenue. So, anyone who hasn’t listened to that original episode, go back. You know, it’s a don’t miss, and keep following Ana and Melissa if you if you haven’t yet, because they’re you know sharing a lot of insights on this and all things, MA.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 26:42

Thanks so much. Thanks, everyone. Thanks, Melissa and Ana. Thanks for joining us.

August 5, 2026

Elizabeth Lippincott: 00:10

Welcome to Help Law Simplified. I’m Elizabeth, and today we’re going to dive into one of the biggest developments in Medicare star ratings litigation in years. So back in May, we covered the clover decision and discussed why it could have implications far beyond a single plan star ratings. Well, it didn’t take long for those predictions to materialize. A number of MA organizations have now filed lawsuits that either directly rely on the clover court’s decision or were prompted by how CMS handled the aftermath of that decision, which with some recalculations it elected to do voluntarily. So Sandy, our former litigator extraordinaire, is here to walk us through what happened, talk about why these cases matter, what they could mean for star ratings going forward. So hey Sandy. Hi, Elizabeth. It’s nice to be here with you. Yeah, it’s great to be here with you as well. So can we start with a quick refresher on these cases? What happened in the Clover case? And uh why has it generated so much attention and fallout?

Sandy Durkin: 01:30

Yeah, happy to. So the Clover decision, we knew it was going to be a big deal, and that is being confirmed. It’s become one of the most impactful star ratings cases we’ve seen because it wasn’t just a dispute over how CMS applied a particular methodology, but instead it called into question whether CMS has the legal authority to use a whole host of measures that it uses to calculate star ratings in the first place. So, just as a reminder, in May of this year, Judge Wood of the Southern District of Georgia ruled that CMS improperly included 20 measures when calculating Clover’s star rating for 2026. And Judge Wood ordered CMS to recalculate Clover’s rating. And according to reports that were filed by Clover after the fact, that recalculation increased Clover’s primary PPO contract from 3.5 stars to 4.5 stars. And that’s a huge jump. It’s actually more than what Clover was asking for. Clover in its lawsuit was asking for an increase to four stars. And there are significant

financial, positive financial consequences associated with crossing that four-star threshold. So that’s a significant monetary gain to Clover as a result of the recalculation. And we’ve talked about this at length in our other episodes, but the court’s decision really rested on two separate holdings. So first, the court found that CMS relied on data sources that are not allowed under the Medicare statute. And that impacted 10 of the challenged measures. And then the court separately ruled that another 10 measures were also invalid because the CMS didn’t comply with notice and comment rulemaking requirements that are part of the Administrative Procedures Act. And just to emphasize why this is so significant, these legal theories are based on statutory authority and like core fundamental administrative law principles, not mere disagreements over calculations, rounding, methodology, right? These go to the heart of the star ratings program.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 03:53

On that point, before we move on, I’m a political junkie and I really try to keep my personal views out of this, but I was a Poly Sci major. I can’t get enough of this stuff. I just find it fascinating to watch during a Republican administration and thinking about the court appointments over the this in the last administration that led to things like the Loper Bright ruling, the overturn of Chevron, the restriction on executive agency power now coming back to haunt this administration and just turn their lives into a really difficult, uh, I was gonna say a living hell, but um a tough, they’re in a tough spot with this. Um and it’s you know, these cases are being filed in the Southern District of Georgia because that you know, this judge is very sympathetic to this idea of, you know, limited federal agency power. And it’s all just, we’re gonna get into the practical stuff because that’s what this podcast about is about, but it is a really interesting time to be alive and also a health lawyer in this space.

Sandy Durkin: 05:07

It is truly fascinating to see CMS reaching so far and trying to do so much during this particular administration. And um, and then the you know, the struggle between the branches of government, you know, that’s been an ongoing theme of a both of the Trump presidencies. And yeah, it has there, I think there’s no aspect of you know American life and government that it hasn’t impacted, including Medicare Advantage policy.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 05:42

Yeah. It’s like the whole, I’ll just give you one more minute and then we’ll move on. But the whole, our whole system is predicated on the assumption that Congress is gonna really do

its job of setting policy, making laws, fixing problems and laws they’ve made before. And because of the void left by Congress not being able to really do that very well, the courts and the executive agencies have stepped in. And then when they’re limited, it just kind of leaves a void. But that’s I really won’t talk anymore about that because we need to talk about the theories in these cases that are being litigated because they have so much impact on plans. So please proceed.

Sandy Durkin: 06:23

Absolutely. Um, and I may come back to your some of your points at the very end because I do think the role of Congress is going to be very important in what happens next to the star ratings program. So I referenced, you know, how the theories in this, the legal theories in the Clover case are quite different from what we’ve seen in previous star ratings litigation. And star ratings has been a hot topic. There have been a number of lawsuits filed by MA plans against CMS in recent years. But historically, that litigation has focused on things like call center metrics, weighting decisions, cut points, statistical methodologies. And these are cases where plans came in and said, you know, we take issue with how CMS has chosen to apply its own regulations. And the Clover case is really different. It challenges whether CMS had any legal basis to do what it did at all. And that’s why so many plans and commentators immediately saw the case as having a broader application to other contracts and even to other measures beyond the 20 that were tossed out by Judge Wood and Clover. And we’re starting to see that.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 07:48

So, you know, do you see these rulings as challenges to Clover itself? Or what how would you characterize them? No.

Sandy Durkin: 07:57

Yeah. So there’s been three follow-on cases to date that have been uh been filed in the wake of Clover, one by elements, one by scan, and one by alignment. And these aren’t challenges to the Clover ruling. Essentially, the plans have said, we agree with the Clover

ruling. We love the Clover ruling. We just want CMS to do for us what it did for Clover. Um so they’re saying CMS recalculated Clover’s star rating to Clover’s great benefit, um, you know, throwing out those 20 measures that were invalidated by Judge Wood and Elevance, Scan and Alignment are saying you need to do the same thing for us because if those measures were legally defective for Clover, they are equally defective for every single Medicare Advantage organization.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 08:53

Interesting. So um tell us more. Can you tell us more about the Elevance case in particular?

Sandy Durkin: 09:01

Yeah. So I think this was um, I think this was the first suit. It was filed on July 1st this year in the same federal district court in Georgia. A really smart decision, right? Because Elevance is a competitor of clover in that district, in that, in that part of the country. And the argument is it’s really straightforward. If CMS recalculated Clover’s ratings, removed these 20 measures that the court found unlawful, why should Clover receive that benefit while other plants are treated differently? And, you know, really it’s saying this is a violation of the Administrative Procedures Act to treat similarly situated plans differently, right? There’s no basis in law for Clover to get one methodology and elements and every other plan to get a different methodology for their star ratings calculations. And, you know, this unequal treatment is arbitrary and capricious in violation of the APA. So in the elements case, I think it is seeking um recalculation that it contends would translate to 115 million additional dollars in quality bonus payments. Um that’s what the elements case is seeking.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 10:22

And it’s just focused on that one year calculation and not 2026. And just those, just those 20 measures. It’s interesting because we, you know, we’ve talked to folks about this. And one thing that stands out to me is that uh that ruling, if it’s upheld, uh, doesn’t just apply to one year because the contested measures have been in use for many years. And we’ve looked back the federal statute of limitations for federal contracts is six years, right? So it’s interesting how sort of selective these organizations are being. I’m not saying I think it’s the wrong choice. I think it makes sense under the circumstances to start, start small and within the bounds of that other case, but this could go a lot farther.

Sandy Durkin: 11:15

It’s really strategic that they filed such a narrow request, that they asked had such a narrow request for relief. Um, you know, we talked about in our earlier episodes how existential this, the clover ruling is if truly, you know, applied to given its full effect, um, right? If in fact

CMS needs to follow notice and comment procedures for every aspect of its star ratings calculations, then that potentially undermines every single measure that is part of the star ratings. And, you know, I think we anticipated that if you made the observation, I recall, Elizabeth, that if a court really understood that, that it might that that ruling on notice and comment might not stand withstand scrutiny on appeal. And so these plans and their lawyers have not asked the courts to go that far. They’re not asking the courts to, you know, completely tear down this wall. Exactly. They’re not trying to incapacitate CMS. They’re not trying to overhaul the Star Ratings program, right? I think plans like the Star Ratings program as long as they’re as long as they’re doing well. Um and so it’s very, it’s very strategic litigation. But you know, to your point, um, there are other years at play here besides 2026. And I expect that we will see broader litigation than what we’ve seen so far.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 13:00

Well, before we um move on to the other cases that have been filed by scan and alignment, is there anything else you think we need to know about the Elevance suit?

Sandy Durkin: 13:11

Absolutely. One interesting point is that Elevance did seek relief from CMS before it filed this lawsuit. And according to the complaint, Elevance submitted a written request asking CMS to adjust its star ratings in the same manner that CMS adjusted Clover’s ratings. And CMS rejected that request in writing. And that’s what precipitated the lawsuit. And in the complaint, Elevance also takes issue with the industry-wide relief that CMS voluntarily granted to other plans after the Clover ruling. You know, we again talked about this on an earlier episode. CMS did do a broad recalculation for all plans after the Clover ruling, but it didn’t do what it did for Clover. And Elevance characterizes that effort as a half measure. And, you know, it’s really, we were scratching our heads like, what did CMS do in this, in this voluntary recalculation? Like, we don’t know, the public does not know the methodology. But according to the complaint, what CMS did is it created an entirely new calculation methodology. Some of the measures implicated by Clover were removed, others were

retained, other additional measures that Clover never challenged were removed. And Elevance, you know, they contend that CMS really never explained what it was doing or why it was doing it. But ultimately, you know, at the end of the day, the recalculation that CMS did for plants did not provide the same relief that Clover received.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 14:48

Yeah, that’s so interesting. They did engage in some creativity and kind of problem solving on their end, not completely transparent to your point, and also um yeah, not really authorized by anything, which is a little ironic if you’re getting in trouble for doing things that didn’t go through notice and comment. And then you just come up with sort of a you like MacGyver a fix.

Sandy Durkin: 15:18

Here’s a memo, and 10% of plans are gonna get more money and the rest of you are not.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 15:24

So we’ll see how that we’ll see how that one pans out. But um, I know their jobs are really hard. I’m making light of it, but they’re it they’re in a tough spot and they’re doing the best they can. Um, and I’m sure acting with good intent. But yeah, it will be interesting to see how that plays out. Well, you want to talk about scan and alignment?

Sandy Durkin: 15:44

Yeah. Absolutely. So we can talk about these together. The cases are very similar to each other, and they were filed by the same law firm, the complaints, and they make similar arguments. So scan and alignment, they don’t focus on the unfairness issue the way that Elements does. What they focus on is that second major holding from the Clover ruling, which is the notice and comment rulemaking requirement. So remember that Clover, the Clover Court found that 10 measures were procedurally defective because CMS had not properly adopted them through notice and comment rulemaking. And scan argues that this is the portion of the clover ruling that CMS has failed to implement. So both scan and alignment are saying, hey, CMS, you used these 10 measures that were thrown up by the Clover Court when you recalculated our ratings for 2026. And that’s not valid. These measures are, you know, noncompliant with notice and comment. And so you can’t, you can’t include them. And they’ve said that if you asked for CMS to you know recap be

ordered to recalculate, and if those 10 measures were removed, scan believes that their rating would go from four stars to four point five stars. And I believe alignment contends the same. That’s interesting.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 17:17

And we’re do you know where these cases were filed?

Sandy Durkin: 17:20

Were they in different districts or where these cases filed in DC in the District of Columbia?

Elizabeth Lippincott: 17:28

Okay, interesting. All right. So just to kind of bring us back down to nuts and bolts, what kind of measures are we talking about that are at issue in these lawsuits as far as the star ratings measures?

Sandy Durkin: 17:40

Aaron Ross Powell, Jr. These are important measures, right? They relate to the annual flu vaccination, physical and mental health assessments, um, risk of falls, access to care, customer service, health care quality, care coordination.

Sandy Durkin: 17:55

These are measures that you know plans focus on and they’re very relevant to the star ratings framework to, you know, the overall question of what is quality. Um, you know, I contend these are measures that uh we would want CMS to be looking at. So if courts do begin invalidating them, the implications could impact all plans.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 18:18

Yeah, that that brings me back to our conversations we had with our experts on the last two, Melissa and Ana, talking about if you took all of those out, you really couldn’t calculate star ratings. Like if you took everything out that would be invalidated. Yes.

Sandy Durkin: 18:33

Um practical matter. It’s not just those 10 measures. It’s all measures. And, you know, just to be very clear, because we talk about notice and comment rulemaking. And, you know,

those non-legal folks or, you know, folks who are not as deep in administrative law, you know, might think that means that there needs to be a regulation. And the reality is that

CMS did adopt most of these measures through notice and comment, right? CMS has issued uh federal register uh final rules saying, yeah, we are going to be looking at these measures and we’re gonna be including them in the star ratings. What CMS did not do is put its technical specifications through notice and comment. So there’s a whole technical notes manual that explains how CMS is calculating these or how it’s how it’s measuring um, you know, plans performance on these measures. And it’s that technical detail that Judge Wood said needed to go through the notice and comment process. And that’s what plans are asking to be upheld.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 19:42

And Sandy, under that ruling, would it have been enough if they’d done, because for some things, like I’m thinking about like reporting requirements or big changes to manual chapters, a lot of times they’ll just informally issue something in draft and give a comment period, but it doesn’t go, it doesn’t get published in the Federal Register. Do you think that kind of notice and comment would have been adequate under the opinion?

Sandy Durkin: 20:07

That’s a good question. I don’t know that, you know, I I’d want to look at the case law on that because I know that APA litigation can be quite technical. That said, you know, nobody is saying that CMS should put this, you know, 200-page manual in a regulation in the CFR, right? They’re saying it needed to be published at to your point in draft form, that that may be enough. And the industry needs to have the opportunity to know what is proposed and ask questions, provide feedback. So I do suspect that that sort of informal notice and comment would be, you know, CMS would be in a very different position now if it had gone through that process.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 21:01

You know, another thing, again, this is something that ideally Congress would address in a statute and not just wouldn’t just have to wait for judges to think through it. But if I were a judge looking at one of these cases, one thing I would be thinking about is that these aren’t just regulated industries at all. Like Lower Bright was about fishermen out fishing with

inspectors to regulate how they fished and where they fished. These are health insurance companies with government contracts to administer the Medicare program with federal dollars. And so to expect the same kind of notice and comment in that sort of very

complicated government contracting context is a little harder for the agency to comply with. You know what I’m saying? Like as opposed to just a straight up regulation of a truly private. Industry that’s working with private dollars and selling to private people. Yeah, selling fish. I don’t disagree. Yeah, yeah. Well, let’s talk about the broader impact. Are there any other cases we should know about that are touching on these issues?

Sandy Durkin: 22:16

One to keep an eye on. Um, there is another lawsuit. Um, it was filed prior to the Clover uh ruling by CareFirst, another Medicare Advantage plan. And it involved the calculation of the 2026 star ratings. It was not predicated on the arguments in Clover, but um Clover has impacted the trajectory of that case. The proceedings were paused for the parties to assess how clover would impact the litigation, whether it would potentially moot the litigation, because you know, some of the measures that were at issue in that case are now invalid. Um so if there is any, you know, to the extent any plans have been considering filing, you know, star ratings litigation, uh, you know, this certainly impacts strategy, right? It makes sense to go back and look at how does this ruling change, um, you know, change the strategy that we were already considering.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 23:18

Interesting. And that one’s in the DC circuit as well. Correct. So that’s going to be interesting. We will hear from eventually from another circuit as the clover goes up to the 11th Circuit. Correct. It sounds like these cases will percolate up to the DC Circuit Court of Appeals as well. Correct. All right. Very exciting times.

Sandy Durkin: 23:38

And we did a notice. Um, I just wanted to flag that CMS did file its notice of appeal in the clover ruling. No surprises there. Um, so that’s, you know, I think that’s something that is going to impact all of these cases and that we’ll be keeping an eye on.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 23:56

So certainly exciting times for legal analysts and people who follow all of this, but for our listeners that are, you know, as all this proceeds, trying to operate Medicare Advantage organizations, you know, what do you think are the main takeaways for them?

Sandy Durkin: 24:13

I think what this does is it gives, you know, as we’ve said before, Clover provides a roadmap for plans that are challenging the application of CMS’s star ratings methodology instead of arguing that CMS applied methodology incorrectly. Plans now have a basis from which to argue that CMS lacked authority to use a measure or that CMS failed to comply with rulemaking requirements when adopting it. And we also, you know, have to remember we’re in a post-chevron Loper Bright world where courts are much less likely to give deference to CMS interpretation. So I think there is a much greater incentive now for plans, which we’ve talked about how a lot of MA plans are in challenging financial situation. There is now more at stake and more incentive for plans to challenge CMS’s calculations of its star ratings and quality bonus payments. The other potential impact of this is there is now pressure on CMS to overhaul the star rating system, right? There’s been a lot of critique of payments to plans, of you know, the size of quality bonus payments, about how plans are using those dollars. Um, you know, there’s been allegations that plans are investing those dollars in supplemental benefits, which then are not necessarily, you know, provided to members in the way that they expect. Um, so there is a lot of outside pressure on CMS to reform this star ratings program. I’ve seen quite a bit of press about how that is a possibility, you know, given the impact of the clover ruling and all of these other lawsuits. But what I want to remind folks in the industry is that the clover ruling is predicated on statute, on the Social Security Act and the Medicare Modernization Act. And um, CMS doesn’t have authority to just completely restructure the program unless, you know, unless the statute gives it authority to do so. Um, so

Sandy Durkin: 26:35

it is most likely going to require some kind of input from Congress if there is going to be any major changes made to this program.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 26:44

Hmm. Interesting. Do you think this current wave of litigation is just the beginning?

Sandy Durkin: 26:52

Absolutely. If I’m a planned, I am talking to my actuaries about, you know, how the clover ruling impacts our company’s bottom line and what type of challenge, what measures, you  know, need to be challenged in order to have an impact on quality of bonus payments. You know, I think that especially if other courts, um, you know, in the District of Columbia, you know, another court in the Southern District of Georgia, if they continue to accept these theories, um, you know, I think plans are going to be, you know, increasingly scrutinize whether their own star ratings measures that most impacted their payments were properly authorized by Congress and properly implemented through a rulemaking.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 27:40

Yeah. And I, you know, if I was working, of course, actuaries, it’s not like they’re sitting around fooling up, you know, this is a lot of extra work for people to do to even have the data that they need to have these conversations. But if I was talking to actuaries, I would want to know five, six years back what would be the implications of different star rating scenarios depending on where things land, because these measures have been in place for years. Um, so if they were problematic in 2026, then they were problematic in 2021, you know. Um so yeah, it’s huge. Absolutely. It’s been fascinating to watch this, you know, what began as a single MA organization challenge um evolve into broader litigation with potentially, you know, industry-wide hundreds of millions of dollars, if not more, at stake. Um, Sandy, really appreciate you wading through these filings and the Clover opinion and talking us through uh the implications of these developments.

Sandy Durkin: 28:48

Thank you, Elizabeth. I know we’re both very interested to see how courts respond to these arguments and you know whether those holdings from Clover are replicated and you know, potentially a much broader reassessment of the star ratings program is in our future.

Elizabeth Lippincott: 29:04

Well, we will certainly continue to um track these developments. Thank you so much to all of you for listening to Health Law Simplified. If you enjoy this episode, please be sure to subscribe and share it with your colleagues and join us next time for more insights into the legal and regulatory issues shaping healthcare today. Thanks, Sandy.

If you want to find out more, go to strategichealthlaw.com. This podcast is for informational purposes only and should not be considered legal advice. If you need legal advice on any topic we’ve covered, please consult an attorney with appropriate experience in health law. Our music is Galaxy Love by Johnny Duke. Until next time, thank you for listening to Health Law Simplified.

Season 1 Podcast Transcripts

Feb 25, 2025

Strategic Health Law

Elizabeth Lippincott (00:04)

Hello and welcome to Health Law Simplified. This is our first episode and it’s titled “Making Peace with Uncertainty,” which is our theme right now going into 2025 and a new administration and a lot of uncertainty. I’m Elizabeth Lippincott. I’m the founding member of Strategic Health Law and I’m here with my colleagues Sandy Durkin and Katarina Weessies, and we’re going to share some of our insights on what’s going on right now. I look forward to spending the time with you. Sandy and Katarina, do you want to say hi and say a few words about your background?

Sandy Durkin (00:42)

Yes, thank you. I’m so happy to be here with you today, Elizabeth and Katarina, and I’m really excited about this first episode. I’m Sandy Durkin. I’ve been with Strategic Health Law for six years, and I am a recovering litigator who now focuses on regulatory compliance and transactional work for managed care organizations and their business partners. And we’ve also got Katarina here.

Katarina Weessies (01:08)

Hi everyone, I’m Katarina. I’m the Associate Attorney at Strategic Health Law. I’ve been at SHL for three years, starting out with a fellowship while I was at Duke Law. And now having been here for a while, I do a lot of regulatory analysis as well as contracting work within the healthcare industry focusing on Medicare Advantage.

Elizabeth Lippincott (01:27)

Great, thank you. Yeah, and I’m Elizabeth again. I founded this firm a little over 19 years ago after working in-house with a health plan. And I focus on federal regulation of managed care. So like I said, it’s kind of an interesting time right now and our goal is to create a forum where we can simplify some of the healthcare regulatory and legal developments that we’re seeing and help business leaders make good decisions by just sharing some of our thoughts.

Sandy Durkin (02:09)

Thanks, Elizabeth. Like you said, coming up on almost 20 years in the business, we are hoping to get some of your perspective, having seen a number of administration changes and how it impacts the industry. So, with that background, what do you see as hot button issues for managed care plans and their business partners going into 2025?

Elizabeth Lippincott (02:35)

Yeah, thanks, you’re right. I started working in-house at a health plan at the end of the Clinton administration and then I’ve seen the different iterations over the decades. There’s some common themes when things change. What I am focused on right now as far as hot button legal business, hybrid issues: One is the pressure on Medicare Part D premiums. There were some, from a beneficiary perspective, really great enhancements to the Part D benefit from the Inflation Reduction Act, but some, I’ll say difficulties around how we’re gonna pay for those. We’re not gonna get into all the details around that Part D redesign and premium impact. That really could be a whole episode, but the upward pressure on Part D premiums is a significant issue right now because it’s likely to move people into Medicare Advantage plans, which can absorb that price increase with their other funding for medical costs. So that’s one of the biggest themes that we’re seeing and then I think when the enrollment data for Medicare Advantage and Part D comes out for this January, I think we’ll see some of the impact of that and relatedly just that’s putting a lot of pressure on the Medicare Supplement Standalone Part D combined with original or fee for service Medicare option. It’s so fascinating to see this, because when I started working in Medicare Advantage around 2004, 2005, only around 12, 13 % of people with Medicare were in Medicare Advantage, so it was this alternate option. But what we’re seeing now is that Medicare fee for service is becoming like the alternative option, and without any real policy change. Evidently, Dr. Oz at one point said he’d like to see Medicare Advantage as the default option. I think it’s kind of there. If we have in 2024 going into the enrollment for 2025, we already see like, 54% of Medicare beneficiaries and Medicare Advantage. So that’s one thing. And then, Katarina knows a lot about this. She’s been digging deep into it, but cyber resilience and cybersecurity are likely to be big themes and kind of big risk areas. And then I would say managing the risks of your vendors related to the cyber resiliency, but other issues as well.

Sandy Durkin (05:11)

Thanks, Elizabeth. You’ve spoken to this a bit already, but do you see any other shifts in the senior market? I’m thinking in particular about MedSupp and what your thoughts are on that line of business and strategies for companies for which that’s an important line of business.

Elizabeth Lippincott (05:31)

Yeah, it’s a really good question. I do think MedSupp is becoming sort of the alternate option. It’s gonna become increasingly difficult for people to afford a MedSupp premium plus a standalone Part D premium on top of their Medicare Part B premium that everyone pays. I think it’s getting to be tough to manage the sort of shrinking risk pool in MedSupp. Anecdotally, I’ve heard there are some increases for this year in the MedSupp market. That’s gonna be interesting to watch because there are a lot of real advantages to offering a Medicare Advantage plan. You know, you can use funding from the medical side, depending on your bid amount, to offset the Part D premium.

You can also use funding from the government to fund supplemental benefits that are attractive that you can still offer on Medicare supplement. It’s just the beneficiary is going to pay 100% of the cost. And Medicare Advantage has a really powerful lobby in Washington. And so one thing I’m wondering is, is there a strong right now, voice for Medicare supplement or Medigap, sometimes called issuers, because of the shifts that are driving enrollment in different direction?

Sandy Durkin (06:52)

Thank you, I agree it will be interesting to see.

One question we’ve gotten over and over again are, what’s going to change? What’s happening in 2025? And I know we titled this Making Peace with Uncertainty, but there are a few areas where we do expect to see changes and others where the change will be slower or less significant.

Some of the areas where we do expect to see change under a Trump administration include more flexibilities for Medicare Advantage organizations. As you said, Elizabeth, this administration and Dr. Oz are very keen on MA. So we expect to see expanded flexibility, which is more typical with Republican administrations, even before now, to incentivize MA organizations to offer plans that entice beneficiaries. One way we might see that is with the expansion of plans ability to offer supplemental benefits beyond what seniors can get under fee-for-service Medicare.

Another area, and this is where we’re starting to see a lot of reporting in the press, is we expect selective rollback of Biden-era policies. That seems to be a theme across departments in the executive branch, and we will see that within HHS and CMS.

Some examples of policies where we could see CMS rolling back measures that were put out under the previous administration include the restrictions on broker compensation that CMS tried to roll out last year, unsuccessfully. Those were ultimately challenged in court and are currently stayed. But it’s possible that CMS will revisit those regulations and completely pull those out or they could just let it play out in the courts. Another potential rollback is the new health equity index that CMS introduced a couple of years ago as a new factor that is incorporated into STAR ratings, which are quality measures that consumers use to evaluate MA and Part D plan performance. The new administration is not a fan of anything that’s associated with DEI and the health equity index is one example of a DEI style initiative that could just disappear. And then another change that may happen is the application of Section 1557, which is the Affordable Care Act’s non-discrimination provision to MedSupp or Medigap plans. Those are commercial products. CMS late last year put out a rule that says that Section 1557 applies to MedSupp plans and that is an area where we could see the new CMS returning some flexibility to a line of business that is typically deemed to be outside of the sphere of federal regulation.

Elizabeth Lippincott (10:42)

Yeah, that seemed, I have to say that seemed like a stretch for a commercial, essentially a commercial insurance policy, under the structure of that statute and the way it defines federal programs, but we’ll see.

Sandy Durkin (10:53)

Yeah, absolutely. CMS has the authority to do all of these things on its own, although it’ll probably take some time and effort for CMS to do these if it chooses to accomplish them by regulation. And then another issue that the new administration might try to tackle is the Part D redesign, which we might just make that its own episode. It’s so big.

Elizabeth Lippincott (11:16)

Yeah, we’ve got plenty to say.

Sandy Durkin (11:18)

But they would need Congress to do that. So that would be a really big undertaking. It’s not going to disappear overnight.

Elizabeth Lippincott (11:24)

Although you’re right, they’d need Congress to tinker with the redesign itself, but they wouldn’t need Congress to undo that demonstration plan. Sorry, we’re getting into it. That would make the premium impact felt sooner rather than later.

Sandy Durkin (11:40)

We’re regulatory lawyers; we cannot help getting into the weeds. We will try to stay true to the title of the podcast, Health Law Simplified.

Elizabeth Lippincott (11:51)

Stay tuned. Part D premiums.

Sandy Durkin (11:54)

Less likely to change. Like I said, there’s a couple areas where it’s going to be same old, same old. MA is going to continue to grow. It may even accelerate given all the market factors and shifts in the senior market that are at play. That said, it’s not going to be a free-for-all for managed care organizations offering government plans. There has been a spotlight on MA at the congressional level, at the level of press, policymakers, consumers for years. And there are a number of reforms that have been on the table that have bipartisan support. So for example, there will continue to be a focus on pharmaceutical benefit managers, PBMs. I think that we will see potentially legislation from Congress on that topic. And then there will continue to be a policy and enforcement focus on prior authorization and risk adjustment, which are topics where MA organizations have received a lot of scrutiny over the last several years.

Elizabeth Lippincott (13:03)

You know, Sandy, when you talked about the growth of Medicare Advantage, I was really stunned to see in this last annual enrollment period for MA, carriers saying, as of right now, we’re not going to pay commissions for these plans anymore. Like basically, they were getting more new enrollments than they wanted. I haven’t seen that before. You know, that was such a kind of signal that things are really changing in the market.

Sandy Durkin (13:34)

That is fascinating.

Elizabeth Lippincott (13:35)

Yeah, so tell me, okay, so you introduced yourself as a recovering litigator. So from that lens, what kind of litigation risks do you think healthcare companies might face in the coming years and like, how do they need to be thinking about that?

Sandy Durkin (13:51)

For better or worse, litigation risk does not go away, even if government enforcement goes down. So the biggest source of litigation exposure for MA organizations currently has been risk adjustment litigation. And that’s not going anywhere because those cases are really driven by the relator provisions, the qui-tam provisions in the False Claims Act, which allow individuals whistleblowers to file suit. And there are financial incentives for them to do that. There’s a really active plaintiffs bar recruiting potential whistleblowers to bring these cases. And there’s also a lot of concerned employees who want to make sure that their employers are doing the right thing. So those cases, those incentives, they don’t change depending on which party is in power.

Another important thing for compliance departments and legal departments to remember is that the statute of limitations on the laws that govern these federal healthcare programs, they’re really long. They outlast presidential administrations.

The False Claims Act, which is a really significant source of exposure for plans, given its triple damages, penalties, that has a statute of limitations period of six years from the date the alleged fraud was committed. It can be extended even longer, three years past the date when the plaintiff should have reasonably known about the fraud.

And then the anti-kickback statute, those cases generally need to be filed within five years of an alleged violation. So what this means is that activities that take place over the next four years, including provider incentive programs, marketing activities, risk adjustment programs, star ratings quality initiatives, investments, transactions, deals, all of these really need to be carefully reviewed for compliance with these anti-fraud laws, the same as they would be under any other administration because they can carry exposure for your organization for more than half a decade.

Elizabeth Lippincott (16:27)

That’s a really good point, Sandy. So you don’t want to go too crazy in 2025, 2026, unless some things like expressly authorized in a regulation, I think that would be different. But if it’s just in a gray area, which there’s so much of in this space, you have to assume that could be enforced by a new administration.

Sandy Durkin (16:47)

Absolutely. And another area which is always on our minds as healthcare lawyers is cybersecurity, a perennial risk. And I was hoping, Katarina, that you could speak to that and tell our listeners what healthcare organizations can do to manage their cybersecurity risks right now.

Katarina Weessies (17:09)

Absolutely. So cybersecurity, the risk landscape is a little bit riskier for organizations than it really ever has been. Healthcare organizations in particular are an attractive target for cyber attackers because of protected health information. And in general, the amount of attacks that have happened have increased by basically double in the past five years. And when it comes to cybersecurity, there are really two sides to that coin. There is what you would traditionally think of as cybersecurity, and then there’s cyber resiliency, which is how organizations react once an attack has happened, how they’re able to keep the business going. So for cybersecurity, organizations are gonna have to work with both tech vendors and cybersecurity professionals to make sure they’re mapping out where data in the organization is going, what tech vendors they’re using, making sure that they’re using best practices for things like multi-factor authentication and encryption. And then the other side of that coin, which can be forgotten about when cybersecurity is such a focus, is that resiliency. So any organization is going to have some kind of business continuity plan should an attack happen. But it’s important to note that organizations are responsible not only for that plan existing, but that plan needs to work.

One thing that can occur is that after a cyber attack, a larger organization will have either backup vendors or internal capacity to be able to keep going in the event of those attacks. So there’s these sort of two sides to this coin. There’s cybersecurity, and that involves working with professionals to make sure that best practices are being used, and resiliency, which is the ability to bounce back.

Elizabeth Lippincott (18:46)

Hmm. And you think this is all coming from the change healthcare attack that disrupted the healthcare system.

Katarina Weessies (18:55)

Absolutely. So the Change Healthcare attack was a big news event that now everyone is talking about cybersecurity and healthcare and what an attractive target for cyber attackers, healthcare companies are. But it was part of a really big trend. There have been so many cyber attacks in the past five years and Change Healthcare was just one aspect of that.

Elizabeth Lippincott (19:12)

Yeah, and I can understand the government’s perspective on this, especially if now, 54% and growing of the Medicare beneficiaries are in Medicare Advantage plans. They don’t have the same level of control, although there’s lots of regulation. It’s not along the lines of what they have over the Medicare administrative contractors that process claims for original Medicare relying on this morass of different carriers and all of their vendors to protect this public beneficiary information, public program.

Katarina Weessies (19:50)

That’s especially true when you keep in mind the fact that MA plans are responsible for all of their downstream contractors in CMS’s view. So there’s all this, you mentioned the morass of different vendors, that is really significant for plans.

Elizabeth Lippincott (20:04)

Yeah, and growing every day. Everybody has this solution. And they have a solution, which is great. Love entrepreneurs, but like, yeah, this is pretty high risk.

Sandy Durkin (20:15)

Thank you, Katarina. And speaking of solutions, Elizabeth, with all challenges come opportunities. So what opportunities, if any, do you see for managed care organizations under the new administration or in this time?

Elizabeth Lippincott (20:35)

Yeah, I think there’ll be a lot of growth and especially in Medicare Advantage, MAPD plans. I will say, something I said a lot in the first Trump administration, is deregulation feels a lot like regulation when it’s happening to you. So lots of change. I do foresee flexibility. It could come in the form of expanded flexibility of supplemental benefits, expanded benefits. We don’t know exactly what it’s going to look like, but there will be change likely in the direction of more rather than less flexibility. There will be vendors, and I’m not knocking vendors, but they, this is an entrepreneurial country and there will be companies coming up with ideas of how to do things better, take advantage of new opportunities, and so it’s going to be really important for the health plans and providers that are using these vendors to make sure their contracts are appropriately negotiated to make sure that legal risk that vendors create are being passed down to them, assuming they’re able to bear that risk and that legal and compliance folks and cybersecurity folks are taking a real good close look at those vendors in the procurement process, even before the contracts are developed so that they’re making sure that this is a vendor that they can trust with this information in addition to whatever services they’re having them do. And I would say it’s really never a good plan to just take a vendor’s contract, even if you attach your regulatory addendum and it’s quote unquote compliant, if you got audited just on the language in that contract, it’s not gonna be enough to protect your organization from potential legal risk for what the vendor’s doing for you. Lots of opportunity, but it’s also gonna be a lot of work to protect the long-term interests of healthcare companies, health plans and otherwise, in that expansion state.

I’d say this is a gross oversimplification. I shouldn’t say this publicly, but I’m going to anyway. I’d say just very broadly, like the biggest challenge, and don’t read anything into my personal politics on this, because you’d probably get it wrong, but one of the biggest challenges in democratic administrations tends to be tightening of regulations and expansion of regulations and complying with those new requirements.

In Republican administrations, you have different challenges, but still challenges when things are getting looser and maybe you can do more and do new things. There’s still a lot of legal and compliance work to do that in a way that protects your legal interests long-term and doesn’t create risks that are gonna come back to haunt you in a few years or even shorter term than that.

Sandy Durkin (23:40)

So I’m hearing that lawyers are still gonna be out there trying to rein in their businesses and at least make sure that we have all of the terms that we need in our contracts to keep our clients protected.

Elizabeth Lippincott (23:57)  Yeah, for sure that that never goes away.

February 26, 2025

Strategic Health Law

**Updated information on MA growth expectations can be found in Episode 3 at (55:25)

Katarina Weessies (00:17)

Today we’re going to tackle the Inflation Reduction Act, which is a sweeping federal law aimed at improving the economy, addressing climate change, and reducing healthcare costs. Sandy and Elizabeth are going to walk us through some of the healthcare changes and impacts they are having on Medicare Advantage and Part D plans. My first question is for Sandy. What are some of the healthcare reforms in the IRA?

Sandy Durkin (00:38)

Thank you for asking, Katerina. You know, rising prescription drug costs have been a big concern for both parties for a long time. And most of the health care changes in the IRA were really aimed at bringing down those costs, both for patients and for the government in their Medicare spending. So some of those big changes in health care and prescription drug costs are that the cost of insulin is now capped at $35 per month for Medicare members who are picking up their insulin. Cost sharing for adult vaccines is eliminated altogether. That’s for adult vaccines. It’s not everything. It’s the ones that are most commonly recommended, RSV, shingles, Tdap, and Hepatitis A and B. Another feature is that the IRA created brand new inflationary rebates. Under these new rebates, if drug prices go up faster than the rate of inflation, manufacturers have to give that extra revenue back to the government. And then the part of the IRA that’s gotten the most attention, you probably saw this in the press over the last couple of years, is the drug price negotiation program. This is really novel because it gave the government the power to negotiate prices with drug manufacturers for the first time. It’s not a huge power grab. That power to negotiate drugs is really limited to a very specific number of high cost drugs that are covered by Medicare Part B and D.

Right now, the initial phase of the program only involves ten Part D covered drugs. So shifting gears, one aspect of the IRA that was overlooked in early reporting was what is called the Part D Redesign. It didn’t get as much attention because most of the big pieces of that redesign didn’t take effect right away. But this is the aspect of the IRA that’s having the biggest impact on Part D plans right now and in the next few years.

Katarina Weessies (02:56)

Interesting, could you tell us a little bit more about the changes made to the Medicare Part D program?

Sandy Durkin (03:00)

Absolutely. So there’s two buckets of changes. First, there are new beneficiary protections. And then there are changes to the way that those benefits are paid for. So in terms of beneficiary protections, there is a new hard cap on out-of-pocket costs for seniors at $2,000 a year. This is really significant because before out-of-pocket costs were capped at $7,400 in 2023, and members, even after that cap, stayed responsible for 5% of their costs indefinitely when their Part D benefit went into the catastrophic phase. Some other new beneficiary protections are expanded eligibility for the low-income subsidy, meaning that more people now qualify for the extra help that the government offers to pay for the Medicare drug coverage. And then another really novel feature of the Part D redesign is a new benefit that allows members to spread their drug costs out over the year. It’s called the Medicare Prescription Payment Plan or the M3P. And that lets people spread those up to $2,000 in drug costs out so that instead of incurring all of it at once if it’s a very expensive medication they can make payments of a couple hundred dollars a month. So that’s a really great benefit, very tricky for plans to administer but really, really good for folks who need it.

Elizabeth Lippincott (04:40)

Yeah, so that $2,000 annual cap was a huge change because even though there was like an upper threshold to get into that catastrophic phase around $7,000 and change, that 5% cost sharing past that point could be really substantial if you’re taking some of the new therapies that can cost hundreds of thousands of dollars a year or even more.

Sandy Durkin (5:07)

Yes, thank you. That is, it’s a really significant reduction of costs for members. So that raises the question, who’s gonna pick up those costs, especially for members that have really expensive medications? And that’s the other big change that the IRA worked on the Part D program. It shifted the way that the government, Part D plans, and drug manufacturers share in the liability for costs over that out-of-pocket cap. So before the IRA went into effect, the government covered 80% of costs above the spending cap, while Part D plans were responsible for 15%. And then that extra 5% is what members were on the hook for above the above that threshold. After the IRA and all of the changes to the Part D program went into effect, Medicare responsibility, government responsibility dropped from 80% to 20%. And Part D plan liability went up from 15% to 60%. So that’s a really dramatic shifting of responsibility.

Under the new changes, manufacturers do kick in 20% for brand drugs. All of these numbers are for brand drugs. They’re a little bit different for generics, but the general idea that Part D plan sponsors are responsible for the bulk of costs once members reach that out-of-pocket cap remains the same. So bottom line, lower costs for members, lower costs for the government, higher costs for Part D plans.

Katarina Weessies (6:57)

Thank you, Sandy. And for Elizabeth, what impacts are all those changes having for Part D plan specifically?

Elizabeth Lippincott (07:04)

Well, it stands to reason, you know, if you have this really significant expansion of benefits, the cost has to go somewhere because Part D plans, a standalone Part D benefit is not going to have huge profit margins typically for plans. It’s something, you know, some organizations choose to do for strategic reasons as part of their overall product portfolio, but being a Part D issuer specifically, standalone Part D is not in general a huge moneymaker. So they’re not gonna take just a massive loss on these plans, so the money to fund all of these benefit enhancements has to come from somewhere. As Sandy explained, the statute decreased the percentage of the benefit that’s funded by the federal government and so premiums had to go up. And there was a premium increase cap in the statute. It capped up a particular benchmark used to calculate premiums at 6%. And my suspicion is that a number of legislators that voted for this bill did not understand that that was just one defined in the statute benchmark and not the actual premium that the individual buying the plan would pay. Because, significantly part D in contrast to Medicare Advantage, Part D is statutorily designed for there to be a member premium. So it’s just a question of what amount that is going to be.

So they have that statutory cap on a benchmark at 6%. However, once the bids came in for contract year 2025, which would have been last June, CMS saw how high the premiums were in fact going to rise, especially for enhanced benefits, which are very popular in Part D. And so what it did was create a demonstration program basically to subsidize those standalone Part D premiums through, according to the memo they put out, 2027. So by memo and it’s probably quaint at this point to be talking about separation of powers concerns, but this wasn’t even an executive order. It was just a memo, saying, okay, so we’re doing this, know, quote demonstration. I’m sure it was all done with good intent, but there are potential legal issues with this.

It’s called, they put it out on July 29th, 2024, and it created what they termed a voluntary Part D premium stabilization demonstration to stabilize those Part D standalone premiums through 2027. Now this did not apply to MAPD Part D plans. So this did not subsidize the premiums on Part D benefits that are integrated in with a Medicare Advantage plan. However, those Medicare Advantage issuers have more flexibility because of the reimbursement they’re getting on the Medicare side to essentially subsidize the Part D program and absorb some of those cost increases. However, this was relatively controversial. Some congressional representatives requested that the CBO, the Congressional Budget Office, revisit its calculations for the impact of the IRA’s Part D redesign. And we, you we’re not, this isn’t a political commentary, but the IRA was a significant legislative achievement of the Biden administration. So there’s a political overlay here. So they asked CBO to revisit its calculations of the impact of redesign and to forecast the impact of this demonstration program that CMS created with its memorandum. The CBO issued a letter on October 2nd, 2024 with some pretty astonishing conclusions. One is it reported that the average plan bid for a standard Part D coverage plan, which means before you even add any enhancements, increased 179% in 2025 compared to 2024.

So in my view, it was a little bit of magical thinking of anyone to think that all of these benefit enhancements could be done and it would only, and you could somehow cap the premium increase at 6%. Well, there’s no magic. It actually drove bids up 179%. The CBO also revisited just the overall impact of the IRA’s Part D redesign on federal spending. And keep in mind, this is even, with a lowering of the federal percentage of drug costs that it would be covering. And the CBO estimated that the resulting growth in federal spending would be $10 to $20 billion in 2025, and that’s before you add in the demonstration program. And for the CMS demonstration program created by that July memo, the CBO estimated that federal spending would increase just in 2025 by roughly $5 billion. So if you were critiquing that on a separation of powers grounds, you would say, you know, only Congress can appropriate dollars, a federal agency cannot choose to increase government spending by $5 billion, you know, through a memo.

So those are the legal issues involved. To put the spending increases in perspective, and again, this is not to harp on anyone politically, but just to see that sort of the size of the impact of this, maybe error, or miscalculation, however you wanna characterize it. If the CBO is saying that these Part D redesign changes will increase the federal government’s outlays by 15 to $25 billion, that’s when you add their recalculation of the impact of the redesign and then their forecast of the cost of that demonstration program. So, okay, $15 to $25 billion for those things, the government spending that much more. You can contrast that with the projection of the Biden administration that their renegotiation of or negotiation for the first time by the federal government of the high-cost drugs that was the much more publicized change in part D, that is forecast to save the government $6 billion. So $6 billion in savings on the drug negotiations compared with $15 to $25 billion of additional federal government outlay from the Part D redesign overall. So it’s not a great story. And it’s something of a political hot potato for the current administration because no one wants to see benefits cut after they’ve already been implemented. But there’s a big question of who and how are we going to pay for this going forward.

Katarina Weessies (14:39)

So Elizabeth, how do you think this is going to impact the whole market overall going forward?

Elizabeth Lippincott (14:45)

Big picture, it’s hard to say whether the current administration will allow that demonstration program to run through 2027 as it was described in that memo. That really just kicks the can down the road a couple years. I don’t have a prediction on whether they’ll do that but whenever these premium increases hit, and really hit the market, it’s gonna make affording a Part D standalone plan to pair with a Medicare supplement plan, for example, much more expensive. [**See Episode 3 for update on this year’s MA growth]. And so it’s likely to increase the attractiveness, relatively speaking, of Medicare Advantage plan with Part D benefits to offset some of that cost. So we see this as a real boost to Medicare Advantage that was really inadvertent on Congress’s part because that’s certainly not what they were trying to do when they enhanced the Part D benefit. But it may make affording a standalone Part D and a Med-Supp plan, which is what you need to do if you don’t have group coverage or VA or Medicaid, to afford to stay in original Medicare, because without the supplemental in Part D, you’d be woefully uninsured. It’s going to make that option more expensive. And we expect we’ll really accelerate the increase in Medicare Advantage enrollment over the next few years.

Sandy Durkin (16:18)

Those are really striking figures that you shared, Elizabeth. And I just want to note some of the numbers that I saw regarding standalone Part D plans was that the offerings dropped significantly from 2024 to 2025. I think I saw over 700 plans were available in 2024, and that dropped to under 500 for 2025. And that’s even with that demonstration program available. So it is a big question, you know, what’s going to happen if that financial model doesn’t survive?

Elizabeth Lippincott (16:56)

Wow, yeah, yeah, so choice is already going down in the Part D market. And I, you know, this is my personal opinion, but I, of course, we work with a lot of Medicare Advantage plans. We see the value of that program. But I personally think there’s value in competition, not only within the Medicare Advantage market, but that it is competing with another viable alternative that not just the wealthiest people in the United States can afford. And for reasons having to do with state law regulation of MedSupp underwriting, which does vary state to state, but in general, if you wanna go the MedSupp route in most states, you need to do it in the first year that you have Medicare because if you get Medicare Advantage, have it for years and wanna go back, it can become very expensive if you even are able to get a policy. So long story short, I think this potentially threatens the viability of that other option. And it’s kind of crazy that we’re talking about staying in original Medicare as the alternative option, because it used to be like the baseline default and MA was this limited program, but I think we’re sort of hurtling to the opposite of that.

Sandy Durkin (18:16)

I agree. I heard you perhaps wisely refrain from opining on what the new administration is going to do with this demonstration program. And we may decide to cut this at some point. But looking at the way that Elon Musk is really scrutinizing federal agencies for expenditures that the party doesn’t agree with, I think it’s only a matter of time before he turns his sights to CMS and this voluntary demonstration program may be an easy target, an easy cut.

Elizabeth Lippincott (18:59)

We’ll have to see, because it’s also politically dicey. Medicare beneficiaries are a powerful voting block and no one likes to see benefits cut and no one likes to see insurance premiums spike. So it really remains to be seen. I don’t know what they’ll do, but I don’t think it’s… It’s just going to be an ideological question. I think it’s going to have to be a political calculation as to how directly they address this fiscal challenge.

Sandy Durkin (19:38)

Like everything in healthcare in this country, it’s not simple.

Elizabeth Lippincott (19:42)

No, it’s not simple. And even when it is simple, it’s not easy politically, you know. Yeah, it’s really, it’s pretty, pretty dicey.

Sandy Durkin (19:52)

Well, thanks for walking us through your thoughts on how this is going to go down. I know the Inflation Reduction Act, it was passed in 2022, but we’re really just starting to see the fruits come to bear this year and in future years. We will be watching to see how things develop, to see if there are legal challenges in the courts, or if any efforts by the new Congress to address some of these issues and we will keep you updated.

March 19, 2025

Strategic Health Law

Elizabeth Lippincott (00:05)

All right, welcome back to Health Law Simplified. I’m Elizabeth Lippincott. I’m the founding member of Strategic Health Law and I’m here with my colleague Sandy Durkin. We are delighted today to have a special guest with us, Molly Turco. Molly Turco has over 15 years of experience working on Medicare policy issues. Just in January, Turco left her role as the Senior Policy Advisor on Medicare Advantage and Medicare Part D at CMS at the Center for Medicare. And before her time at Molly led Medicare policy at the Blue Cross Blue Shield Association and the Better Medicare Alliance, and previously held roles as an investor consultant and as a public health researcher. So we’re thrilled to have Molly here with us to share her insights and help our listeners think through the trends that we’re seeing in this really interesting time.

Sandy Durkin (01:03)

Thank you for joining us, Molly. We’re so happy to have you here. Before we dive in, I was hoping you could tell us about your time at CMS and any of the projects that you worked on as Senior Policy Advisor at the Center for Medicare.

Molly T. Turco (01:21)

Great. And thanks, Elizabeth and Sandy, for having me. It’s really exciting to come and chat about all these important issues. So yeah, so I recently, last month, left my time at Center for Medicare and during those few years that I was there, really had the privilege to work on the full range of M.A. Part D work that we did. you know, as you all know, we have the annual M.A. and Part D rules and we have the annual advanced notice and rate announcement. We also embarked on some requests for information.

So we did two during the time that I was there. The first one was kind of a general, you know, state of the world of MA. We really wanted to hear from folks. One thing that I felt is that sometimes the rulemaking process can be intimidating for non-plans or providers or others. So we wanted an opportunity to hear more from advocates and, you know, kind of smaller provider groups or plans or others that felt less empowered in those kind of nitty gritty policy conversations. And we had over 4,000 responses there and really kind of underscored what we already knew which were the areas that people care about, payment, prior authorization, marketing concerns, access, confusion of beneficiaries, things like that, supplemental benefits. And the second RFI that we did was focused on data. So one thing that we heard a lot in both that RFI and just kind of day-to-day work was how frustrated a lot of stakeholders, Congress, others are on the access to data publicly and concerns that CMS didn’t have all the data it needed to regulate these programs. So we heard from, kind of the full range again, of stakeholders, plans, providers, advocates, a lot from academic researchers. And so really trying to strengthen the data collection both in the building and then ways in which to grant the outside world more transparency and data and access to information, which I think goes without saying is incredibly important now that MA is half the program. You know, there’s a lot of data for traditional Medicare that informs a lot of healthcare. And so we really wanted to, and I think CMS continues to want to make sure that the outside world has access to more of that data.

Elizabeth Lippincott (03:42)

That’s interesting. So there are obviously a lot of things in flux in DC and at CMS right now, Baltimore. Is there anything you can share about what things might be like in the agency right now?

Molly T. Turco (03:58)

Yeah, I mean, I think it goes without saying it’s a pretty uncertain time in DC generally, but certainly at HHS and CMS where I used to work. You know, that being said, I think that my former colleagues are all really hopeful. They know that everyone believes that Medicare is an incredibly important program for seniors and disabled and other Medicare eligible individuals. So I think really everyone’s hopeful that the work that they do is valued and so they can continue to do that, I think, you know, anyone who has worked, no matter the administration, with the career staff at the Center for Medicare and across HHS is just always blown away by the expertise and how brilliant these folks are. I’m kind of dealing with the post CMS blues right now of I was able to just pick up the phone and call the expert on X, Y, Z on any issue. It was just an embarrassment of riches of expertise.

So really, think my hope is that there’s a recognition of that. And I think this administration is prioritizing Medicare Advantage. And I would hope that that translates to ensuring that those colleagues of mine and their expertise is valued. And I think one misperception, misconception, of the outside world about CMS is that it’s all the policy and it’s the regulations. But the majority of folks’ job is keeping the trains running. I mean, this is a $9.2 trillion over the next decade program. It serves over, what is it, 35 million beneficiaries. So a lot of the work, the day-to-day work, is really just keeping those trains running. I think people just put their head down and have to kind of push out the noise to keep that going.

Elizabeth Lippincott (05:47)

Yeah, that’s a good point.

Sandy Durkin (05:48)

Yeah, thanks for sharing about the work that you did while you were at CMS. I know from the outside, we were so impressed at just the volume of work that CMS put out on Medicare Advantage, from the RFIs to the regulations for just the calendar year policy changes.

I don’t remember the page counts, but I think the last rule was quite lengthy and really substantive. We appreciate all the work that you and your colleagues were doing. And I know, we know you don’t have a crystal ball, but what are the types of things that you think people like us and our clients and colleagues who are watching CMS should look out for over the next couple of years?

Molly T. Turco (06:35)

Yes, absolutely appreciate that. You know, I think that one thing that we really tried to focus on is making sure that, you know, there were a lot of changes and there’s a healthy conversation of, you know, how do you ensure that the regulations are where they need to be, but not too much. And, you know, I’m sure some of my plan friends would, you know, have comments on what is hard. And I think it was always top of mind that, okay, a big entity might be able to navigate a lot of things and hire outside lawyers and consultants, but smaller plans, you know, who I’ve worked with a lot at the Blues and others. I know that can be a concern. So that was something that we weighed and really tried to help through that. You know, I think that we’ll see. I’m not in the business of prediction, but I think that from, you know, the experience I have just from where CMS is generally and then individuals who are in leadership there now, it seems that there’s definitely a focus on MA and a prioritization of that. I think, you know, from everything I’ve read, there is certainly a feeling that MA is a benefit system in Medicare that they really appreciate and want to continue to grow. That being said, I don’t think there’s going to be any backwards sliding on wanting to pay accurately.

So I think that people should expect a continued focus and it likely is through the lens of fraud, waste and abuse. So, you know, making sure that the risk adjustment system’s accurate, taking a really close eye on the methods for code capture, whether it’s, you know, in home health risk assessments or chart reviews or all of that. I think there is bipartisan agreement that, you know, this is a lot of money and this is a big program. And so there needs to be scrutiny there to ensure that the payment is accurate. I think STARS continues to be something that everyone wants to streamline. There is a ton of litigation right now. So kind of weighing the pros and cons of making sure that the STARS program is driving quality, but where is their burden and is it really achieving those goals? So yeah, so I think those are some of the key things. I think that one thing that I’m interested to look to see is, we of course put in a lot of consumer protections, prior authorization marketing. I think those are things that there’s bipartisan support on. But there’s also, I think, viewpoint of some folks that they want to reduce the amount of regulation. So I think that’ll be an interesting tension of really wanting rules of the road, which frankly a lot of plans want. You we heard a lot from, you know, smaller plans that sometimes felt like they don’t like ambiguity. They want to know exactly because they felt that potentially their lawyers were less risk adverse than some of their competitors. And so, you know, I think it’s important to not think of quote unquote over regulation as just something bad for industry. I think it can also be good for industry. So that tension of those clear rules of the road with, you know, not wanting to make it too burdensome will be interesting to watch.

Elizabeth Lippincott (09:36)

That’s a really good point that clarity can be beneficial because then you don’t have this competitive environment where, you know, frankly, some larger plans are just in a better position to take on risk, you know, to assume the risk of pushing the envelope a little bit. Yeah, I totally agree. So, yeah, risk adjustment continues. And I think as long as it exists, it will be a hot button issue for Medicare Advantage and for the other federal healthcare programs that use risk adjustment. We’re interested in your perspective on what are some common misconceptions about the role that risk adjustment plays in Medicare Advantage?

Molly T. Turco (10:17)

Yeah, it will always be the hot button issue, and we certainly, as many of you know, we updated the MA risk adjustment system called version 28, V28 for short. It was really interesting during that process. So as a quick reminder, what we did essentially is recalibrate the model to updated data years. And we also mapped it to ICD 10. So there had been kind of a lag in update in mapping it from ICD-9 to ICD-10, which the US healthcare system has been using for coding since about 2015. So it needed to happen. We also did some slight tweaks to clinical categories. I think 85 to 90% of the payment impact was the updating the data years and the mapping, which my perspective is you had to do and kind of those other decisions, trying to address arbitrage codes or codes that didn’t accurately predict future costs, so things like protein malnutrition, things that you can kind of code pretty easily for a lot of people. There isn’t a clear test and then there isn’t clear treatment. So it’s something, you know, I call them arbitrage codes because you kind of get money in, but really don’t have to put money out. So trying to address those because they, you know, the way that risk adjustment works in MA is relative weight. So if you overweight something and their predictive accuracy is low, that means you’re taking money away from other things where, you know, rightfully that costs more. I always talk about it spreading the peanut butter. So you need to spread that peanut butter accurately.

So, you know, I think that sometimes there’s a misperception there. You know, we heard a lot from folks that said, oh my God, you’re, you know, you’re taking all this money out. I mean, technically you’re moving the relative weights around. So, you know, I think that’s something that we’ve to think about this as predictive costs and not about kind of going in and intentionally removing money. So I think that that sometimes can be a misperception. I mean, I think risk adjustment in general, it’s hard for me at least to talk about risk adjustment without thinking about the whole bid and rebates and all of that. And sometimes I think there’s a feeling that it’s almost like if rebates don’t keep growing and aren’t 200 plus on average PM, PM, that’s a cut. That’s certainly not a cut. A rebate is kind of intended to be, if you are able to bid below the benchmark in your county, you can keep a portion of that. But that is not saying that you don’t have enough money to cover your A and B benefits, so I think that sometimes frustrates me too, how it’s been called a cut when there’s that tension there.

I think there’s always a misconception too, sometimes, on how complex, I mean, I heard a lot of like why haven’t you guys just addressed health risk assessments or this or that and I think CMS did a report to Congress at the end of last year and we tried to kind of dig in a little bit on some of the complexity of health risk assessments. I mean, CMS has kicked the tires on everything, you know, has thought through everything. And if they haven’t proposed something, yes, of course there’s politics, but oftentimes, health risk assessments are a perfect thing. You know, technically health risk assessments aren’t a type of visit that are eligible for coding. These are ENM visits and others, annual wellness visits that then that type of behavior is there, but it’s incredibly difficult if you read the OIG report, you know, they are kind of putting parameters around certain, but it’s hard. It’s hard to define what we’re talking about versus, you know, a very beneficial kind of primary care type visit in a home where some coding happens and some care happens.Just, I think that’s the misconception often that, you know, these are no brainer things, they’re easy, they’re low hanging fruit, why haven’t you done it? And it’s just politics of why you haven’t done it and often, I think tiered coding pattern adjustment, I would put in that bucket too of like, why haven’t you just done it? And I think those are all things that CMS has thought through and they’re very complex and there’s often really good policy reasons why they have or haven’t been proposed.

Elizabeth Lippincott (14:23)

That’s really a good insight. So, you think that the idea with the HRA is the in-home risk assessments, that health assessments, that there’s a sense that there really is value potentially if those are done right and the data is used right, that those can be good for care management.

Molly T. Turco (14:40)

I don’t even necessarily, you know, I think that I was talking more just that if there were to be a decision, I mean, I think there is a view for a lot of folks that there are clearly some in-home health risk assessments where the primary reason is to code capture. And there’s a concern there that, okay, is that the best? So assuming there is a concern there and then folks want to address that, my point is that that’s easier said than done.

I think a separate question is what is the value? Because another option is just to get rid of all code capture in the home, saying it’s too hard to distinguish what is visit primarily for code capture versus another one. And there’s already an ROI on treating people in the home and avoiding a hospitalization. Therefore, maybe you don’t need a code capture.

So I think it’s almost two separate questions. What is happening in the home? And then if there is a concern that it’s used for, overly used for code capture, how do you even get at that? Or can you have a code capture and then it has to show up somewhere else, which CMS proposed many years ago. So I think it’s a healthy debate and a debate that will continue, especially under the fraud, waste and abuse discussion. But it’s just, my point is just that there’s a lot of pros and cons and concerns there. So people should be really thoughtful as they consider any potential policy.

Sandy Durkin (16:03)

I think you already touched on the V-28 model and you know our understanding is that that has had a significant impact on payments to plans and I appreciated your explanation for some of those changes which seemed like they’re just overdue they needed to be made regardless of the impact based on the data that we have.

Did you have any other insights on how the implementation of that model is changing things for either plans or providers?

Molly T. Turco (16:38)

Mm-hmm. Yeah, I mean, as I alluded to earlier, V28 was certainly an impactful change. You know, it really impacted plan payment and trickle down. We heard a lot from subcapitated provider groups who felt that this was going to be a difficult thing to navigate, you know, which I think is all fair. But again, I come back to, you know, the point of CMS, it has a statutory requirement to make sure payment is accurate. So kind of the downstream impacts are our separate conversation.

They really need to recalibrate these models for accuracy. But there was a really spirited conversation, which I think is a good one, about value-based care and providers who are kind of identifying certain diabetes codes, let’s say, to trigger care coordination. So I thought that that was interesting.

Also, just know, investing and growing these subcapitated provider models in underserved parts of the country. But again, I think that that is, it’s really CMS’s job to make sure the payment is accurate and then, you know, plans and providers can work together, whether it’s a vertically integrated system or it’s providers working with plans on a subcapitated arrangement or you know many is still just a fee for service arrangement I think that’s kind of should be viewed as separate from just CMS’s duty to to pay accurately.

I mean I think one thing that was interesting is there was a lot of hyperbole I think and I think there were a lot of groups that just hadn’t been in a tight payment environment you know MA payment had been pretty generous for a while. And so I think that that was just painful to kind of move to a different revenue environment. I have heard from some provider groups that felt that this was tough. They had to make some business decisions, but they have now had to, it’s forced them to think more about care coordination, kind of the incentives we want, how they can manage within that capitated amount.

I think a lot of groups had very low MLRs and I think their argument would be, okay, maybe it’s a 50%, 60% sub cap MLR, because as a reminder, the MLR is at that plan level. So, you may hand over 85 cents on a dollar, but then that provider group may spend 50, 60 cents of that 85 on care and the other investments. So, felt that that was being well used to grow these businesses.

But I do think it’s forced to conversation, which I think is the right one. I also think it’s interesting to see that rebates did not go down. So, there were, you know, I think hearing there was a, you know, margin went down, so it’s not like it came from nowhere, but it’s really interesting to see how it seems like this market still really prioritizes rebates, certainly duals rebates. I think that’s still remains a business strategy. you know, I do expect that maybe we’ll hit a point. I hope we hit a point of rebates. I think, you know, a lot of seniors and other people on Medicare rely on those rebates and the cost sharing reductions, but they do hit, in my view, diminishing returns. And we just can’t, you know, it’s like $70 billion we’re spending on rebates this year. I think we have to have a hard conversation about if that’s a good use of taxpayer dollars.

Elizabeth Lippincott (19:55)

Well, and it’s also subsidizing the increases in part D premiums significantly and sort of insulating MAPD members from some of those price hikes on the part D side.

Molly T. Turco (20:08)

Yeah, it’s a fair point. I will say, though, that we did not see, we actually saw a slight decrease of Part D premiums last year, which was not what people expected. So as you may all know, plans submit their bids, and they kind of have to guess what they think, like what amount of their rebates they’ll have to use to buy down their Part D premium. And then they have what’s called a rebate reallocation, because once CMS, after the bids go in, kind of hastily have to, or busily have to, calculate in June and early July what the national average bid amount is for Part D and therefore what the subsidy will be. And a lot of MA plans got a lot of rebate dollars back in their rebate reallocation for 2025 because it was a lot lower because the Part D subsidy was higher.

I think sometimes, I mean, PDP certainly saw premiums and we stood up a Part D demo. But it’s important to note that MAPD did not see these huge Part D premiums. We’ll have to see how that goes, but MA plans certainly prioritize directing manufacturer rebates to their Part D. So they did not have to use as many rebates as they thought they did on their premiums.

Elizabeth Lippincott (21:21)

That’s really interesting, Molly. I didn’t realize there was a distinction like that between the Part D bits and the MAPD side versus standalone.

Molly T. Turco (21:30)

Yeah, absolutely. are seeing a huge… Yeah. And you saw a lot of divergence in bid strategy on the PDP side and the MAPD side. And I know we’re talking about mostly MA today, but the PDP market is certainly interesting and there’s some concerns there.

Elizabeth Lippincott (21:32)

I’m learning. I’m learning a lot.

Wow. Okay.

Elizabeth Lippincott (21:46)

Yeah, definitely. We talked about that last month. And yeah, we’re gonna have to have you come back. Because there’s just too much. So back on the risk adjustment topic in MA, what do you hope to see? I know it’s hard to predict, but what would you like to see from CMS going forward on risk adjustment programs and coding practices?

Molly T. Turco (22:08)

Yeah, I really hope everyone stays the course and we’ve kind of moved past the world where we’re debating, you know, is MA cost more than fee-for-service? I think it’s established that MA costs more than fee-for-service on an individual basis and that it’s really important that payment accuracy is a priority of every administration.

And so what I would like to see, there was a section in the advance notice about moving to recalibrating the model to encounter data. I feel that that’s really the next step of payment system. So that’s as a reminder right now, risk adjustment, the diagnoses are calibrated to encounter system, but the cost of kind of every widget of those coefficients is still based on fee for service data.

So that’s really the next frontier and what CMS said in the advance notice is they’ve been working on this for multiple years and could propose as early as 2027. So I think that will be a big change. And so there should be a conversation there, should be really thoughtful, should be phased in in a way that there’s stability. Yeah.

Elizabeth Lippincott (23:14)

Can I stop you for a second? So Sandy’s nodding her head like she was a math major, math and English. So she’s like tracking. I need that unpacked a little more, especially when you said coefficient, something sort of died inside. Yeah, can you kind of break that down a little bit more?

Molly T. Turco (23:33)

Yeah, absolutely. So as a quick reminder, the way that MA risk adjustment works is your risk score is essentially all these different building blocks. So one diagnosis, know, all your codes flow through to these hierarchical condition categories, HTCs, and each of those HTCs have a weight, have a coefficient.

So it’s like, this is point two, this is point three, and you add those all up and then your risk score is whatever. If it’s double the average risk, it’s 2.0. And so, you know, V28, what we did is we took all the different costs of things and then adjusted the relative weights of those coefficients. So the thought would now be to, okay, let’s take the cost and other data of MA and counter data to do those relative weights.

For example, some of those quote unquote arbitrage quotes, you would see that there’s not a lot of cost attached to them. So it would impact what the coefficient weight would be. So you would address a lot of those concerns and the awkwardness of apples and oranges of MA and fee for service. However, CMS can’t change the benchmarks and the because that’s set in statute, benchmarks are using fee for service data. So you’d all you’d have to there’s a lot of decisions of, How do you calculate cost? What about it subcapitated, which is just a bundle? How do you disaggregate within that? How do you toggle between the fact that the benchmarks are set based on fee for service and that the new risk adjustment system would be calibrated based on MA costs? So that is a super complex conversation.

Elizabeth Lippincott (25:08)

Oh, okay, so that’s interesting. Now that subcapitation and passing the financial risk to providers is more common, you’re saying it’s harder to tease out the cost associated with different diagnoses.

Molly T. Turco (26:22)

Exactly. you know, and CMS has been thinking through this. So, yeah, again, I think one criticism that we got for V28 is there wasn’t enough of a public conversation, but that cuts both ways because you put something out and you get hammered lobbying and all sorts of stuff. So I think, you know, whatever CMS decides to do, there’s always that balance of how do you want feedback, but it also can be so you know, intense and stressful. My hope is that we could move to a world where there is more of that. You put out the white paper, you get comments on the white paper, maybe you propose it one year, but have the phase in start at a very small amount, not right away. I mean, there’s things to do. You know, but I get it. I mean, this is a big business and it’s there’s a lot of money at stake. Of course, often industry is going to say no. And so they’re less willing to tell you how to do the thing because they just don’t want you to do the thing. And so their comments aren’t that helpful. So it’s a real give and take, but it’s a really important conversation for everyone to have.

Elizabeth Lippincott (26:30)

Yeah, yeah, and it is, yeah, it makes sense. You’re kind of kicking the hornet’s nest when you mess with it in any direction.

Molly T. Turco (26:36)

Absolutely.

Sandy Durkin (26:37)

I’m reminded of the years-long litigation over the fee-for-service adjuster and appreciate that that delay did not really help anybody and the need for rules of the road even if they’re not always exactly what the industry would want. I think we’ve probably exhausted risk adjustment for now although I’m realizing we probably want to put out a whole episode on the topic. But moving on from that, you, Molly, contributed to a recent article for Health Affairs, which was a great article. And you made the point that the job of CMS is to provide clear rules of the road for plans and providers. And you were talking about utilization management and prior authorization. Can you speak more about the issues that are facing providers treating people with Medicare Advantage coverage, including rural hospitals.

Molly T. Turco (27:34)

Absolutely. Yeah, my former boss, Dr. Meena Seshamani, the former director of Medicare, and I wrote the piece and really encouraged people to read it. The intent of it was to explain what we did. I think what I found is there’s been a lot of confusion on what CMS has done over the past few years and some proposals I really hope that CMS finalizes for 2026.

But in that piece, really, what we said was the four main important steps that need to happen to improve utilization management in Prior Auth, which I think across all of industry, plans, providers, patients, advocates, everyone agrees that this is such an important issue that everyone needs to work together to improve. The real four key elements are, as you alluded to, Sandy, the clear rules of the road. Increasing transparency, number two. Number three, effective oversight and number four, really accelerating the streamlining and modernization of the processes. What I heard a lot was, okay, we don’t love PA, but if you did it really fast, we could live with it. So, you know, and I think that the important thing that intention that we really tried to be thoughtful on and I bring from my perspective, working with plans, is it’s managed care. You know, an important part of managed care is ensuring that utilization is accurate, that you’re directing individuals to high value care, you want to avoid fraud, waste and abuse. But I do feel like things have gotten out of hand and that part of it was there wasn’t clarity, there wasn’t clear rules of the road. And to your earlier point, Elizabeth, of taking on risk, I think some plans were pushing the envelope more than other plans, but not necessarily in violation of rules, just because the rules were opaque. You know, there’s always been a requirement that MA plans have to provide all A and B benefits. But A and B, fee-for-service, it doesn’t have clear rules of the road, because it’s just a different payment system. So there were situations where you could have kind of clinical criteria because there wasn’t a clear national coverage determination of in this situation you have to provide X. It was not clear, so plans were able to kind of fill in those gaps, but there weren’t clear rules on how to fill in those gaps. And so that’s what CMS has been doing over the past few years. Okay, this has to be a widely accepted treatment guideline. It has to be supported in the academic literature. So, it has to be transparent and publicly posted. So those are the types of things that CMS has done.

I also think the questions have fallen into two buckets. It’s the access issues, which I think everyone’s very familiar with, and there’s the most concern about, are people having access to the care they need? And then the second bucket is the financial impact on providers and hospitals. And Sandy, as you alluded to, we especially heard about rural hospitals.

These are situations, there’s a proposal in the 2026 rules where, for example, when you have a determination, so specific to inpatient admissions, so the person is evaluated by the physician and they feel that that person has to be admitted, the plan says, okay, we approve this, you’re not allowed to then reverse that determination, but there’s kind of a loophole where a plan can often use a third party auditor and call it a quote unquote audit and then look and say, okay, that person didn’t actually get the thing, sepsis let’s say, that admitting physician was worried about. Therefore, they didn’t need to be admitted. So we’re not gonna pay for that. Obviously that physician didn’t have a crystal ball. They were following appropriate criteria. The plan approved it. So it’s not, you can’t reverse that, but the rules weren’t clear to close that loophole. So that was just one example of where CMS is trying to close those loopholes to just make it easier for rural hospitals and others to not have these financial burden of lack of clarity on the different rules related to utilization management.

Elizabeth Lippincott (31:33)

Molly, when you say close that loophole, is that when they clarified that the two-midnight rule applies or is that something else?

Molly T. Turco (31:40)

So that’s separate. This is a proposed rule for 2026 related to reopening. Actually, technically, two midnight’s doesn’t apply in MA. That could be a whole other episode. technically, yeah, two midnight’s, that is a of a guidance to the contractor, to the MAC. So it’s not technically clinical criteria, so that is an area of a lot of confusion and tension, but ultimately, CMS has been putting changes in place to get at the spirit of two-midnights and ensure that those appropriate admissions are happening, but it’s incredibly complex. One shout out, I will say, is in that piece in health affairs, we link to FAQs that CMS put out. I think those do a really nice job. They’re weedy, but for those of you who want to do some continued learning on the nitty gritty of this PA thing, and we address that two-midnights, hopefully it’s not, yeah, so I would read through that because it’s incredibly complicated.

Elizabeth Lippincott

We do. Thank you.

Sandy Durkin (32:42)

I have to say I have looked at that frequently asked questions so many times. I think that’s the one that also talks about artificial intelligence and algorithms in UM. That was an incredibly useful document, of course. It did generate many questions. The more you say, the more questions you’re gonna generate. yeah, that is a great piece.

Elizabeth Lippincott (33:05)

Yeah. So can you tell us a little more about your perspective on the role that prior authorization should play in care management and Medicare Advantage plans?

Molly T. Turco (33:17)

I think that to my earlier point, it’s important that when we have a conversation about the give and take of prior authorization, that it is important to hear from plans and providers of where different types of utilization management can be leveraged in a way that allows MA to do the managed care and care coordination in a way that it’s meant to and that it should be incentivized to do. Ensuring that individuals are getting the care they need. They meet the requirement for what can happen. You know, I think sometimes what I worry about, and we heard a lot from plans who felt this way too, is that the way that the current incentives are in MA, it’s about, you know, code capture, getting your stars up, and maximizing your rebates. And a lot of times, plans would love to invest dollars into more care management tools and they really feel that they have to invest them in things that are code capture and that they have to maintain those rebate dollars because if they can’t attract enrollment in the door, then it’s a moot point if they have this amazing care management and also hurt a lot. There’s concerns that the STAR system doesn’t appropriately differentiate quality. So if you really feel like you are doing better than others in terms of care coordination, it’s hard to show that in the current STARS system. My feeling is that all of these different changes, payment just shouldn’t be viewed as in the silo of payment. Really making sure payment is accurate and STARS and all these other changes is about moving the incentive so individuals compete on what matters. I think a healthy conversation of rebates, as I alluded to earlier, right now, what’s happening is a lot of dollars on these cash cards, these debit cards. And so even some of the care management, social determinants of health investments that plans want to make, they know that to compete in the marketplace, they have to really have those debit cards. And so I think we need to have a conversation of, do we need to limit rebate dollars so that you maximize rebates? And that’s kind of, you need to do that to compete. But once you’ve done that, you can focus those dollars elsewhere or just feel less pressure to code. Again, that may not be the right answer, but I think these are the types of conversations we have. I certainly think we heard a lot that investments in care coordination.

And looking at care coordination truly is care coordination, not just steerage. It’s kind of the dirty word, but like steering someone to a lower cost side of care, making sure that it’s an observation stay, not an admission, not because that’s what’s right for the patient, but because of all this. And again, it’s managed care. They have to manage. They want the lower side of care. That’s not necessarily a bad thing, but making sure that there is that tension, because that’s the whole point of a capitated system is to incentivize plans and provider partners to manage within that to improve outcomes. So I think we have to take a hard look if that’s where the incentives are and that’s happening. But that’s what I hope to see in kind of this next phase of MA.

Elizabeth Lippincott (36:24)

Well, and you raise a good point about the tension between marketing pressures and the fact that I’ve been seeing commentary recently about the fact that members can move every year. And the reasons why they move may not relate to, you know, who’s managing care, who’s making those upfront investments in health for chronic conditions or things like that. Those might not be the drivers of why you moved to another plan. And that’s difficult too. You don’t want people locked in, but on the other hand, it’s a real upfront cost to invest in someone’s help.

Molly T. Turco (37:02)

Absolutely, it’s interesting. Traditionally, MA enrollees have been pretty sticky, but I think your point is well taken. We have seen more switching in the past couple years than we have, which isn’t necessarily a bad thing. I mean, that’s always the tension at CMS. think sometimes people can say, this is bad. People are switching. But it also can be a good thing if people are shopping every year.

A tension that we had to navigate at CMS is paradox of choice. So for many years, CMS would tout there’s 20, there’s 40 options in your county. And what we’re hearing a lot from ship counselors, people who man the 1-800 Medicare lines and others that if there’s not meaningful differentiation between those products, it’s really confusing. A senior might know that they want an MA plan, but feel really overwhelmed deciding what and not having the tools. So I think that’s a conversation, kind of empowering consumers, that is bipartisan. I’m sure the new leadership at CMS is looking at because, you know, yes, you want choice, but we shouldn’t always see like there was some plans who switched their offerings in different parts of the country last year. And it’s kind of always covered as, my God, this is this bad thing. CMS is so bad. But there is a give and take there where it’s not necessarily a bad thing as long as enrollees have good choices and can go to, fee for service.

I think another tension is not having a guaranteed issue MediGap. So feelings that we heard from seniors who felt trapped sometimes, which ultimately what I say to people in MA is that’s not good for MA. You want people there who want to be there and a lot of people want to be there, but if they feel like it’s not the best option for them. It’s tricky and I’m not going to hold my breath that guaranteed issue MediGap changes are going to change anytime soon, but I think that’s an important conversation too. And I think people who are advocates of MA should not view that as negative. I think most people will stay in MA, but if they don’t want to, I think that can be a real problem when they feel trapped.

Elizabeth Lippincott (39:05)

Yeah, that is another episode, guaranteed issue. You know, I had to, when my mom has a PhD, okay? And when they first started allowing the transportation benefits, her plan at that time, they added it. Plus she didn’t need transportation, but anyway, she saw ads and she’s like, should I change? I’m like, do not change your plan. So it’s tricky. I mean, you want freedom, but sometimes, yeah. It’s complicated. I would have to say, so much.

Sandy Durkin (39:38)

So we won’t ask you, Molly, to predict what is going to happen with the proposed rule that CMS put out last November for calendar year 2026. I will just ask, are there any provisions of that proposed rule that you think or particularly hope would be finalized by CMS? I know you mentioned the change to eliminate the ability of the MA organization to reopen an approved prior authorization for an inpatient hospital admission. Is that one that’s close to your heart and is there anything else you’d like to see?

Molly T. Turco (40:23)

It’s funny, I knew you were going to ask me this and I was looking back over the fact sheet and I was having trouble picking my favorite child. So if you will allow me, I will just go through a few things just so folks know what’s in there. Yes, I would say that for me personally, prior authorization changes are always top of my list. I think it’s incredibly important that individuals have access to care and you know, we, starting from Meena on down through all the staff, at the end of the day when you’re at CMS you serve the beneficiaries so they should always be number one. So anything that helps consumers and enrollees is number one in my book. I think the GLP-1 change for Part D to cover anti-obesity medication is incredibly important. I’d like to see them finalize that. As you said, the prior authorization utilization management changes. There’s some changes to the marketing of debit cards. To my earlier point, I think there really needs to be guardrails on that. I think it’s getting a little out of control. I think that that should be finalized. There’s some duals integration, which I think are really good policies that should be finalized. There’s one on the Medicare plan finder. We hear a lot that it’s really hard back to that being able to choose so allowing kind of integrated into the Medicare plan finder when enrollees are shopping so they can look at networks like in that website I think that’s important. There was a proposal to broaden the marketing definition so there’s technically, it’s super confusing, but there’s technically certain TV ads and other ads that don’t fall into the current definition I think everyone should agree that CMS should make sure that anything that’s bombarding seniors and other Medicare eligible individuals should pass a test and not be misleading and disruptive. And there’s some MLR reporting requirements and other things. I think that vertical integration is something everyone wants to really make sure we have a handle on. So I know that’s a long list and I would argue this is not quote unquote over regulation, I would say that these are, as I said earlier, this is a $9.2 trillion program that we’ll be spending over the next decade. Like this is over 2% of the US GDP. We’ve got to get serious about oversight. And I think that any MA plan that’s getting billions of federal dollars every year should be prepared to navigate these different changes. I don’t think it should be viewed as, quote, death by a thousand cuts or too many regulations. I think we have to, as a country, make sure that those dollars are being spent effectively and enrollees  are getting the care they need. So I would hope that they really finalize as many of those proposals as possible. And maybe not this year, you have three years to finalize a proposal. So if they decide to not finalize it for 2026, they don’t have to repropose them for another two years. So I will be hopeful that they’ll be finalized in other years. But I do feel like the majority of those proposals are bipartisan and good for the program.

Elizabeth Lippincott (43:23)

Thank you so much for sharing your perspective. It’s very helpful to get your insights. So we understand you’ve opened your own consulting practice. So congratulations, first of all. Can you tell us a little bit about your new role and what you want to accomplish?

Molly T. Turco (43:39)

Thanks, Elizabeth. Yes, it’s always interesting, these transitions. And I’m still sorting things out, but I think that what really motivates me is explaining a lot of what’s going on. So I think a lot of things in Medicare Advantage can be confusing.

And it’s not necessarily saying what’s the right answer. I think a lot of issues don’t have a clear right answer. So it’s understanding what are the pros and cons of different decisions and making sure that policymakers know those pros and cons. So I really enjoy sitting at that intersection of helping people know what the proposal is or connect a problem to a solution. But I think sometimes I’ve seen both when I worked in the private sector and then in CMS that people are talking past each other where there might be more common ground if there’s a better understanding. So, you in my future role, I really want to help with that. I also, you know, I’m hoping to build a practice to work with companies and others who want to kind of move MA to the next phase, you know, MA 2.0 where this is absolutely half of the MA program. We have a lot of enrollees who really like the program.

But I think that there are pressures there, hearing from small plans that are finding it harder and harder to compete. So can we think about ways for those plans to compete? Really want to work with other smaller companies navigating this space and thinking about that. I know there’s an appetite for larger plans to kind of think more longitudinally about these issues. So I’m hoping to build a practice of kind of working with different companies that want to think through that and advocates and beneficiaries where the program can serve them better and protect them better. So, you know, we’ll see. But I think it’s a really interesting time in Medicare Advantage. I don’t think anyone wants to kind of roll back, whether it’s payment policies or consumer protection policies. Working within that bipartisan conversation on things that are kind of a no-brainer for everyone is really where I’m hoping to be working.

Elizabeth Lippincott (45:41)

Well, we wish you every success and it sounds like they’re over. You know, we work with plans, small and large, but we care a lot about those small plants that are trying to make it and trying to keep up because I think that they add a lot of value in the market. So we wish you all the best. We want to conclude with some deep thoughts. So here is our question for you, Molly, as you, you know, at this juncture in your career. If you think ahead to the day you retire, whenever that may be, and you’re looking back on your career, what is one thing that you want to know looking back that you have contributed?

Molly T. Turco (46:24)

It’s a great question. I think maybe because it’s the moment that we’re in right now, but I think what I’m going to say is, what I want my career to be remembered as, is that I was a good team member and helped pull up people that came after me. I think right now we’re going through a time that’s incredibly tense in CMS and healthcare policy and other things like that. So I think what I value is, obviously we’re in healthcare to help make the system better and that’s core to what we want to do. But I think for me personally, I really value being a positive team member that helps kind of the individuals who work in this space and is collaborative across a lot of different viewpoints. And so, you know, if I can be remembered as someone who brings people together and can have those tough conversations, but also make sure that we have, you know, new perspectives coming in, I think that’s really what I value and what I think then will make the health policy conversation kind of modernize and move forward. So that would be my hope.

Elizabeth Lippincott (47:29)

Well, I can give you some feedback at this stage, Molly. We really enjoy working with you. We think you’re a great, you know, in various capacities over the years and in this podcast, you are a great team member to us. So thank you for being here.

Molly T. Turco (47:43)

Thank you. And now speaking of team, I’m going to go play some pond hockey in Vermont. So, team in all aspects of the word.

Elizabeth Lippincott (47:55)

Oh fun.

Well, good luck. Stay safe out there on the ice.

Molly T. Turco (47:58)

Thank you.

Sandy Durkin (48:00)

Thanks, Molly.

Elizabeth Lippincott (48:01)

All right. So you ready? Call after the call.

Sandy Durkin (48:06)

Yes, do you want to, Elizabeth, give a little intro to tell our listeners what’s the call after the call? What is this segment?

Elizabeth Lippincott (48:17)

Yeah, so I think everybody knows what the call after the call is, because I think everybody does it. It’s when you get off the larger call and then you talk to your peeps about how the call went. That’s the call after the call. So, with this being our first interview, and of course, we’re going to keep it positive, because what would there be not to be positive about. But yeah, so I thought that was awesome.

Sandy Durkin (48:43)

Yeah, for us, our team at Strategic Health Law, the call after the call is most often us just fangirling over our clients and our colleagues. And I think this is…

Elizabeth Lippincott (48:58)

Unless it’s a negotiation, then we’re like, oooh…

Sandy Durkin (49:00)

Yeah, maybe not with opposing counsel. But yeah, this is no different. I think Molly is so smart and she really does understand the nuances of the Medicare Advantage program in a way that very few people that I work with do. And so, yeah, she’s just such an asset.

Elizabeth Lippincott (49:26)

Yeah. It’s awesome. Yeah. I feel like when I talk to her, my brain burns extra calories. Did you hear brain is like one of the biggest calorie burners of your whole system? Yeah. No, I didn’t make that up. That’s from science. I feel like my brain, like I get to have a bigger lunch because of that call. Learn. I learn new phrases like arbitrage codes. I love it.

Sandy Durkin (49:52)

Yeah, I know.

Elizabeth Lippincott (49:53)

Protein, malnutrition, like arbitrage codes.

Sandy Durkin (49:55)

Protein calorie malnutrition. I know that’s been a hot code.

Elizabeth Lippincott (50:02)

We’ve seen that. Yeah, we’ve seen that come up.

Sandy Durkin (50:04)

Yes. I mean, it’s really great to hear what is CMS thinking about because we have a lot of plan clients and the last four years were challenging with the amount of guidance that CMS was putting out. And so it is reassuring to hear how much thought and care CMS is putting into these decisions. And that was, a couple of things that Molly said, you know, I wrote down because they were really things I want to think about. But one of the things she said was the importance of stakeholder feedback. And that was something that was notable about the last CMS was that they did specifically seek input from not just plans, but all kinds of stakeholders before they undertook the massive rulemaking that they did.

And when they put out proposed rules, they did receive so many comments, thousands of comments, and took great pains to respond to those comments, which is something that I think is helpful when we’re helping our clients navigate how to implement those rule changes.

Elizabeth Lippincott (51:27)

Well, so time will tell, because we have that new HHS policy that was just announced of not using notice and comment rulemaking. We won’t get into all the details of the technicalities of that. But as a practical matter, that could really be difficult in terms of getting that feedback of what are the implications of this going to be?

Is this going to be overkill for what you’re trying to achieve? Is there something else that would be a more streamlined approach? So I’m really curious to see what replaces that or how much that impacts day-to-day life for MA plans on their providers and others in that orbit.

Sandy Durkin (52:14)

Yeah, that is potentially going to be a huge change in how CMS does its work if, depending how broadly they apply that new policy interpretation. And you mentioned getting feedback. It’s not just feedback, but it’s buy-in. Molly mentioned that they got critique for the implementation of the V28 model because stakeholders did not feel like there was enough public discussion around it. And to the extent that the risk adjustment models are changed going forward, how are those changes going to be communicated proactively? You can’t just spring these huge changes on an industry without warning. And Molly mentioned the possibility of white papers. I think there are other vehicles for agencies to communicate their plans outside of notice and comment rulemaking. And I, for one, hope that that’s something that this administration really considers and makes an effort to do.

Elizabeth Lippincott (53:27)

Well, we’re fixin’ to find out. Let’s just stay around here. I live in North Carolina.

Sandy Durkin (53:33)

You know, I wanted to ask you, Elizabeth, you know, we talked a lot about some of the most pressing issues that are facing MA organizations, risk adjustment, prior authorization. There was some talk about the STAR ratings quality program. Are there any other developments in the news, in the industry that are on your mind that you wanted to comment on from these past couple of weeks?

Elizabeth Lippincott (54:03)

You know, one thing that Molly said that I really appreciated is about prior authorization. I understand it. It’s difficult, you know, on all sides. But her point that this is managed care, you know, that’s part of it. And I also thought it was really interesting how she said, we don’t love it, but if you did it really fast, that would be okay. You know, so interesting to get those insights. Yeah, I learned a lot. I’m still going to be digesting. I’m looking forward to listening to this episode. I might listen to it two or three times. Yeah, just to kind of take it all in because there’s so many moving parts right now.

Sandy Durkin (54:47)

Absolutely, I also, some of the notes that I took are the focus on or the concern for smaller plans and the ability of smaller organizations to quickly implement big changes or to assume the risk of taking an aggressive interpretation of a big change. So, I know that’s something that we think a lot about at Strategic Health Law, so I was reassured to hear that that’s something that CMS also is considering when they put out these rules.

Elizabeth Lippincott (55:25)

Yeah. It’s just, I feel like this time is just full of surprises. Like we talked about on previous episodes, I was really expecting accelerated enrollment growth in MA this year. And we just saw it was, there was a delay and we just saw the enrollment numbers and there was growth, but slowed from last year, which surprised me. So I think, yeah, just kind of wait and see. It’s really an interesting time in this industry.

Sandy Durkin (55:53)

Yeah, that’s why it’s hard to use our crystal ball, because we just don’t know what’s going to happen. Sometimes things take longer than we think.

Elizabeth Lippincott (56:01)

No, it’s quite a, I’ve been doing this for quite a while, and this is a unique season. Definitely, definitely. Well, yeah, well this was fun. All right, thanks.

May 7, 2025

Strategic Health Law

Elizabeth Lippincott (00:06)

Welcome to Health Law Simplified. I’m Elizabeth Lippincott and I’m the founding member of Strategic Health Law and I’m here with my colleague Sandy Durkin.

Sandy Durkin (00:15)

Hi, Elizabeth.

Elizabeth Lippincott (00:16)

Hey, Sandy!

Sandy Durkin (00:17)

It’s good to be here today. There’s lots to talk about in Medicare Advantage World.

Elizabeth Lippincott (00:22)

For sure.

Sandy Durkin (00:23)

So we were talking on an earlier call about your word for the year. And that’s a practice that I have as well, picking a word for the year rather than a resolution. And I thought that it would be interesting to share with our listeners what your word for the year is.

Elizabeth Lippincott (00:43)

I’m happy to. It is stability. So that is my theme of 2025. And it’s not a joke. I think that it’s gonna be a good thing for me to do what I can in my span of control to foster stability. So things as simple as going to bed around the same time every night. I have an exercise routine I try to stick to that’s kind of like foundational for the rest of my week. And I’m trying to really pay attention to sources of stability outside of my span of control and really kind of hone in on them and notice them and think about them. So we’re gonna weave that into our discussion today because we’re gonna be talking about Medicare Advantage and the final rule for 2026 and the rate announcement for 2026. You really can find signs of stability and continuity in those resources.

Sandy Durkin (01:45)

Yes, it is very good for us to have some good news to share with healthcare leaders and with all of the uncertainty and instability that we’ve seen here in the United States this year, I can’t help but think of the last time we went through a tumultuous period, which was during the COVID pandemic and how much I appreciated those routines that we were able to keep in place. And for me during COVID, work was a stable place. Just being able to go to my job, we kept our team meetings in place. We kept doing all of the things that we normally do, even though the output that we saw from the government was very different during that first year of the pandemic, which of course affects our job as advisors to Medicare Advantage plans and other companies with federal contracts.

Elizabeth Lippincott (02:40)

Yeah, those team meetings are so key. We’ll get into the Medicare Advantage stuff. For those who don’t know what we do at our team meeting, we come together Monday morning and we start with a positive focus, which is something each person shares something. It can be very small or large, just a positive development or happening or new epiphany or insight from the previous week. So that’s what sets the tone. And then we go through, we keep a pretty detailed project log of everything going on in the firm, and we keep highlighted things that are active. We all go through that together, make sure everything’s covered. And then we talk about other important things that we want to talk about as a group. But yeah, it’s become kind of this really significant ritual in my life to start the week off that way. yeah, that was and is an important source of stability for us.

Sandy Durkin (03:34)

Should we start doing positive focus on these podcast episodes? I think so too. we can start with them, end with them; do, as I said, you we do have positive news to share today for the industry. So.

Elizabeth Lippincott (03:41)

Yes. Yes. I love it. I love it.

Elizabeth Lippincott (03:51)

Yeah, yeah, it’s a good practice. It really does, the design of it, it’s something I picked up in a coaching program. You train your brain to look for good things when you know you’re going to need to report on a good thing. So your brain’s like, I need to have a good thing. And then you pay attention to it because they’re always there every week.

Sandy Durkin (04:10)

It’s a practice that helps with mental stability. Yes.

Elizabeth Lippincott (04:30.989) (04:15)

Yes, which is very important in a team. Very important.

Sandy Durkin (04:18)

Awesome. Well, I know that you talked about some of the Medicare Advantage developments. One big development is that CMS very recently put out a final rule for Medicare Advantage and Part D for 2026. Before that rule was finalized, we had no idea what was gonna be in it. Was the Trump administration going to finalize?

Elizabeth Lippincott (05:03.851) (04:42)

Literally, literally no idea.

Sandy Durkin (04:44)

No idea, because the Biden administration proposed a whole lot of regulations and changes and codifications of policy, and we had no idea what the new administration was gonna do with any of that. And so one thing that we saw is that there were a number of Biden-era proposals that were finalized. So what do you make of that? Were you surprised?

Elizabeth Lippincott (05:05)

I was pleasantly surprised because not only do we not know would they finalize anything, we also had that policy that was announced of not HHS not needing to follow notice and comment rulemaking. So we thought there could be some complete new surprises and there, significantly, there were not. We saw a lot of stability and in terms of things that were finalized of significance: One was, and this may be a little bit of an implementation challenge for Medicare Advantage plans, because they’re going to have to look carefully at their policies and their actual processes for reviewing prior authorizations and concurrent review authorizations. But the new rule, just sort of in nutshell, is that the MA plan needs to honor inpatient authorizations that were previously approved.

So it can’t do sort of review once the claim comes in. If it’s already issued some form of a decision, it will need to honor that, even if it has access to new information. So we’re gonna be parsing through the details of that so that we can advise plans on exactly what they need to change. But I thought that was interesting and it also reflects the voice of the provider community now that 50% of Medicare beneficiaries are in Medicare advantage. Hospitals are seeing a large percentage, in some cases the majority of the patients on their inpatient wards are in MA plans. And so they’re feeling the effects of the prior authorization process. And after effects, if claims go through and are rejected for things that were honored previously. So my sense is that’s really something being done for the provider community. And it’s an interesting development.

Sandy Durkin (06:55)

Yeah, it’s also, it’s a very patient centric change as well. And, I remember when we had Molly Turco on, on one of our previous episodes, this was one of the proposals that she said that she really hoped, she was really crossing her fingers, that would make it into the final rule. And I think the fact that this, this benefit for members was finalized, is a reminder that there are some aspects of MA policy and regulation that have bipartisan support. And so it’s in some ways not too surprising that the Trump administration is continuing to put pressure on plans for their utilization management and prior authorization policies.

Elizabeth Lippincott (07:39)

Yeah, that’s a good point. And I’m sure we haven’t seen the last of changes in that subject area.

Sandy Durkin (07:45)

I agree.

Elizabeth Lippincott (07:46)

Yeah, another noteworthy proposal that was finalized is a list of limits on things that can be covered as special supplemental benefits for the chronically ill. And there are a number of them, one that’s gotten quite a bit of attention that that will be a bit of a challenge to implement is you can’t cover non-healthy foods. So plans that offer those supplemental benefits will need to look at their grocery benefits and other types of benefits that could be used to cover, you know, we’ll have to see how it’s interpreted and drilled down, but maybe fast food might be an issue.

But that wasn’t the only exclusion on that list. It also covers things like alcohol and tobacco, certain kinds of cosmetic treatments that you might receive, maybe at a day spa. So those supplemental benefit programs with vendors are going to need to be examined pretty closely. And what I would suggest to plans as of today is while they’re drilling down on that, to get in touch with their vendors that administer those types of affected programs and just make sure they’re aware of these changes. Kind of depending on how those contracts are structured, if you’re relying on the vendor to design them to be in compliance or if you’re dictating to them, here include this, but you can’t pay for this with this, know, gift card or whatever the case may be, that that work is in process and the vendors have that on their work plans as well because that will have to be done pretty quickly.

Sandy Durkin (09:19)

Yeah, that’s a great call out. It’s going to be important to get started on operationalizing that, especially when plans are doing their vendor contracting with their vendors for next year. I just wanted to point out that this is not the only recent change to supplemental benefits and especially SSBCI, Special Supplemental Benefits for the Chronically Ill. There were a number of changes that were finalized last year because there’s really a concern about the value associated with supplemental benefits, potential underuse by beneficiaries. Are people actually using these benefits that plans are putting a lot of money into and really using to advertise and attract members to their plans.

Elizabeth Lippincott (10:05)

Yeah, there was also a large chunk of the rule that focused on codification of guidance and some new requirements and adjustments to previous requirements around implementation of the Inflation Reduction Act’s reforms, especially on Part D. Including the prescription payment plan, the M3P plan, that allows beneficiaries to essentially, well, one way to look at it is smooth out their cost sharing payments, but it essentially asks the plan to finance that for them and let them pay what they normally would be paying to the pharmacy up to their maximum out of cost, this year it’s $2,000, in monthly installments. So that will require some attention, both internally and in terms of oversight of if there’s a vendor or if your PBM is administering the M3P. And there are other Part D changes as well. So that’s gonna be a little bit of work.

Sandy Durkin (11:04)

Yeah, I have to say I was grateful to see that that M3P guidance was pulled into the regulations. I don’t know if you remember, but when the IRA was implemented, CMS was not introducing or proposing rules. They were just putting out memos implementing this massive new program, you know, a whole redesign of the Part D benefit in memo form. And there’s a lot of guidance around this niche benefit, this payment plan. So it will be good for everybody to have that in the rules so we know what the rules are.

Elizabeth Lippincott (11:46)

That is such a good point. And it’s also, if we’re looking for the positive, it’s a positive sign for the future because the Inflation Reduction Act, pretty sweepingly, waived notice and comment rulemaking for the administration, you know, writing the guidance. So we were sort of jokingly calling it regulation by memo or implementation by memo. But one problem with that is that then you just have all these old memos to keep track of and some of them are different than the others. We have some topics where we happen to know there’s an HPMS memo from 2011 that is like the latest and greatest guidance on this question.

Sandy Durkin (12:27)

or 2007 if we’re offshoring.

Elizabeth Lippincott (12:31)

Yeah. So, which is not optimal, I guess. It’s only optimal for, if we were selfish regulatory lawyers, because we know that memo is there. But it’s not awesome for the country or the program or our clients. So the fact that even though they didn’t have to do notice and comment rule making, they are going through the effort to put the stuff in the Code of Federal Regulations where people can find it, I think is a really good thing.

Sandy Durkin (12:59)

I agree, and not to take us too far off track, but when we’re contracting, representing plans and negotiations with vendors, we’re often fighting about the definition of applicable law, and vendors really don’t want to believe that a memo is the law.

Elizabeth Lippincott (13:20)

Even though it is, but it can take a while to explain that to them, that it’s, you know, pulled in through the contract. So just what I’m referring to is so the contracts between CMS and MA and Part D plans have a provision that requires following CMS policies as expressed in guidance. And then it defines what it means by guidance with examples, things like the Medicare managed care manual, memos, and other policy. And we know that, but we have to go through the exercise often of breaking that down. Guidance is really a misnomer in this instance. So yeah, yeah, absolutely. If it’s actually in a regulation that’s just a shorter conversation, that will save our clients some time and effort, definitely.

Sandy Durkin (14:09)

Agree. So I know that was just a snapshot of some of the provisions in this new final rule. One thing that’s interesting is I’ve seen almost as much coverage in the press about what was not in the rule.

Elizabeth Lippincott (14:26)

Yeah, oh, have one more thing I wanted to mention that is in there. It’s some new requirements that were finalized relating to integrating Medicare and Medicaid benefits for dually eligible people and dual eligible special needs plans. So things like ID cards are gonna need to be consistent and pulled together. Health risk assessments will need to be coordinated.

So that’s another place where we see some continuity between the two administrations that they’re both focused on removing some of the complexity for those dual eligible people as they use their D-SNP benefits. So that was interesting.

Sandy Durkin (15:04)

That’s a really great change. And I am glad to see this administration continuing to prioritize improving the experience of dual-eligibles, especially when we have behind the scenes all of the debate about cuts to Medicaid. These are members who have a lot of needs, and there is an obligation, I think, on plans who serve those members to make that experience as seamless as possible.

Elizabeth Lippincott (15:32)

Yeah, yeah, for a vulnerable, vulnerable population.

Sandy Durkin (15:34)

So thank you for adding that point. So for the provisions that were left out of the rule, is there anything notable?

Elizabeth Lippincott (15:42)

Yeah, one, and this has gotten a fair amount of press, the proposed rule interpreted the restrictions in the Medicare Part D statute for coverage of drugs for weight loss, not to exclude coverage of GLP-1 drugs for obesity. And that was not finalized. So Medicare Part D is not going to need to cover those fairly expensive medications for the condition of obesity in the absence of they can be covered for things like diabetes. I, setting aside the policy question of whether whether Medicare should cover this, my view as someone who cares about separation of powers in the Constitution is that that proposed rule was overreach and that we should have an act of Congress if we’re gonna say this exclusion, specific exclusion for drugs prescribed for weight loss does not cover these drugs covered for obesity. I personally think that was a stretch without commenting on the policy question of whether those things should be covered. So I have to say at least on those grounds, I agree with the decision not to finalize that proposal.

Sandy Durkin (16:58)

Yeah, that one definitely got a lot of coverage, and it felt like a reach, I think even when it was proposed, I would have been surprised to see that finalized.

Elizabeth Lippincott (17:07)

Yeah, well, a well-intended reach, I’m sure, as most probably are. But yeah, we need to keep this job separate between the legislative and executive branches.

Sandy Durkin (17:16)

Yeah, that’s something that comes up a lot these days. Anything else you wanted to flag that was proposed by the Biden CMS that was not finalized in this rule?

Elizabeth Lippincott (17:30)

Yeah, there were several marketing regulations that were not finalized. And one that for lawyers and compliance folk is pretty significant was they were broadening, kind of rebroadening, going back to a broader, older understanding of what constitutes marketing. So what’s an advertisement versus a communication material. And that would have been, that’s kind of a significant policy change and it would have required a lot more materials to be filed as advertisements. So at least for now, you know, they’re still gonna be looking at marketing. They chose not to finalize that and some other proposals around the marketing process.

Another thing that got some attention that I thought was significant is there were some proposed guardrails for using artificial intelligence and just traditional algorithmic decision making to make coverage decisions under Medicare Advantage. And that was tabled for now. That wasn’t finalized, but we are on notice that they will be looking at that in the future in more depth. And then there were some health equity utilization management requirements, including there was a proposal that plans would have to do a health equity analysis annually of their utilization management policies and looking at the outcomes through a health equity lens. And that was, I think, not surprisingly not finalized by this administration.

Sandy Durkin (18:57)

Yeah, I agree. That one was not surprising on health equity. You know, I know internally we were having conversations about what’s going to happen with health equity as a concept within CMS regulations. That was a big, big priority for the Biden era CMS and a lot of new requirements were introduced into the regulations around health equity and accessibility. Did CMS in this final rule say or give any indication about what’s going to happen with those rules that have already been finalized around health equity?

Elizabeth Lippincott (19:36)

It’s really to be continued. The industry’s on notice that they’re going to be continuing to review that and we’ll find out.

Sandy Durkin (19:44)

Yeah. And I do, think on artificial intelligence, I’m sure that’s just still to come. Everybody wants some guidance on that issue and I’m sure we’re gonna get it.

Elizabeth Lippincott (19:56)

Yeah, and on the topic of stability, this rule, I’ve been doing this for a long time. I started out with Medicare plans in the George W. Bush administration. And so I’ve seen a lot of sort of first year of a new administration approaches and regulations over the years, and this is pretty normal as far as stability goes. I mean, it’s often there’s not a big policy push the first year they kind of get in and, you know, do their due diligence and think about what they want to do. And then you see, as we did with the Biden administration, you see larger rules in the third and fourth years of the administration. So I would rate this as like pretty normal.

Sandy Durkin (20:38)

Normal, I’ll take it. So besides the final rule, CMS also put out the rate announcement for 2026 a couple of weeks ago. Was there anything surprising or noteworthy in that publication?

Elizabeth Lippincott (20:56)

Yeah, I would say more stability. There was, and this was reported pretty widely, there was a modest overall pay bump for Medicare Advantage plans relative to the proposal. I’ve seen actuaries differ over, some say it really wasn’t much of a pay bump and maybe it was, there’s always room for debate. But it wasn’t unusual for there to be a little bit of a bump. And so the relationship of the, even though they were from two different administrations, the relationship of the proposal, advanced notice to the final rate announcement was pretty normal. So more stability, yeah.

Sandy Durkin (21:35)

Wonderful. Great.

Elizabeth Lippincott (21:38)

We were skeptical of the survival and we don’t know long term of the, you mentioned health equity, the health equity index. It was renamed, I think this is so, so clever. It was renamed Excellent Health Outcomes for All, abbreviated EHO for all. And it’s currently on track to continue for the 2027 star ratings calculations. Now they have more time to make changes to that, but I thought that was an interesting and good rebranding, because that is the concept. Excellence for everyone.

Sandy Durkin (22:13)

Yeah, rebranding. That’s exactly what it is. We’re not giving legal advice on this podcast, and I’m not going to tell anybody to rename their DEI program. Excellent employment opportunities for all. But I just thought that was such a clever workaround.

Elizabeth Lippincott (22:31)

Well, I live in a community where a lot of people are in academic medicine or science, fields where they apply for government grants. And they actually have a list of words now they can’t use. And I have offered, you know, I’m kind of a wordsmith. That’s what we do. And so I’ve offered some suggestions of good synonyms that aren’t on the list. you know, whatever helps.

Sandy Durkin (25:25.15)

A thesaurus is a powerful thing. And I also, you know, as we’ve been watching these attacks in other areas of the government on DEI as a concept, you know, I just can’t help but think about how equity means something a little bit different in the healthcare context, you know, health equity, when we talk about equity, we’re talking about equity for people in rural areas, for people with disabilities. And one line that kept coming to me is, is it health equity or is it just good health policy? And I think that’s what this rebranding communicates, that we just want good health outcomes for everybody.

Elizabeth Lippincott (23:39)

Yeah, yeah. There also is stability and consistency. They are gonna continue to implement the MA benchmark quality bonus and rebate methodologies from the proposal. So no drastic changes from the advanced notice to the rate announcement there. They’re also continuing the third and final year of the phase in for the 2024 Part C HCC risk adjustment model. So that’s another, know, like it, love it, or hate it, it’s going to continue to the 100 % phase in for next year.

Sandy Durkin (24:17)

Wonderful. Thank you for that update. That was a lot of content that CMS put out in a short period of time.

Elizabeth Lippincott (24:23)

It was, it was. Well, Sandy, what else are you paying attention to right now?

Sandy Durkin (24:29)

Well, I, as you know, I’m a bit of a risk adjustment nerd and I’m also a former litigator. So I have been so excited that after almost 15 years of litigation, there have finally been some really significant develops in the case, the whistleblower lawsuit against United Health Group.

This is the Paline case. It has been around since 2011. The Department of Justice intervened in 2017. And just as a reminder for people who may not have been following it since it’s been out of the news cycle for a few years, this is a case that has been focused on United Health Group’s coding practices, in particular their one-way chart reviews. And the allegations have been that United Health Group submitted inaccurate diagnosis codes to inflate their patient risk scores and receive higher payments from the government. So after more than a decade of litigation, last month, the special master that was assigned this case by the judge issued a substantive report on the merits. And in that report, the special master recommended that the court grant United Health Group’s motion for summary judgment and recommended that the court dismiss all of the fraud claims against United, which would, if that were adopted, that would end this case effectively.

Elizabeth Lippincott (26:01)

So how did the special master explain their reasoning for that decision that pro plan analysis.

Sandy Durkin (26:09)

Yeah, it’s surprising that proplan analysis, I have to say. So the special master’s report, I think it’s 50 pages. It’s very, very well reasoned. And essentially, the special master found that the DOJ didn’t give any evidence that there were actual overpayments. So the government in this case claims that there are more than 28 million diagnosis codes that were submitted fraudulently, meaning the patients didn’t have the conditions reflected in those codes. But the government did not, according to the special master’s report, the government never looked at the underlying medical records to show that the diagnoses were not supported. They didn’t even do a sampling.

Elizabeth Lippincott (26:59)

Wow.

Sandy Durkin (27:00)

Because there’s been so much discovery in this case and it’s gone on for so long, and summary judgment, that’s your opportunity to present your best case. You’re supposed to present all your evidence to show that you’ve raised a question of fact about your claims and the special master was not impressed with the fact that there was no evidence based on underlying medical records.

Elizabeth Lippincott (27:20)

Hmm, wow, that’s fascinating. And just, you know, I took a look at the report. It’s a very nuanced, I was impressed. It’s a very, it reflects a very nuanced understanding of risk adjustment and fraud law. Like what is fraud and not just taking the government’s word for it that something is.

Sandy Durkin (27:43)

Yeah, that was another key piece of the special masters reasoning. So they found that there was no evidence of fraudulent intent. So, you know, even if you were to assume that some of these 28 million diagnosis codes are wrong or not supported by the medical records, the special master said the mere retention of overpayments may deprive the government of funds it is owed, but that is not fraud. Bad math is not fraud. Proof of mistakes is not fraud.

Elizabeth Lippincott (28:13)

I love that’s what a relief. Bad math is not fraud. We want good math, but still it’s fraud requires more than just OK, wow, yeah.

Sandy Durkin (28:24)

Right, thank God. Yeah, it’s hard to prove and that’s by design, right? Like the False Claims Act is different from the overpayment rule. Plans already have an obligation to report and return overpayments. The False Claims Act is designed to get at the really bad, intentionally fraudulent behavior.

Elizabeth Lippincott (28:45)

Or reckless. yeah. So, okay, so this special master essentially concluded in favor of the plan. What does that mean in terms of the case?

Sandy Durkin (28:58)

Yeah, that’s a good question. What is the significance or the weight of the special master’s report? Does the court have to follow it? Well, it’s not binding. The court has discretion to adopt the special master’s report. They can modify it or they could reject it altogether, which is what the Department of Justice has asked the court to do.

The government did submit a brief and asked the court to reject all of these findings and recommendations. And right now we’re waiting. We don’t know what the court is going to do with the recommendation. But I think regardless of what happens, the report itself is very significant. It gives a really well-reasoned articulation of why the existence of an overpayment does not automatically give rise to false claims act liability. And it really expresses the importance of holding the government to its burden of proof and not shifting the burden to a health plan to prove that there was no fraud, which is hard to do. So I think the fact that this special master really, you know, very clearly dug in and understands the role that risk adjustment plays in the industry gives it a lot of weight. So I do expect that whatever the court does with it, I think it would be hard for it to dismiss it outright. And I think it’ll become an important tool for MA plans going forward.

Elizabeth Lippincott (30:28)

Yeah, that feels like it could be a game changer. How likely, I mean, I don’t have as much litigation experience as you do. How common would it be for a court to just appoint a special master, have him do this whole analysis, and then say, yeah, we reject that?

Sandy Durkin (30:45)

I don’t know. I think I would be surprised. Their special master was appointed for a reason.

Elizabeth Lippincott (30:50)

It seems, I don’t either. Yeah, seems unlikely. Yeah, yeah, wow. So, yeah.

Sandy Durkin (30:54)

It’s possible they’ll disagree on, you know, there’s some intricate discussions regarding the text of the False Claims Act and whether or not the materiality element that applies to common law fraud claims and to most False Claims Act claims applies to reverse false claims act theories. I could see a judge disagreeing with a special master’s read of the statutory text. I could also see a judge saying, well, I don’t think that United Health Group presented no evidence. They did rely on evidence from United Health Group’s internal coding reviews, which is not the underlying medical records. It’s not the best evidence. But I could see a judge saying, well, maybe there’s something here that we should look at.

Elizabeth Lippincott (31:46)

Hmm, interesting. We’ll have to keep an eye on that and see what happens. So what does this mean for plans now? Do you think they could go back to doing one way chart reviews? What does it mean as a practical matter?

Sandy Durkin (32:01)

Yeah, that’s a really good question. Because the one-way chart review is like the big bad that everyone has been trying to avoid since this case was brought.

Elizabeth Lippincott (32:11)

And we should explain. So a one-way chart review, in the risk adjustment context, is a retrospective, after the fact review that focuses on finding diagnoses a provider might have missed, but does not look for diagnoses that a provider might have submitted an error. So only looking for things that would be financially advantageous to the plan.

Sandy Durkin (32:34)

Exactly. And there were some early decisions in this case, you know, I think at the pleading stage where a judge said, well, that would be that would be really wrong for a plan to just be looking for codes to add and not deleting codes that it knows are unsubstantiated. And, you know, I think there would still be questions around that practice. But one point this report makes is there are valid reasons for plans to do retrospective chart reviews to look for diagnoses that may have been missed by a provider. This is not treated as an inherently suspect practice in this special master’s report, which is the opposite of what DOJ has been treating it as suspect for years, even though it’s an important part of managing care to make sure that you have, that you’ve identified all of the conditions that a patient has. It’s also an important part of running a health plan.

Elizabeth Lippincott (33:28)

There’s also not a regulation or a law or specific guidance saying you can’t do it.

Sandy Durkin (33:34)

Which is a very important point and one reason why I think that when now that we’re closer to getting a decision on the merits in this case, it’s going to bring stability to this risk adjustment place, you know, to tie this back, you know, plans have been making decisions around structuring their risk adjustment programs, to tie this back to our theme.

Elizabeth Lippincott (33:52)

love it. Stability.

Sandy Durkin (33:53)

For so many years, not based on up-to-date guidance from CMS, but based on pleadings in complaints, some of which are dismissed. And that’s all we’ve had to go on.

Elizabeth Lippincott (34:14)

Yeah, it’s really problematic. Yeah, yeah.

Sandy Durkin (34:16)

So yeah, it’ll be great to have guidance. I do think on the question of one-way chart reviews, the special masters report said, the mere fact that a plan’s coders, their internal coders might have found different diagnoses than what the doctor found, that doesn’t prove that what the doctor submitted is wrong, meaning it’s not going to automatically trigger an obligation to delete the code and return the money to CMS. That’s the government’s position. That’s the relator’s position. So I think that the chart review process that’s focused on collecting and identifying diagnoses, you know, that may be a more acceptable practice. But I do think it’s important to remember that those discrepancies between codes submitted by doctors and identified internally by the plan, they may still trigger a duty to investigate. So it might not be false claims act liability, but you do have an obligation as a plan to ensure that your risk adjustment data is accurate and truthful and complete.

And so regardless of whether you’re doing a one-way chart review or a two-way chart review, you do need to have a compliance component in your risk adjustment program. There needs to be some mechanism for validating the information that is submitted by providers, and you need to have those processes in place to show compliance.

Elizabeth Lippincott (35:43)

Yeah, it’s so interesting to have an analysis of risk adjustment practices that don’t presume terrible intent on the part of everyone involved, you know? And I think, you know, sometimes there are bad actors and there is bad intent, but yeah, it’s really refreshing to have sort of a more objective analysis. What do you think would be the impact if the court agrees with the special master ultimately?

Sandy Durkin (36:14)

You know, as I said, I think it’s going to give plans, it’s going to give them a great tool that they can use when they are evaluating litigation risk. It’s really going to disincentivize relators and the plaintiffs bar from bringing these types of cases. Right now there is a lot of incentives to file these lawsuits, you know, in some cases based on less than substantive evidence. And that risk is never gonna go away entirely. But, you know, if the court does agree with the special master, To my mind, that brings down some of the litigation risk in this area so that an MA plan can really get back to the business of running a compliant health plan and focus on the usual, the RADV risks, CMS oversight, and dial back the focus on whistleblower litigation risk in this area.

Elizabeth Lippincott (37:19)

And what circuit is this in?

Sandy Durkin (37:23)

That’s a great question. No worries. I should know that.

Elizabeth Lippincott (37:30)

Sorry. Because that’ll be interesting. I suspect that whoever loses will appeal. So it’ll be interesting to see.

Sandy Durkin (37:36)

Yeah, and it could end up in a situation with a circuit split. There’s no other case that’s as far progressed as this one. But it is always possible that another district in another circuit could rule differently. So I did just double check my my pleadings. This case was initially filed in New York and it was transferred to the Central District of California.

Elizabeth Lippincott (38:01)

Okay, all right, ninth circuit. Well, time will tell, we’ll see. Well, thank you. Yeah, thanks for that summary, that was really helpful. Yeah, I appreciate you. Appreciate it how carefully you monitor all those developments and drill down on them.

Sandy Durkin (38:08)

Time will tell. Yet the courts are slow.

I’m always happy to do a litigation update.

Elizabeth Lippincott (38:25)

Well, yeah, some stability, some interesting stuff going on in the courts and we’ll just keep tracking it.

Sandy Durkin (38:32)

Sounds good. I’m sure we’ll have something else to chat about soon. Bye.

Elizabeth Lippincott (38:36)

All right. Thanks. Thanks, everybody, for joining us.

June 23, 2025

Strategic Health Law

Sandy Durkin (00:13)

Hi Elizabeth.

Elizabeth Lippincott (00:15)

Hey, Sandy, good to see you as always.

Sandy Durkin (00:18)

Good to see you too.

Elizabeth Lippincott (00:20)

Well, today we have interesting, kind of a juicy topic. We’re examining a major enforcement action that’s shaking up the Medicare Advantage world, along with lots of other things right now. And it’s the DOJ’s complaint filed on May 1st against three large health insurers, Aetna, Elevance Health, and Humana, alongside three major brokerages, e-help, go help, and select quote, around Medicare Advantage plan marketing. Can you break down, Sandy, the DOJ’s allegations for us?

Sandy Durkin (00:56)

Absolutely, Elizabeth. You’re right. This is a big deal, this complaint. It’s a 217 page document and I actually recommend that lawyers in this space take a look at it as well as compliance departments because it was based on whistleblower allegations and the DOJ had access to internal documents of the companies in this case. And so there’s really a lot of detail about what the DOJ thinks was going on. And the basics of the allegations are that from 2016 through 2021, DOJ alleges that these plans paid hundreds of millions of dollars in illegal kickbacks to brokers in exchange for enrolling Medicare beneficiaries into their Medicare Advantage plans. And commissions to agents and brokers are very standard. That is how MA organizations sell their products. But according to the complaint, these were not standard commissions, but rather the payments were structured to specifically incentivize the brokers to push specific plans, even if those plans were not suitable or in the best interest of an individual beneficiary. So if you read the complaint, the picture that you get is that brokers were financially rewarded for steering seniors toward plans from the insurance companies that offered the highest kickbacks. And then the way that the brokers would incentivize individual agents and producers is they would create dedicated sales teams that could only sell plans from high paying insurers and they would pay bonuses to agents for steering those beneficiaries into those specific plans that were offered by those insurers. And then some brokers even refused to sell plans from insurers who couldn’t pay them enough, who couldn’t reach that threshold that these larger national insurance companies were alleged to be paying.

Elizabeth Lippincott (03:15)

Wow, those are serious allegations. And one thing that jumps out at me is just the idea of a False Claims Act whistleblower in the sales channel context. Because when you think of whistleblowers and Medicare Advantage, you think risk adjustment and then maybe, MLR issues, sort of things that have to do with the level of payment coming from the government to the plan.

This is a new one to think about the whistleblower risk in the context of your marketing and sales of your plants and the downstream contracts in that space and the employees of those agencies. And it’s kind of a new world of risk, potentially.

Sandy Durkin (04:02)

That’s a really good point. I believe the whistleblower in this case worked for one of the brokerage companies, not a plan. And that surprised me. The way that the dynamic often works is that it’s these large vendors and all of the defendant brokerages named in this complaint are large companies who are pushing the MA organization, which has a, they all have extremely robust compliance programs and structures in place. So often it’s the vendor that’s pushing for a marketing arrangement that’s maybe a little more in a gray area or a little more cutting edge carries a little more risk. And they’ll tell their, their potential customers, everybody’s doing this. But what a plan doesn’t know is maybe there’s a whistleblower inside that organization and you could get in trouble for their conduct.

Elizabeth Lippincott (05:00)

Yeah, and just before we, you know, we’re gonna get into the meat of allegations, but my sense with whistleblowers, of course there’s a financial incentive, it’s huge. But I also think there’s often just a person that was getting pushed to do something that didn’t feel right to them. You know, whether it’s a nurse practitioner doing in-home assessments or somebody coding those notes from those assessments or it’s somebody working in a brokerage saying, push these plans. They’re the ones we’re getting paid more, which is what is alleged here. So it’s just an interesting dynamic. Speaking of the allegations, there is also allegations of discrimination, at least against some of the defendants.

Sandy Durkin (05:43)

Yeah, this is another interesting wrinkle to this case. So the Department of Justice alleges that two of the defendants, Aetna and Humana, not the Elevance Defendant, conspired to discriminate against disabled Medicare beneficiaries. So those folks were eligible for Medicare by way of disability, not age. And the reason why is because those beneficiaries were perceived as being less profitable for a health plan. So what the complaint says, again, these are all allegations, is that these insurers pressured brokers to enroll fewer disabled individuals and made their payments, these alleged kickbacks conditional on the enrollees in the plan being so-called agents versus the disabled beneficiaries. And then the brokers, the way that they carry that out allegedly is that they would reject referrals of disabled beneficiaries or disabled beneficiaries would call in and they would either be turned away or directed away from the Aetna and Humana plans and pushed into other plans. So essentially, if you take all these allegations together, it’s that the defendants were prioritizing profit over patient need, which of course undermines the very purpose of Medicare Advantage.

Elizabeth Lippincott (07:15)

Well, what are the legal implications for the plans in particular that are named in this case?

Sandy Durkin (07:22)

Yeah, that’s a good question. The implications are quite significant aside from the litigation costs. You know, this case is being brought under the Federal False Claims Act, which is a very powerful tool that allows the government to pursue any individual or organization that defrauds federal programs. So the Department of Justice’s theory is that these kickbacks

distorted the market, undermined patient choice, and led to the submission of false claims to Medicare. And if the government is able to prove its allegations, the penalties will be enormous. The False Claims Act includes triple damages and civil penalties that apply for each and every single false claim. A false claim is basically a claim for payment to the government. So, every payment that a plan received for an individual that the government contends was improperly enrolled into one of their plans is a false claim that’s tainted by the anti-kickback violation that led to that enrollment and will be tripled and then multiplied and could result in millions of dollars of damages.

Elizabeth Lippincott (08:41)

Have we heard responses from the plans to any of the allegations yet?

Sandy Durkin (08:46)

We’re very early in the litigation. Litigation is slow, so we do not have formal answers. All three insurers do deny wrongdoing. And in statements, Aetna and Humana have said they’re reviewing the complaint. They do intend to defend themselves, and Elevance has not issued a detailed public response at this point.

Elizabeth Lippincott (09:09)

You did a careful read of the complaint. Was there anything that surprised you?

Sandy Durkin (09:16)

Yes, it was. Again, I wouldn’t be recommending it if this were a boring complaint. There’s a lot of detail in here. The Department of Justice had access to internal communications that were going on within the brokers, and then between the brokers and the insurers. And as somebody who represents a lot of plans, it has worked on marketing arrangements with agents, producers, some of the conversations that were going on, especially at the broker level, they would have given me a heart attack if I was a compliance officer or an in-house attorney at one of these companies. So just as an example, when discussing its marketing arrangement with one of the plans, one of the e-health executives, joked that the plan was paying e-health $15 million a year for a website that only drives 15 enrollments per year. So the allegation is really that that was like a sham payment that was actually for enrollments. And then in this correspondence, the executive said, CMS will surely never figure that one out. Luckily, the government are generally morons. That’s not the culture of compliance that you want your vendors putting in writing at least.

Elizabeth Lippincott (10:36)

If nothing else, you know, however this turns out in the final legal analysis, there’s a lot of room for growth in some of these companies just to have these kinds of thoughts documented. And we’re here, by the way, at Strategic Health Law, if anyone would like advice or assistance with compliance training, we call it consciousness raising, just having people understand how important it is and how carefully they need to choose their words.

Sandy Durkin (11:08)

Yeah, that’s a great plug and a preview for some of our takeaways for this, for companies that are following this litigation. Just as another example, the language in the complaint is a little more colorful than I’m gonna say here, but when discussing Aetna’s agreements, another e-health executive wrote that the payment model was, quote, not even a little compliant. I’m pretty sure that if Aetna got audited by CMS, they’d be screwed. And…

Elizabeth Lippincott (11:40)

except the word started with an F. Yeah, this is a family program, but yeah. And just the idea that an executive is writing that down is kind of amazing.

Sandy Durkin (11:52)

alarming.

Elizabeth Lippincott (11:53)

Yeah. And I haven’t heard of a lot of like FMO audits, you know, especially now that there isn’t a formal requirement of a compliance program or plan or well, there’s training requirements for agents, but a lot of room for growth here in terms of the whatever the underlying conduct is, just the way things were discussed and put in writing is really not helpful to these companies.

Sandy Durkin (12:23)

That’s a really great suggestion. Yeah, I think typically the oversight of agents and brokers is done through CMS secret shoppers, through the complaint tracking module. But even if CMS isn’t auditing these companies, there’s no reason that a plan can’t be. And I think that in this environment with this lawsuit on record now, there’s a lot of reasons for plans to dig a little deeper and beef up the training so that it’s not just about those marketing and sales rules, but really gets into the risks and the responsibilities that apply when you are working in federal programs.

Elizabeth Lippincott (13:09)

Yeah, totally agree.

Sandy Durkin (13:11)

I did want to comment on one other surprising aspect of this complaint. And it’s that the contracts that were in place between the brokers and the plans named in this lawsuit during the relevant time periods, they were structured very carefully in a way so that if you were just looking at the papers, they would look like they comply with the anti-kickback statute. You know, the contracts included acknowledgments that the brokers would be paid with federal funds, statements that each of the parties would comply with the anti-kickback statute and the False Claims Act. They did not include any language that would suggest that payment was conditioned on volume of plans sold or enrollments. There was no contractual language about limiting sales of competitors’ plans. It did not look like the plans were paying for sales. It looked like they were paying for marketing. And in the complaints, the Department of Justice actually uses that as at least rhetorical evidence against the plans, you know, citing this contractual language and citing internal codes of conduct as evidence that the plans knew that their conduct was illegal.

Elizabeth Lippincott (14:31)

So Sandy, is there law on the books that Medicare plan, broker commissions, or other payments can violate the anti-kickback statute?

Sandy Durkin (14:43)

I’m going to have to give you a lawyerly answer, Elizabeth. Is there a law on the books?

Elizabeth Lippincott (14:52)

Or common law cases, holdings.

Sandy Durkin (14:54)

There is, I’m not aware of any major case that has definitively held that agent and broker commissions violate the anti-kickback statute. You know, there’s not, there’s not a clear law we can point to that says this type of payment is illegal or a case that’s looked at this set of facts before. But the idea that these types of payments could violate the anti-kickback statute, it’s not new. And I, although I was surprised by many elements of this complaint, I’m not surprised by the fact of this lawsuit. So hearkening back to 2024, which feels like a lifetime ago, CMS issued a rule or tried to issue a rule that we’re not going to get into, but it was putting some new rules in place for broker payments. And in the preamble to that rule, CMS made a statement about how excessive payments to third-party marketing organizations could violate the anti-kickback statute. And that was, you know, I know when we saw that, that was like a little red flag telling us, you know, this is what CMS is concerned about and these are the legal risks to plans. And then the Office of the Inspector General, which is CMS’s watchdog, has been looking at compensation structures that it deems excessive for a few years now. So examples of potentially risky compensation structures that OIG has been looking at would be, you know, any payments that are above fair market value, bonuses that are tied to enrollment targets, or compensation that’s linked to health status or profitability of an enrollee. So CMS has been looking at these, DOJ has been looking at these. There’s been some investigations in the news over the last few years, and then all of that culminated in a special fraud alert that OIG put out late last year, warning that broker compensation arrangements in Medicare Advantage could implicate the anti-kickback statute. So we did have that warning that this was a possibility.

Elizabeth Lippincott (17:18)

Yeah, yeah. Well, and it’s also interesting looking at it from a political lens because that sort of commentary about the anti-kickback statute being implicated by excessive payments to brokers that was in the preamble to a rule drafted under the Biden leadership at CMS. And then we actually had a client forwarded us another law firm’s public white paper that these other lawyers had done an analysis and concluded that the anti-kickback statute did not come into play with broker payments for Medicare Advantage plans. And we had to say, you know, we respectfully disagree with that, but that was sort of floating around. And then it’s interesting now, I’m spilling a little legal interpretation tea, I won’t name names, but, and then now we’re seeing several months into the Trump administration, the DOJ, you know, kind of after having this investigation going for several years, because some of these brokers, or at least one of them was referencing it in its securities filings, filing this pretty significant complaint in this space. So it seems like it is definitely at least a significant risk and this administration is serious about pursuing it.

Sandy Durkin (18:38)

Yeah, this is one area where there seems to be true bipartisan agreement. There is, you know, everybody knows that the current administration is really going after fraud, waste and abuse in any and all forms. And the Biden administration, the CMS under Biden’s administration, really laid the groundwork for CMS and OIG, the Department of Justice to aggressively go after Medicare Advantage organizations who they deemed were not being careful stewards of government money. And I think this lawsuit is just an indicator of more to come.

Elizabeth Lippincott (19:17)

Yeah, so interesting. So what are your thoughts on what plans should do at this point with this information? You know, other plans, I’m not talking about the defendants, but this is out there. We also have, I’ll just try to give a brief recap of, in 2024, CMS put out a rule to be finalized for the 2025 plan marketing season that would have curtailed the ability of plans to pay amounts above their standardized commission amount to compensate brokers and agents and field marketing organizations. FMOs is one of the terms that’s used for the large agencies. For administrative services, there had been an allowance for fair market value, payments for services above and beyond the fixed or capped commission amount. And CMS in that rule allowed a larger commission amount to account for its very modest estimate of what those services were worth. There was litigation from the broker community and a federal judge stayed that rule and that litigation is proceeding. So that has been stayed. But anyway, there’s sort of this backdrop. So the previous rule where these extra payments capped at fair market value are permitted, that is currently the law of the land. But what do you think like in this mismatch, now that you have all of that, and then you have this complaint?

What do you think plans should be thinking about right now?

Sandy Durkin (21:02)

That’s a really great question. I do want to thank you for taking the time to revisit that complicated broker compensation rule, because I think when the court stayed that rule, a lot of folks in the industry, plans, brokers, other participants kind of breathe the sigh of relief and thought, we’re out of the woods on this one. We can keep paying our administrative fees and our marketing fees to our third party marketing organizations with relatively little legal risk. I like it when thought leaders, reporters, et cetera, will say, will point out when they’re wrong. I think at the beginning of this administration, I predicted that the Trump administration is gonna let the legal challenge to that broker compensation rule die in the courts. They’re not going to vigorously defend it. And now, you know, even though I don’t think that rule is coming back in the form that CMS tried to put it out in, I do think, this lawsuit tells us that there is going to be more effort by CMS and OIG to scrutinize and regulate broker compensation.

So your question was what do plans need to do? I think you need to dust off those third-party marketing organization contracts, contracts at all levels, right? From the smaller brokers to the large companies and make sure that they comply not just with current CMS regulations, but make sure that they don’t raise any anti-kickback statute risks. Make sure you have done a fair market value analysis and that that’s on your books so that you can point to that as a defense of the payments that you’re making. Another thing you’re going to want to do is look at details like are your payments to a third party marketing organization structured so that they only go out after the rapid disenrollment period has passed. That was an issue in this litigation that we’ve been talking about. And the Department of Justice alleged that that suggested that the payments were actually tied to enrollment because the brokers were not getting paid for when an individual rapidly disenrolled. That suggests that the payment was for the sale and not for the marketing work that the brokerage was putting in that led to that sale.

You’ll also want to look at details like do your contracts allow brokers or third-party marketing organizations to funnel the payments that a plan, that you as a plan have given to individual agents as bonuses for enrolling in your plans? Are there financial incentives on paper that would cause an agent or producer to steer members towards your plan, regardless of the beneficiary’s best interest. So these are all potential risky terms that you’re going to want to make sure are not creating unnecessary risk for you.

Elizabeth Lippincott (24:14)

Something that I would want to see if I were an internal auditor or a compliance officer for a plan right now, and maybe don’t underprivilege their pros and cons to that, I would want a review of, on one side, the contracts in place with brokerages of all types, including these large and small and then an analysis of the payments going out to those. And do those match up? And were the contracts driving those payments reviewed by health lawyers?

Because the way some of the contracts are described in this complaint, and of course a complaint, it’s an advocacy document, you take it with a grain of salt, but the way they’re described, I would be surprised if they had rigorous legal review. Some of them go beyond the standard types of producer agreements that we see, even, you know, including the ones that include those administrative overrides. So I do think that it would be advisable to at least make sure you know what has been happening with your company, just to be able to evaluate potential exposure and evaluate at the appropriate level of seniority, does what’s happening align with your risk tolerance, knowing what’s happening right now in this space.

Sandy Durkin (25:42)

Yeah, that would be a very useful analysis to have. Building on that, this complaint tells us that it’s not enough to have a compliant contract. My view as outside counsel is that more oversight is needed of planned marketing efforts by legal and compliance departments, and when we advise on risk adjustment, we always say, you know, ideally, a lawyer would be looking at all of your communications about a risk adjustment program, particularly when you’re in the sales phase negotiating with a vendor. You want to know what vendors are saying to your salespeople and what kind of, or your business people had a plan and what kind of risk they could be creating for you. So I think here, plans want to know what the sales team is saying to brokers when it’s negotiating with them. It’s alleged in these cases that the payments in question that violate the anti-kickback statute were not for marketing or administrative services, but were for enrollments. So what does your business team think it’s paying for? Does it think it’s paying for enrollments? If so, that’s a problem. What does the broker or the vendor think that they’re doing for you? Do they appreciate that they’re being hired to provide marketing services or administrative services or do they think they’re getting paid for enrollments? So you need to know what’s being said. You need to be looking at those presentations that the brokerage companies are giving to your team, the graphs that show what are the metrics they’re going to be tracking. Are they going to be tracking sales and enrollments or something else? And then if there are problems there, you know, that’s where training comes in. You know, your internal team at a health plan needs to know how serious this kind of conduct could be. And then you also want your business partners to understand. So there may be training needed there too.

Elizabeth Lippincott (27:50)

I think also, this complaint could be used as leverage in discussions, especially by smaller plans that we know from experience get jerked around by some of these broker organizations that you truly cannot sell enrollment. You cannot require kickbacks to steer people to particular plans and you need to be selling our plan on the same terms and you can’t ask us for these things. And you could have that conversation not just with these defendants, but in general. Because I do feel like the plans with, we’ll put it politely, with the lower risk tolerance really are at a disadvantage when things like this are going on, potentially.

Sandy Durkin (28:40)

Yep, that is one silver lining of this lawsuit. It’s going to put pressure on the broker part of the industry to develop that culture of compliance that health plans have had in place since the outset.

Elizabeth Lippincott (29:00)

And then the other question is, is there a way in looking at contracts, not just for, you know, the state of the union right now, what do you have in place? But thinking about some of the things that we do routinely with other types of more operational vendors is do plans need to put provisions in their indemnification clauses? You know, being really specific. Look, if we have legal liability as a result of your conduct, you will reimburse us our losses really specifically. And in some of these things, you know, with the anti-kickback statute, it takes two to tango. Reading between the lines of these complaints, there are situations where it sounds like the broker from a legal risk standpoint is really throwing the plans under the bus.

It’s just a whole new world of thinking about this kind of whistleblower exposure coming from your broker contracts.

Sandy Durkin (29:57)

Yeah, that’s a really good suggestion and another area where plans may want to exercise more oversight is in the marketing by these third party marketing organizations. So a lot of the marketing they do may not be specific to your plan. It might be very general about their brokerage services. But if a TPMO is saying we’re going to put you in the best plan for you, and then their practices don’t reflect that reality that they’re truly acting in the beneficiaries best interests. They’re actually steering to plans based on compensation, you know, that’s a real legal risk. It’s a good idea to look at what those organizations are submitting and filing with CMS and make sure that it’s consistent with the practices and what your expectations are of that organization.

Elizabeth Lippincott (30:48)

Yeah, it was interesting. And of course, these are just allegations. But when I had heard steering, you we’ve been following the rulemaking on this for a long time. I thought of steering more as all things being equal. Are you steering to one based on your compensation as the broker. And the way the allegations are structured and described here, it’s really steering to plans that are objectively worse for the person. And that just reframed that for me a little bit. In some of the rulemaking, I thought maybe they’re being a little too idealistic about how the world works, you know, but here they at least are alleging that there was clear understanding that something else would be better for the enrollee and they were being steered to something only because the brokerage would receive a larger payment from that carrier. Who knows what the truth is, but that’s what’s being alleged.

Sandy Durkin (31:42)

Do you have any other suggestions for what plans can do in recognition of the fact that there might be more oversight by CMS and OIG on marketing issues?

Elizabeth Lippincott (31:55)

I would recommend setting up discussions with your broker community and particularly these larger broker organizations and say, you know, please report to us what you are doing in response to this, how you are taking steps to ensure compliance. What are you doing to, you know, manage these risks, to train your folks, whatever, and to let them know that you expect them to be responding to this development in the legal risk environment.

Sandy Durkin (32:27)

That’s a good suggestion. One thing that we saw after the rule, the final rule that CMS tried to implement last year, is that the industry was very quick to try to get out in front of regulation that directly impacted them. They were talking to plans. They were making arguments as to why the rule didn’t apply and, you know, eventually they filed a lawsuit. So I am certain that at least the larger companies are very aware of what’s going on and are prepared to address questions.

Elizabeth Lippincott (33:00)

Yeah, I agree. There’s a lot going on right now for the same pool of people doing the work. You know, you have the risk adjustment audits, which we’ll talk about on another call. But yeah, there’s just, there are a lot of demands on their time in a constrained resource environment. So it’s challenging to run an M.A. Plan right now.

Sandy Durkin (33:21)

That should be our tagline. It’s challenging.

Elizabeth Lippincott (33:25)

It’s challenging. Well, thanks. This has been a good, I’ve enjoyed our discussion.

Sandy Durkin (33:30)

Yeah, really interesting. We’ll be monitoring this case and if there’s any big updates, we’ll let you all know.

Elizabeth Lippincott (33:37)

Yeah, always a pleasure, Sandy.

July 22, 2025

Strategic Health Law

Sandy Durkin (00:13.)

Hi, everybody. Welcome back to Health Law Simplified, where we break down complex health care regulations into actionable insights for you. So today we’re going to be diving into a major development from CMS that’s sending, I don’t think it’s an overstatement to say, shockwaves, through the Medicare Advantage industry. So just last month, or I guess in May, two months ago, CMS announced a sweeping expansion of its Risk Adjustment Data Validation audit program, known as the RAD-V audit program, which is a significant escalation in the agency’s efforts to combat fraud, waste, and abuse in Medicare Advantage. Elizabeth, I know you’ve looked at the memos and output from CMS. Can you just tell us what’s changing in Rad-V?

Elizabeth Lippincott (01:10)

Yeah, definitely. I’ll say, first of all, I try not to be alarmist, but I’m really worried about this, about the scope and pace of these audits for plans, especially smaller plans. So historically, CMS has been doing risk adjustment data validation or RADV audits for many years. Generally, they’ve only audited a small sample of plans, about 60 per year. Starting right away, they’re going to audit all eligible MA contracts every year. So roughly 550 plans per year. So a nearly tenfold increase. They’re also working to clear a major backlog of audits for payment years 2018 through 2024. So they want to complete all of this by early 2026. I will be surprised if they can pull it off just due to the magnitude of what they’re setting out to do, but that’s their stated goal.

Sandy Durkin (02:13)

Thanks, Elizabeth. I know that we do have some listeners who are really steeped in Medicare Advantage and others who are newer to this space. Can you just really briefly explain why CMS conducts this type of oversight on risk adjustment and if you have any thoughts as to why it might be cracking down now?

Elizabeth Lippincott (02:34)

Yeah, definitely. So Medicare Advantage payments, so the payments going from CMS to the Medicare Advantage plan, are based on specific information about each enrollee. So the bid amount is adjusted up or down based on easy to determine demographic factors like sex, original reason for being on Medicare, so if they had Medicare due to disability or if they aged in, and age, of course. And then they’re also adjusted up or down based on the health status of that individual. So the sicker the patient is, the higher the payment because the government anticipates that they’re going to have higher health care costs. So CMS takes all of that information in from plans, but it also audits the quality of that data because they don’t want to be overpaying. If, for example, a Medicare Advantage plan sends information that an individual has diabetes with complications, that has higher reimbursement associated with it than they just had diabetes without complications. Estimates suggest that MA plans may be, quote, overbilling the government by $17 to $43 billion annually in connection with these risk adjustment data submissions. So that’s why CMS is now taking really aggressive steps to recover those funds.

Sandy Durkin (04:11)

Thanks, Elizabeth. It just occurs to me that it’s worth pointing out that there are really good policy and practical reasons to adjust payments based on the sickness of or health of enrollees. It’s more expensive to take care of patients who are more sick. And this payment set up that CMS put in place, well, it prevents plans from doing something that was called lemon dropping, where they specifically did not enroll patients who were more sick and would be harder to take care of. So we want plans to be enrolling everybody, even if they’re sick.

Elizabeth Lippincott (04:51)

Right, and we want them paid appropriately for what we anticipate, you know, what the government anticipates the costs will be for those individuals.

Sandy Durkin (04:58)

So do you see this as consistent with the actions that we’ve seen across other parts of the executive branch to combat fraud, waste, and abuse?

Elizabeth Lippincott (05:12)

I do. And that’s what they’ve stated. It’s they’re going after what they see as fraud, waste and abuse very aggressively. What concerns me here is that the way these audits are conducted, there are situations where there really isn’t fraud, waste or abuse. There’s just not ideal documentation. Especially for plans that are running at a loss, lot of there are a lot of contracts out there that are operating at a loss or a very thin profit margin, this may be the difference between them wanting to stay in the business or not.

Sandy Durkin (05:47)

That’s a really good point. When we hear words like overbilling, you know, it gets lumped in with fraud, but RAD-V is very different from a whistleblower lawsuit. You know, these payments, so if a plan receives a payment for a condition that’s not documented, that’s not usually fraudulent. There doesn’t have to be any kind of bad intent. It just means the documentation standard wasn’t met. And I think that’s a really important distinction. So just because a plan gets a bill for an overpayment coming out of a RAD-V audit, it doesn’t mean there was any fraud at all.

Elizabeth Lippincott (06:28)

Right. And plans are depending on providers to have the right words in their notes to substantiate under the coding guidelines these diagnoses. So, in some cases, I just think it’s important to understand that certainly a bad outcome in a RAD-V audit doesn’t mean there’s been fraud necessarily, and it doesn’t even necessarily mean there’s been waste or abuse. It just means that the plan could not produce the complete supporting documentation as CMS expected. That’s a little bit of editorializing, but I think it’s important for people to understand.

Sandy Durkin (07:06)

I agree, especially since all of this is being put under the umbrella of fraud, waste, and abuse. It’s a little more technical than that, as is often the case. So just to, I wanna drill down on the change in scope. You noted that historically CMS audited a much smaller number of MA plans, around 60 per year. I want to go back even further. For many years, CMS was only auditing 30 contracts per year. And it was looking at, for each contract, a random sample of 200 enrollees. And then it changed its methodology more recently, pre-pandemic. It started targeting specific diagnosis codes that were at higher risk of being unsupported. And at that time, CMS said, we’re going to look at smaller samples, around 35 members per contract, and that this will allow us to look at many more contracts. And so at the time, CMS said, we’re going to look at 188 contracts per year. And now we know with hindsight, that was incredibly ambitious. That, to my knowledge, never happened. I don’t think CMS ever got close to that number and by its own reporting only ever averaged around 60 per year, which raises the question I think that all of us who are in this have, which is how could CMS possibly accomplish its stated goal of auditing all 550 contracts annually?

Elizabeth Lippincott (08:45)

Yeah, valid question. Well, according to their press release announcing these audits, they’re going to do it using technology for one thing. So they have new advanced systems to flag unsupported diagnoses. The assumption is that they’re using AI tools to analyze the data and hone in, as we saw the Office of Inspector General, the OIG doing in their targeted audits on where they anticipate there’ll be problem areas. They also say they’re planning on beefing up their workforce. So they intend to increase their staff of medical coders from 40 to 2000 by September 2025, which would be a feat of hiring, but we’ll have to see. And then in terms of the scope of the individual audits, instead of reviewing 35 records per plan, They’re going to review up to 200 records depending on the size of that particular plan.

Sandy Durkin (09:47)

It’s very ambitious. It makes you wonder how many of the folks who were laid off from CMS would have that medical coding certification such that they could come back.

Elizabeth Lippincott (09:58)

Yeah, yeah, coding would be a good thing to study right now. I don’t mean to make light of people’s transitions, but yeah, good point.

Sandy Durkin (10:06)

No, I looked at it myself today. It seems like a useful skill to have. So I think what people are really wondering about are, you know, what are the, both the financial implications, and the legal implications of these RAD-V audits? You know, one thing that is very relevant to this discussion is extrapolation.

So in 2023, just a couple of years ago, CMS passed a final rule allowing it to extrapolate its audit findings. So what that means is if the little sample that CMS looked at of 35 contracts or 35 members or 200 members has an error rate, CMS can multiply that error rate out across, for all intents and purposes, the entire plan population, which has the potential to lead to really massive financial recoveries. So for MA organizations that are facing these audits where CMS will be using the extrapolation methodology, they have much greater financial risk. What do you have any thoughts, Elizabeth, on what the size of the bills that these plans could be facing could be.

Elizabeth Lippincott (11:25)

Yeah, they could be quite large. I mean, we looked, we took a look back at, the OIG has been publishing its findings and the extrapolation amounts, and for fairly small plans, just estimating like 10,000, 20,000 members, it’s not unusual to see extrapolation results using the OIG’s method, which was, they weren’t necessarily random sample audits, they were targeted, so they used a different extrapolation methodology, but it wouldn’t be unusual to see maybe a three million dollar a year finding for a small plan that’s not really an outlier in terms of its results. And so you multiply that by five years, six years, those get to be really, really tremendous bills. And then it just goes up from there depending on the membership.

Sandy Durkin (12:20)

Yeah, and all of that is regardless of whether or not the plan is profitable, which for a small M.A. plan it may very well not be.

Elizabeth Lippincott (12:28)

Especially for a new plan. When plans start out, it’s common for them to say, OK, it’s going to take us five years to break even. So yeah, it’s not unusual for plans to run at a loss or have pretty modest margins that could be wiped out through one of these audits. So it begs the question, if you’re committing fraud, why are you losing money? So anyway, I’m a little cynical. That’s just where we are. So what else do we know about how extrapolation will work, Sandy?

Sandy Durkin (13:02)

Yeah, so in the extrapolation rule that CMS finalized, it did not adopt any specific sampling or extrapolation methodology. It said we are going to rely on any statistically valid method for sampling and extrapolation that is determined to be well suited to a particular audit. So CMS really has carte blanche to tailor its approach, to change its approach, to try new approaches, which is what we’ve seen CMS doing in the audits that it’s been conducting over the last several years. And it’s worth noting that statistical validity, that’s all that’s required for the extrapolation methodology to hold up in court. So that’s what CMS has said it’s going to do and that’s what we can expect. CMS has also said, we’re not even required to tell you how we’re going to extrapolate. There’s no law that says we have to disclose our methodology. Nevertheless, we will give an audited organization enough information so that they can at least understand how we are extrapolating payment errors. And CMS also said, you know, there may be circumstances where it doesn’t make sense and we will choose not to extrapolate. But what we know for these RADV audits going forward is that CMS does plan to extrapolate in the vast majority of circumstances.

Elizabeth Lippincott (14:39)

Yeah, and it’s interesting. We have some insight from the documents that the OIG has published its reports on its targeted audits, the way it uses the sampling frame in a targeted audit. So, for example, if they’re looking at diabetes codes and they find an error rate based on their review of samples of that particular type of code, then they will extrapolate to members who were enrolled for the whole time period being reviewed who have reports of the same diagnosis code. Did I get that right?

Sandy Durkin (15:15)

You did, and actually I’m glad you mentioned that because that research really did give me some comfort. I had some fear when I first read CMS’s announcement that it was planning to target high-risk diagnoses and then extrapolate, because it really does not make sense to multiply an error rate that’s based on, you know, error prone enrollees or diagnoses and then multiply it across an entire contract. But it looks like the plan is, or at least based on what CMS is doing currently that it’s structuring sampling frames that are made up of those high risk codes or enrollees and only multiplying across that sampling frame, which is a smaller subset. That said, it’s still going to be really significant in terms of financial exposure for plans.

Elizabeth Lippincott (16:16)

Yeah, and you pulled this example, but in the most recent OIG audit, the enrollee level overpayment that they identified was about $750,000. And then after extrapolation using the sampling frame, the contract level over payment was $6.9 million. So even though it’s, you know, limited to the sampling frame, can still, the numbers can add up pretty quickly. And my understanding is that that was a pretty small plan.

Sandy Durkin (16:50)

You know, and another point when we talk about financial risk that I don’t want to be lost is not only is CMS going to be extrapolating, but historically, CMS, although it’s been conducting RADV audits annually, it hasn’t actually been collecting all of the overpayments at the contract level. So the last big recovery was for the audit of payment year 2007.

And that’s what CMS means when it says we’re going to clear out our backlog. It means we’re going to go back and collect all those recoveries that we calculated for the years past.

Elizabeth Lippincott (17:29)

Yeah, and then they have authorization under the rules to extrapolate back to 2018.

Sandy Durkin (17:36)

Yes, yes, that’s a good point. They won’t be extrapolating back to 2011 through 2017.

Elizabeth Lippincott (17:42)

Well, and we have that announcement that they’re getting more serious about collecting these amounts and doing that going forward. But we know there’s litigation pending that could hold that up. And you know that there are appeal rights, although the grounds for appeal are quite limited. So there is a chance that this could move forward. The bills could be sent out, you know, figuratively, but then there could be continued delays with these liabilities kind of out there.

Sandy Durkin (18:14)

Yes, absolutely. I think the litigation you mentioned is the Humana lawsuit challenging the extrapolation rule. And I will say, you know, we’ve been monitoring for challenges to this current RAD-V audit expansion, this announcement. I don’t think it is immune from legal challenge. I think there are arguments to be made that CMS exceeded its authority by so significantly changing its methodology without any notice in a way that’s really has the potential to upend the industry. So we I expect there will be a legal challenge and you know we’ll stay tuned for that one.

Elizabeth Lippincott (18:58)

Yeah, yeah.

Sandy Durkin (19:00)

What are your thoughts, Elizabeth, on the administrative burden? Just setting aside the potential for recoveries, how hard is this gonna be for plans to implement?

Elizabeth Lippincott (19:09)

Very, very hard. I mean, just an old fashioned RADV audit was extremely difficult to support. And, you know, if you think about it from the plan perspective, the onus is on you to pull all of these medical records and find the documentation that supports the codes you submitted. That’s not always easy to do. You know, if you in an ideal situation, you have access to a health systems electronic medical record to do that. But there are going to be a lot of situations where you’re having to pull paper charts. And if you think about it, if this is all happening at once, every Medicare Advantage plan is going to be going to the same providers asking for medical records at the same time. So, you know, at the provider end, are going to be resource limitations on producing all that documentation. So it’s going to be quite challenging at a difficult time. It’s a difficult business environment right now for a lot of other reasons, as we’ve been discussing on the podcast for Medicare Advantage plans. So I think it’s going to be pretty tough.

Sandy Durkin (20:18)

It makes my head spin every time I think about it. And then there’s also the expedited timeframe to submit deletes. Plans used to have four to six years to submit deletes for a payment year. And now they’ve got six months.

Elizabeth Lippincott (20:39)

Yeah, and the significance of that, what we’re talking about when we say submit, delete. So you need to be doing quality control, both for looking back at medical records and finding both, you know, the ideal two-way chart review. You’re looking for diagnoses that you missed that were not coded already. And then you also need to be looking for diagnoses that were coded that you don’t have the right documentation for.

What we’re talking about when we say submit deletes is the plans have now much shorter windows to submit deletes of diagnoses where they’ve looked back at the records and they’re like, yeah, we don’t have all the elements that we need in the doctor’s notes to support this diagnosis, whether or not the person actually has it is a different question. It’s all about the documentation. So yeah, so that could lead to higher error rates just because the time for that quality control has gotten shorter, a lot shorter.

Sandy Durkin (21:39)

Which will have those higher error rates will translate to larger recoupments. Well, with all of that, what should folks who are listening who are impacted by this be doing? We know that some plans have already received audit notices, but for those who haven’t…

Elizabeth Lippincott (21:45)

higher extrapolations, yeah, yeah. So.

Elizabeth Lippincott (22:03)

Yep, for 2019. Yeah, the 2019 ones are circulating now.

Sandy Durkin (22:07)

Do you have any recommendations for compliance officers or counsel working with a health plan?

Elizabeth Lippincott (22:14)

Yeah, have an audit game plan. I mean, have thought through what your action plan is going to be. Understand what your timeframes are likely to be for gathering the documentation. Do what you can in the very limited time allowed to do some quality control to the extent that you’re able to review diagnoses where you have the documentation available or can get it really quickly. Be prepared and make sure that your senior leaders are aware of this audit program and what it could mean and that they’re prepared for these extrapolated liabilities. And I would also say if you are going to need support from consultants or outside counsel, get that lined up, I would say, even before the audit notices come because there’s going to be a bit of a scramble once everybody is going through this in fairly short order.

Sandy Durkin (23:12)

That’s great advice, not legal advice, great practical suggestions. And then I also, I think, you know, evergreen recommendation is if you haven’t dusted off your coding guidelines, your documentation practices in a while, now would be a really good time because those industry standards have been evolving rapidly and a lot more of your records are going to be about to be scrutinized by CMS.

Elizabeth Lippincott (23:42)

Yeah. And I have to say, okay, I’m going to get really Debbie Downer now. Sorry, this is not the most upbeat episode.

Sandy Durkin (23:50)

We forgot our positive focus. Maybe we can end with that.

Elizabeth Lippincott (23:52)

Oh no. I forgot my positive. Okay. So, but what this reminds me of policy wise is sort of the Medicaid cuts that are going to likely, impact a lot of rural hospitals and lead to more closures or recently temporarily closed hospitals. I live in North Carolina, so that’s a big factor here, are likely to remain closed, have no chance of reopening. And so it’s really going to affect access to care and people’s lives. And I don’t know if the kind of cause and effect analysis is being done carefully on some of these things. To me, this is another example of that. If you design this audit program, it’s super aggressive. It’s couched in terms of fraud, waste, and abuse. Or I see it more as a quality of documentation type exercise in many ways. These audits are going to be done. These bills are going to be sent out. And then what’s that going to mean for people’s choices for Medicare Advantage plans? Are we gonna see more consolidation? Are we gonna see a lot of small players dropping out of the market or, you know, shrinking their service areas? Are we gonna see some of the larger players reevaluating? We’re already seeing some of that, you know, exits from the market. So I’m really worried about what the end stage of this process is gonna look like. I hope it’s less severe than I fear that it is, but I just wonder, you know, what the MA marketplace is going to look like in two, three years after this all shakes out. That’s my Debbie Downer commentary. Yeah.

Sandy Durkin (25:48)

That is a good analogy. I think, yeah, without getting political, I think the unintended consequences and the administrative burden of all of these really intense government activities and requirements are, they are going to have an effect on access to care. And I’m also with you on, see what happens in a couple of years.

Elizabeth Lippincott (26:12)

Yeah, yeah, we’ll be here.

Sandy Durkin (26:16)

Do you have a positive focus for the week?

Elizabeth Lippincott (26:21)

No, I didn’t think of that. How about you, Sandy? Do you have positive focus?

Sandy Durkin (26:28)

On risk, yeah, I do actually. You know, they’re one of the things that has made risk adjustment such a fraught area for plans has been all of the gray area. CMS has not issued updated guidance for many years on actual coding practices. They have their RADV medical record review or guidance, but even that is at least five years out of date. So, silverlining, plans are going to be getting a lot of direct feedback from CMS on what kind of documentation is sufficient to support a diagnosis and a payment. And that kind of information will be very, very helpful to our clients that just want to do it right, right, that want to follow the rules and are risk averse. So I am hopeful that this increase in engagement from CMS will translate to some more predictability going forward, you know, and maybe that’s pie in the sky, but that’s what I hope.

Elizabeth Lippincott (27:51)

No, that’s valid. And then maybe if they’re seeing common themes, they will put out some updated coding guidance to clarify. Yeah, that would be a positive outcome. Thank you.

Sandy Durkin (28:03)

And maybe none of us will get collected.

Elizabeth Lippincott (28:07)

Maybe, maybe, we’ll see.

Sandy Durkin (28:10)

All right, well, thanks for being here and talking us through this announcement. At the very least, it’s all, nothing’s boring in Medicare Advantage.

Elizabeth Lippincott (28:17)

Yeah, thank you. Same.

Sandy Durkin (28:18)

At the very least, it’s all, nothing’s boring in Medicare Advantage.

Elizabeth Lippincott (28:23)

That is true. That is true. Good point.

Sandy Durkin (28:26)

All right, thank you. Bye.

Elizabeth Lippincott (28:27)

Thanks Sandy, bye.

August 28, 2025

Strategic Health Law

Sandy Durkin (00:11)

Hi Elizabeth, hi Charles.

Elizabeth Lippincott (00:13)

Hey, Sandy. You too.

Sandy Durkin (00:15)

So great to see you.

Charles Baker (00:17)

Hi Sandy, thanks for having me.

Sandy Durkin (00:19)

Absolutely. You know, for our listeners, we have Charles Baker from ATTAC Consulting with us here today. Charles is a distinguished leader in the healthcare industry, known for his strategic expertise in health plan compliance, you know, our favorite, and operational excellence. And it’s that operations piece that we’re hoping to get the benefit of your expertise on today. Charles is currently Vice President of Compliance Solutions at ATTAC Consulting, a firm that works with health plans and managed care organizations. I was looking at your bio and I saw that before you were at ATTAC, you were the Director of Health Plan Performance and a Medicare Compliance Officer at a health plan that achieved a five-star rating during your tenure, a big accomplishment. And I know that you have deep connections to the community in Michigan, which I am partial to. I have to say, I was first introduced to you at a conference shortly after University of Michigan won the national championship, and you peppered your whole presentation with references to this fact, which I perhaps alone really enjoyed. So thank you. Thank you for being here, Charles. We’re super excited to talk to you.

Charles Baker (01:44)

Yeah, thank you for having me. It was very exciting time to be a Michigan Wolverine.

Sandy Durkin (01:49)

Yes, we have our trying times and our exciting times. So I was hoping, I know I gave a little bit of your bio, but you know, this is a niche industry that we’re in. So if there’s anything about your background that you wanted to add, we’re really always interested in hearing how people come to this area of work, health plan compliance, government programs like Medicare Advantage, and things like that.

Charles Baker (02:13)

Yeah, yeah, great. Thanks again for having me Sandy and Elizabeth. Great to see both again. We spent a lot of time on the conference together. It’s nice that we can get together outside of that. Thank you for having me today.

Yeah, I like to lovingly say that I’m a recovering social worker by background, right? I spent the first 10 years of my career being a clinical social worker on an inpatient psych unit. And so within that environment, it really gave me a lens into how healthcare really operates and that synergy between the health system, the health insurance company, and then the community at large as well. And so my administration track really kind of blossomed from there and that I saw that there was real challenges on being able to meet the needs of clients when they would leave the hospital, right? And what are those systems of care within the community to help support those patients? And so that really got my interest in administration. And so I went down that track and kind of backed my way into this idea of being a Medicare compliance officer and being in the health industry space. I worked on the provider side and administrative capacities. And so I have a long experience within the and provider operations in the health system as well. But once I got into the health plan side I really saw the value that health plans could offer members by helping to coordinate that care. One of the things that I frequently say is that the health insurance and managed care organizations have the greatest opportunity to impact a member’s healthcare journey because they’re the ones that hold all of the data, right? They’re the ones that tie everything together between the primary care physician and the specialist and the community organization and resources that are available. And so from a population health lens, the health insurance managed care organizations have kind of like the best driver’s seat to support members within our communities. And so that’s kind of how I got into this. Former professor at the University of Detroit Mercy and population health and epidemiology through the nursing program. So this idea of population health is just really kind of what’s driven me and how I kind of support health plans today from a compliance and regulatory lens.

Sandy Durkin (04:37)

That’s a really interesting background and I love how your experience gives you such a focus on the patient, you know, the person that we’re all here to serve in this industry. So, what do you do at ATTAC? I know you’re you’re in compliance. I do know we’ve had a lot of chats about the many rule changes in Medicare Advantage. And I know that part of your job is to help plans implement those rules. But I’d love to just hear, like, what’s your day-to-day like? What are some of the projects that you work on at ATTAC?

Charles Baker (05:13)

Yeah. So again, my title is Vice President of Compliance Solutions. And that’s a little bit of a misnomer because I touch a lot of different aspects of the managed care industry, really focusing on those government oriented health care products. So your qualified health plans, your Medicare Advantage plans, your Medicaid plans. Right now, my interest is really into the DSNP products, right? So as we see the SNP products continue to grow throughout our industry, that’s kind of what I have fallen in love with and it’s what’s really piqued my interest as of late. But again, that title’s a little bit of a misnomer because what I really do on a day-to-day basis is look at the contractual and regulatory requirements, whether or not that’s your state administrative contract that you hold with the state as a Medicaid managed care organization or the regulatory requirements set forth by CMS from a Medicare Advantage perspective. I try to break those down into plain English for health plans and understand how to operationalize them and use those regulations and use those as guiding principles on how to operationalize and operate your health plan. A lot of this, as you know, because you sit in the regulatory space with me quite frequently, there’s a lot of nebulousness around these regulations. There are some black, there are some white, but there’s a lot of gray space in the middle there. And that’s kind of my job is to kind of help organizations understand that gray space and how to utilize it for the betterment of their population and for their business as well.

Elizabeth Lippincott (06:53)

Charles, we are really focused, as are a lot of our clients and friends right now on risk adjustment and risk adjustment data validation or RADV audits. And, as we’ve talked about, CMS has announced and is starting this massive expansion of RADV audits. We talked in our last episode about some of the nuts and bolts like the number of claims, the scope of the audits in quantitative terms, but sort of more holistically based on what you’re seeing and hearing, how is this generation of RADV audits different than what we’ve seen before?

Charles Baker (07:31)

Yeah, so like I kind led into right, there’s that gray space and that kind of nebulous nature of what’s happening right now. We’re all kind of drinking from the fire hose because this is very, very new for us. In previous years, CMS would do really targeted-based audits and a limited number of health plans were being selected on an annual basis. This year, starting for 2019, if you operate or hold an age contract, expect to be getting a RADV audit. So CMS has really ramped up the oversight. And I think it’s because it’s one of the remaining bipartisan things that congressional leaders can agree on right now, right? Protecting the Medicare trust fund and really understanding this idea of overpayments for managed care organizations to maintain the Medicare trust fund. Honestly, I think that that’s something that we should be doing, right? Making sure that the dollars that are allocated to our seniors are going to the right place for the right reason and that those dollars are being used for the betterment of a member’s healthcare to make sure that their needs are being met, right?

Right now, what we’re seeing within the industry again is this new widespread approach touching all health plans and that is creating an immense operational burden. CMS is coming in with a new targeting methodology targeting 35 members for those conditions that they expect, what is it they said, predicted to have the greatest reduction in their risk score as a result of a RADV audit, right? And so instead of kind of being this random sampling approach, CMS has now moved into this very targeted risk-based approach.

Elizabeth Lippincott (09:16)

Yeah, yeah. What is your view on how this is likely to impact Medicare Advantage plans financially, operationally, or all of the above?

Charles Baker (09:28)

Yeah, I think the financial ramifications are yet to be seen, but this is really where we’re going to see extrapolation occur. So they’re going to take these 35 members results and extrapolate it across an entire population of your membership, the results of that, right? And so that could be a very huge financial burden from an overpayment perspective. And I expect there to be lawsuits and I expect this to be a long road to sow, right? I don’t know that we’re gonna have the final results of the audit results anytime within the near future based on pending lawsuits that are likely to occur. But what I can say is that managed care organizations right now faced with a huge operational lift that is going to be financially impactful to them as an organization. Um, for each of these 35 members, they’re looking at anywhere between 160 and 200 charts per member to validate those HCCs right? And so just being a to pull those charts, to do some proactive oversight to get some insight into what those charts are looking at, like, and whats going to be validated on the front end prior to submission is really important, but it’s a very huge uplift in financially burdensome foreign organizations.

Elizabeth Lippincott (10:48)

What do you think plans should be doing now to get ready for audits?

Charles Baker (10:52)

Well, I mean, I think one of the things that I advocate most for is taking a really holistic look at your risk adjustment program from the ground up. I mean, really take a philosophical view of your risk adjustment program and say, how are we using risk adjustment for the betterment of our member population and what are we doing with those diagnoses once we have them, right? It’s one thing to have those HCC codes for the purposes of reimbursement. It’s another thing to incorporate those HCCs into quality initiatives and then really target them for quality improvement STAR’s purposes and just the overall betterment of health for members, right? So starting at the philosophical approach, looking at your organization’s strategy. In preparation for the audit specifically, I think plans really need to start ramping up their internal teams to be able to pull these charts or start working with a vendor very quickly to be able to onboard and operate and orient a vendor to be able to help them support that. So whether or not that’s, you know, doing the chart chasing and making sure that you have all the charts on hand and have a process for that or doing some mock validation, right? So looking at the OIGs risk of HCCs and then kind of targeting some of those charts to do some internal monitoring and auditing of those charts. And then looking at your risk assessment process for your organization, your ERM program, to make sure that there is a heavy emphasis on the risk adjustment program, and that’s included within your monitoring and auditing process.

Elizabeth Lippincott (12:34)

Can you just in case anybody isn’t familiar with it, what the acronym ERM, what are you referring to there?

Charles Baker (12:40)

Yeah, enterprise risk management. Yeah, so enterprise risk management. usually it’s a function within larger organizations that’s a standalone department, right? I always encourage your risk management to be incorporated within your compliance risk assessment as well because those two things should be tied hand-on-hand. You don’t want to look at it from just a financial perspective. You really want to tie in a lot of those regulatory requirements as well as a part of that ERM process.

Elizabeth Lippincott (13:08)

Especially with the nature of MA, we’ve been preaching that for decades actually. Like, you you can’t think of compliance as this other thing because it’s tied in through star ratings and otherwise, and really does affect your bottom line directly. So when you are assisting a health plan with an audit, sort of when do you get involved?

Charles Baker (13:29)

Yeah, so I mean we are, so we’re involved at all aspects of the audit, right? So before the audit has been, you’ve received your notice, right? We’ll come in and we’ll help you set up some audited monitoring process on the front end. We’ll look at your risk assessment process. We’ll make sure that you are reviewing 3% of all of your encounter data submitted to CMS. We’ll kind of help set up that process, right? So what does that audit and monitoring process look like? And how do you report that up to leadership and the board of directors? We’ll look at the delete process. The delete process is more important now than ever. Right? And so if you are able to validate those encounters and those HCCs prior to submission, you need to have a really robust delete process involved there. Kind of once the organization has been selected for the audit, we’ll sit alongside them, right? We’ll operate as a chart retrieval vendor. We have internal coding that we’ll do as well. And so once CMS has given a managed care organization their member target list, we’ll go in and we’ll help develop those chart chase list. And we’ll help organizations get optics into what the charts are looking like and then help them identify which two charts have the best substantiating evidence for those HCCs.

Now post audit, I mean, we haven’t gotten there quite yet, right? But, previously, when organizations have gone through RADVs, we’ll help on the back end. We’ll look at some of those findings. We’ll look at the process. And we’ll help them set up, again, kind of from a strategic perspective on how are they interfacing with their provider network. What is the education that they’re providing to their providers to ensure that the documentation that they have does meet muster with CMS? Are the charts coded appropriately? Is there substantiating documentation? If you’re doing HRA assessment, is there a subsequent encounter for those HCCs with a primary or specialist visit? Things of that nature.

Elizabeth Lippincott (15:35)

Yeah, and I have a question about the providers, because we were talking yesterday with a colleague who works with large provider organizations that accept risk. And one complaint that they are increasingly having is that the deletes are getting like maybe there’s an overcorrection. And so they’re submitting valid codes and then, but they happen to align with the OIG’s list of suspect codes and they’re getting just summarily deleted and that’s hurting their bottom line because they are taking care of those complex patients. So do you have any thoughts on that? Like is that pendulum swinging? Of course it’s hard to get it just right.

Charles Baker (16:14)

Yeah, well, I don’t think CMS is going to go through this process and find codes that you missed, right? So they’re not going to pay you back during their process for the codes that you may have missed during this RADV audit. It’s all those that you fail to document. This is one thing that I talk about a lot. I mean, the onus is really turning back to the providers and the documentation standards that provider organizations have. So a great deal of provider education to make sure that the providers that are in all organizations, not even just those that are risk-bearing, but all organizations are documenting in such a way that they can substantiate the codes that they’re submitting to managed care organizations for reimbursement. And then really looking at the contractual arrangements between the managed care organization and the provider health system. You know, when I was sitting in the seat of a managed care organization, shockingly, but not so unshockingly, some of those provider contracts haven’t been dusted off in a number of years, right?

Elizabeth Lippincott (17:18)

No. Yeah, no. And yeah, and don’t have all the things you need in them if you’re doing risk based in this environment. Yeah, absolutely.

Charles Baker (17:25)

Yeah, and so that’s really where you want to develop that relationship with the provider network management team of the managed care organizations and talk about this from a strategic perspective. Is the managed care organization giving you insight in the data that you need to be, you know, a really high performing organization. If the managed care organization doesn’t have the ability to be sophisticated in the data that they’re giving back to you for, you know, perspective coding, right? So that year over year prospective, persistency rating year over year. If you’re not getting that information and everything’s new to you and what you’re supposed to be capturing, you could take a hit there. If the HCCs that you’re documenting don’t have lab work, and specialist visits and all these other things that would traditionally be associated with that HCC, you know, that’s an area of opportunity where the health plan and the provider organization can come together to develop training to talk about this as a holistic approach and how we’re making sure that those codes don’t get deleted, right? I mean, everybody wants providers to be paid for helping populations. That’s the entire purpose of this program.

Elizabeth Lippincott (18:38)

Right, right. I mean, these contracts, a lot of them were developed. It was, you the first time they’d done anything like this. And so they didn’t know what the issues were going to be. So we are seeing, I think people are so overwhelmed right now, the idea of like updating and amending and restating contracts is just kind of too much to think about. But yeah, once people can take a breath, a lot of those really do need some updates thoughtfully done with lawyers that understand the environment and the issues. Yeah, totally agree. Coming out of these, I mean, this is sort of a crystal ball question, but do you anticipate challenges to the audit findings?

Charles Baker (19:19)

Yes, 100%. I mean, I’m surprised that you haven’t seen more of them already. I mean, if you look at the new cycle, anytime anything happens within the risk adjustment space, the major industry organizations and the largest health plans in the country kind of join together to start legislation and challenge the methodology for CMS, whether or not it’s the targeting methodology or the extrapolation methodology, and so that’s kind of the caveat that I led into earlier in the segment is that I don’t know how quickly we are going to see CMS collect any of this, right? Because I think as soon as it gets released or the first large organization gets a result from this audit that says you owe us $1 billion, do you think that the large healthcare organizations that we have in this country aren’t going to sue? Of course they’re going to sue.

Elizabeth Lippincott (20:14)

Yeah, right. Yeah, yeah. No, and I think, you know, for smaller ones, it could put people out of business.

Charles Baker (20:19)

Yeah, I mean, think about your nonprofit provider sponsored health plans, right? I mean, a lot of those have traditionally relied on very skinny profit margins on the health plan side for reinvestment in technology needs. And so if they get a seven or eight figure fine. I mean, that’s five to 10 years worth of margin for them.

Sandy Durkin (20:45)

These are really valuable insights. We’ve been concerned about that financial impact for plans that have just been accustomed to carrying the risk under the program in a different way and on different timelines. This is a really dramatic change in how oversight of risk adjustment has been done. And I’m right there with you. I’m waiting for those lawsuits to drop any day now.

And I have to just add for our listeners who can’t see us, you know, Elizabeth and I have been nodding along to everything you’ve been saying, Charles, especially when you talk about looking at risk adjustment from the ground up, right? Looking at the philosophy of your risk adjustment program, revisiting those contracts. I know that’s very challenging in this environment when companies have so much to do and are really drinking from a fire hose of new requirements. But it’s not just about getting through the next RAD-V audit. It’s about mitigating risk of a False Claims Act lawsuit, not ending up in the headlines of a Wall Street Journal article, et cetera. So just really appreciate the holistic view that you’re bringing to this issue. And on that note, one struggle that we have in this industry is, you know, we’ve talked about how coding accuracy is really critical to plan performance. If you’re over coding, you’ve got legal liability, you’ve got these repayment obligations to CMS. If you’re under coding, you don’t have resources to treat members. But at the same time, really common practices have come under scrutiny, right? Things like retrospective chart review, chart chases, provider queries. I think in an ideal world, you want the plan and the provider to be communicating really proactively about what conditions does a member have and how are they being treated. But this is something that’s been called out in a number of lawsuits as a red flag. I know that some physicians feel like there’s pressure from the health plan to add diagnoses that weren’t really treated. So just given this really high pressure enforcement environment and all of the scrutiny, do you have any insights from your time as a compliance officer as to how, what MA plans can do to design a risk adjustment program that sort of balances those compliance and those performance obligations.

Charles Baker (23:29)

Yeah, I mean, think about the inception of the risk adjustment program. And when we started to move in this quality payment direction 10 years ago, right, 10, 15 years ago now, we really wanted to move the needle, right? We, congressional leadership and population health experts really came out and said, we in America need to do health care differently. We spend the most per capita out of any nation on the planet and our outcomes are aren’t substantially different than other parts of the world, right? And why is that? And how can we do better?

Well, we can do better by incentivizing providers and health plans to take better care of and be more proactive in the care for members. And so how are we going to do that? Well, we’re going to, we’re going to incent them financially, whether it’s quality bonus payments or risk adjustment methodology, we’re going to now reimburse you to, you know, really take care of the sicker population so that we can employ population health initiatives that will hopefully drive members to the right point of care, right? Allow for proactive treatment of chronic conditions before they become burdensome and financially burdensome to both the members and the provider and the managed care organization themselves. And so that was really kind of the way that in which all of this came to be, right? We want to take that, take that and give you dollars for taking care of the sickest people in your population. Well, how are we going to do that? We’re going to identify who those people are. We’re going to identify what their chronic conditions are. We’re going to look at what their HCCs are. And we’re going to pay you more to take care of those things.

And so what I had always what I had always advocated and I worked very closely with our risk adjustment team using kind of this philosophical orientation and I said what are we as a health plan doing with this information? Right, I mean it’s very simple question. We have we do an in-home health risk assessment, we do an in-home HRA assessment, we have found out that Betty Jo Bieloski has congestive heart failure, what are we now going to do with that information? And so if there isn’t a feedback loop to take that information and now enroll Betty Jo Bieloski into some sort of population health initiative and communicate with Betty’s primary care physician, and we’re not going to now manage that congestive heart failure, then why are we doing this, right? If we’re only doing a risk adjustment program for the purposes of financial reimbursement, we’re going out and we’re chasing codes, we’re going out and we’re chasing charts to be able to up code based on things that we saw retroactively, then is that really meeting the kind of what the program was designed to do? And so really I always start there. That’s the building block, right? And then you go up from there. So like when you’re looking at those provider-based contracts and when you’re looking at partnering between the managed care organization and the provider, there needs to be, in those full risk contracts, there needs to be some give and take, right? So if Betty Jo has congestive heart failure provider, I’m telling you that they have this and we’re going to need you to manage them better based on the dollars that you have associated with that, right? Whether or not that’s increased monitoring, looking at the medications, you know, how are you going to now manage Betty’s care better?

And so then this is where compliance and risk adjustment can interface, right? So compliance, what is your oversight of the risk adjustment program? Like are you seeing those codes being passed over to the providers? Are you making sure that the HCCs that are being reported back from the providers, are they being substantiated through the medical documentation and coding for some risk mitigation purposes, right? So you really want to limit your exposure and adhere to the philosophical nature of the program as a whole.

Elizabeth Lippincott (27:35)

Yeah, totally agree, totally agree. Do you have any thoughts? So CMS has emphasized it’s gonna be using a lot of new technology to facilitate these, not just a lot more staff, which it is augmenting, but a lot of new technology, presumably AI. Do you know much about that or what that’s like? How, if at all, it’s yielding different results or different experience for the plans being audited this go-round.

Charles Baker (28:06)

Yeah, I mean, CMS has really kept a tight lid on their methodology, their targeting methodology, how they’re applying, the criteria and what they’re looking at. The thing that is really funny to me, and we talk about AI and we talk about the use of AI within these things, for Medicare Advantage plans, and you’ve seen this through the program audits this year, this year specifically, CMS is really targeting the use of AI, right, and AI making decisions. And to turn around and say, oh, we’re going to use AI to augment a lot of our capabilities, I come on, right? Like, I understand that we want to be, I understand that we want to be accurate and specific and, you know, sophisticated in our data methodology and the way in which we do this. like, what’s good for the goose is good for the gander, right? And so if it’s good enough for you to use, then we should be able to use it as well.

Elizabeth Lippincott (29:03)

Yeah, yeah, no, it’s an interesting dynamic. But my sense is it would be very hard for them to do the work on their end for the volume of audits that they’re proposing to do if they were not relying on AI.

Charles Baker (29:19)

I mean, it’s impressive, right? I mean, the initial announcement came out to say that they were going to hire 2,000 coders. Where are these coders coming from?

Elizabeth Lippincott (29:27)

I don’t know. I don’t know. Yeah.

Charles Baker (29:30)

Right? I mean, we have an internal coding shop right now, and we’re actively looking for coders. And organizations are struggling to find coding professionals that have the level of knowledge and expertise around the Medicare program to be able to look at these charts and really do an accurate and good job. And so where is CMS coming from them? I read an article the other day that was like, that talked about this, like, with these new RADV assessments and the pressure on retrospective coding, what will it do for the coding industry in India? Right, because a lot of those coding shops right now are offshore.

Elizabeth Lippincott (30:10)

that’s interesting. Yeah.

Charles Baker (30:12)

Right, and so if you then look at how, if we’re not using those offshore resources, what happens to that industry as a whole? I mean, think of India, Indonesia, some of those other offshore countries that have literally built billion dollar industries on employing offshore coding resources, I mean, I said offshore… but you know, employing those populations as coders. What impact is it going to have on them? Is CMS now using offshore resources?

Elizabeth Lippincott (30:44)

Yeah, good question. Good question. I don’t know either. I’m curious now. It piqued my curiosity. Yeah.

Charles Baker (30:47)

I don’t know. I mean, there’s always been a hesitation from a high tech and a high trust perspective. We’ve always been encouraged to keep your data on shore, right? It’s the safest way to do it.

Elizabeth Lippincott (31:02)

Yeah, Preferable, not required. Although some Medicaid plans flat out prohibit offshore. We did a, like, we searched 35 states for a client and a number of them blankly prohibited it. But yeah, Medicare doesn’t, so.

Charles Baker (31:16)

Yeah. And so where are those coders coming from and what does it do for that entire retrospective and, you know, even the prospective coding industry at large? I mean, the reason why many organizations go offshore for the resources is you can get the same value and they have the resources. We’re not going offshore because we have coders sitting around doing nothing. We have a coding shortage here and it is cheaper to do it offshore.

Elizabeth Lippincott (31:47)

That would be an interesting FOIA request to find out, are you using offshore coders? Tell us about it.

Charles Baker (31:54)

That’s interesting. Now I’m interested.

Elizabeth Lippincott (31:59)

I don’t think we’d hear back very quickly based on my personal experience.

Charles Baker (32:05)

Correct. I don’t think so either.

Elizabeth Lippincott (32:09)

Yeah, yeah, so interesting. Kind of switching gears a little bit. We wanted to talk about proposed legislation about MA billing practices if you’re game. So, you know, what can you tell us about the No Upcode Act?

Charles Baker (32:27)

Yeah, so the no up code act, it was a bill proposed back in March and a Republican led the way and had a Democrat legislator sign on as well. It was first read aloud in committee and is now kind of circling through the congressional halls, right? And I think you have a number of industry experts and other committee members kind of looking at what the No Upcode Act would look like. And so the No Upcode Act is really trying to ensure that the codes being submitted for risk adjustment purposes meet the philosophical nature of the program. So no use of HCCs from an HRA assessment at all. The way that the bill sits right now is it specifically calls out no in-home HRA assessment coding whatsoever.

Elizabeth Lippincott (33:25)

It’s really interesting, Charles, just sort of, so it’s a Republican sponsored bill that goes beyond the CMS regulations that have evolved over multiple administrations. So that’s just an interesting tidbit.

Charles Baker (33:37)

It is. One of the things, something I say very frequently is that the one thing that Republicans do a really good job of in this space specifically is price transparency and financial fiduciary responsibility for the program to protect the Medicare trust fund is the ultimate goal. And so there’s a really high interest from the Republican legislature on doing those two things, Consumer protection and pricing transparency and protecting the Medicare trust fund for financial responsibility, right? And this kind of overlaps a lot of what the Democrat leadership wants as well. They want to hold big businesses accountable and make sure that the government isn’t overpaying big business, right? And so if you see my LinkedIn post, I frequently say that risk adjustment is the only thing that’s going to keep us from an all-on partisan stall fest because there is so much interest from both sides.

Elizabeth Lippincott (34:39)

Yeah, for better or worse.

Charles Baker (34:41)

For better or worse.

Sandy (38:01.095)

So as somebody who’s been following the politics on MA for a number of years, you I’ve had to learn to tune out because there’s so much that doesn’t ever make it past a bill, the bill stage. But your comments on this particular issue and the bipartisan support are part of what clued me in to the fact that we should be paying attention to this no-upcode act or whatever form it takes. Do you anticipate changes to the ultimate legislation in terms of in-home HRAs and chart reviews, some of those specific practices, or do you think that some industry really needs to prepare to go away?

Charles Baker (35:30)

That is a tough question. I think there is enough lobbying happening from industry organizations that I would be hard pressed to say that HRAs are going to go away. So, like I was talking about the offshore coding industry and the impact that these audits would have on the offshore coding industry. What impact is this going to have on the in-home HRA business. I there are several very large multi-million dollar organizations that have been built specifically around the initial, these in-home HRA assessments. And so they’re not gonna go quietly into the night, right? And getting this is their business, right? And they’re not just gonna close up shop and go bankrupt. I mean, they’re gonna employ lobbyists and lawyers and bring everybody to the forefront.

Elizabeth Lippincott (36:26)

Like the sales brokers have successfully litigated, now we know, against a regulation that would have hurt their bottom line.

Charles Baker (36:34)

Right, and that’s exactly right, right? There was just a ruling last week or earlier this week that the Texas court came down and said, no, the $100 administrative cap is, that’s out, sorry, can’t do that. Right, and so think you’ll see something similar. And so I think what’s happening right now behind closed doors and through those congressional hallways is that I think there’s a lot of discussion around what those in-home HRA assessments look like and, unpopular opinion here, if we’re an industry guy that’s trying to help organizations make money and do well in the do well in the industry but and if you’re doing those in-home HRA assessments and getting those diagnosis and they just sit on a shelf I don’t think you should get paid for it like I mean I’m point-blank

Elizabeth Lippincott (37:20)

Yeah, no, if there’s no more care. I mean, it’s actually really not a good look. And we’ve been saying that for many years. Like, if you know somebody has a serious enough condition to be risk adjustable, they need to be getting care for that. Yeah, and if they’re not, that’s really a problem.

Charles Baker (37:41)

Yeah, I mean, think about diabetes, right? I mean, it’s as simple as a diabetic care. And so if you do these in-home HRA assessments, most, if not all, health plans have a very sophisticated diabetic management program within their organizations. And so if you do an in-home HRA assessment and it shows that this person’s got diabetes and they aren’t enrolled into your diabetic management program, then, what was the In-Home HRA Assessment for?

Elizabeth Lippincott (38:11)

Right, unless they say no, I don’t want to, leave me alone. You know, and you have that documented. You tried, exactly. Yeah, absolutely, yeah.

Charles Baker (38:17)

Right. Right, but you tried, right? Like you put forth the effort, you saw the communication that went from, hey, we captured this, we identified it, we’re actually doing something about it. And so kind of if I’m reading the tea leaves a little bit, I think what ultimately will happen if anything is that what you’ll see is the HRA diagnoses that are captured will only be valid if there’s a subsequent claims encounter, right? So if that code is validated by a physician or a specialist or by additional testing and blood work or pharmacy related claims, I think that that will remain in, but I think that this idea of just sitting it on the shelf, I don’t think that that’s gonna fly anymore. So you asked earlier what health plans can do to prepare. I would have a really good persistency program that identifies these codes through your in-home health assessments and make sure that when you’re running reports for those provider organizations that these members and those diagnoses are on those lists.

Elizabeth Lippincott (39:22)

Yeah, and maybe some of those folks, and I’ve seen plans address this, maybe they need somebody coming to their home. Maybe they’re not getting to the doctor, you know, in a traditional office setting and they need that level of support.

Charles Baker (39:35)

I mean, and it is a great population health initiative. I had this dream a long time ago that I wanted to have ambulances. I wanted to get 100 ambulances and we were going to start doing home visits again. Right? You think about the rural population, you think about the urban population that doesn’t have access to transportation to get places, to get their medications, to get their primary care visits. Like, okay, let’s get back to doing house calls. And I think some other organizations have started to do that with buses and vans and all kinds of different stuff. But this is a great model for, again, population health. I sound like a population health person because I am. You should really have a huge benefit on members’ lives by bringing the care to them.

Elizabeth Lippincott (40:25)

Absolutely. So is there anything that you would like to see from Congress or CMS through regulation or policy going forward on risk adjustment programs and proper coding practices? You mentioned the HRA needs a diagnosis captured in a home assessment needs to be validated by something else within a reasonable amount of time, but anything else?

Charles Baker (40:50)

Yeah, I mean, I think the direction that I would like us all as an industry to go through is that this shouldn’t just be a moral obligation, right? Like you shouldn’t just have the moral police to say these things out loud in a boardroom in which this opinion will be very unpopular, right? Through legislation, we need to have accountability back to the origins of the program. Right? There’s bad actors everywhere, but there’s a lot of really good actors out there that are doing it for the right reason, that have programs that are specifically designed for quality and the treatment of members. And so really what I want to see is legislation match up with the original purpose of the program in order to create accountability for those that have chosen to make that an unpopular opinion in the board.

Elizabeth Lippincott (41:55)

Yeah, thank you for sharing that. That’s a helpful perspective. I, because I have worked in this managed care industry for so long, it’s striking to me how different the public perception is from what I see a lot of times, including from, you know, colleagues like yourself, that there really are people who care about a lot more than the bottom line. Although, of course, you have to make money to stay in business. But, yeah, absolutely.

Charles Baker (41:23)

Yeah. I mean, the optics are terrible right now. I mean, and it’s sad. I mean, you get the one bad actor and then it’s applied across, you know, all organizations. And even those organizations that have been called out as bad actors, the people in that organization are still trying to do the right thing. I mean, we all got into healthcare for altruistic reasons. I didn’t become a social worker to say, I’m going to make millions of dollars helping people.

Elizabeth Lippincott (42:48)

No, clearly not. Yeah.

Charles Baker (42: 51)

That’s a silly comment, right? Clearly. I got into this because I want to have an impact on the world around me and have a positive impact on the healthcare our society needs.

Elizabeth Lippincott (43:01)

Yeah, and that’s pretty typical of, I would say most of the people we interface with at health plans.

Charles Baker (43:08)

100%. We’re all trying to do the right thing, right? And sometimes doing the right thing can be challenging when you’re facing bottom lines and pressures from external sources. But by and large, 99.99% of the people that work in this industry are trying to do the right thing for the right reason, and that’s to make sure that members get the healthcare that they deserve.

Elizabeth Lippincott (43:32)

You know, this is a little bit of a tangent, but it helped me to, when I started this law firm, I really grasped that mixed motives don’t taint the whole thing. Like, of course I want to make money because this is what I do and it’s a business, but I also really care about my clients. And you know, so then that sort of, like, oh, maybe that’s true of other companies, even really big ones. We have this really binary, yeah, it’s strange. It contaminates your whole thing if one of your major motivations is to earn money.

Charles Baker (44:14)

Yeah, I mean, that’s I think that that’s kind of the world that we live in. We’ve moved into this either/or perspective and it’s not helpful. Right. There’s a both. There’s a both/and.

Elizabeth Lippincott (44:25)

No, that’s not helpful. No, not helpful at all. No. Yeah, absolutely.

So, we’ve talked a lot about risk adjustment, but that’s not the only thing that Medicare Advantage plans have to think about or worry about right now. What are some other issues that you think the industry needs to be focused on?

Charles Baker (44:43)

Prior authorizations, right? Let’s think of utilization management and prior authorization. There was a consortium of health plans that recently agreed with CMS or signed on to start to reduce the burden of prior authorizations to their members and really put the healthcare decisions back into the providers’ hands. I think this is really good. I think this is really good for the industry. I think it is good for us holistically for health insurance companies to be kind of out of the clinical decision-making phase and empowering physicians to do the right thing. Now, the challenge with that is ensuring that we’re managing care. We’re managed care organizations and we need to be managing the care. And really that means making sure that people are accessing care at the right time, at the right place at the right service and whatnot. So organizations are really going to have to double down on the interface between the provider and the managed care organization and what that looks like can be any number of things, right? Full risk sharing agreements and other contractual agreements that providers and managed care organizations can come into, but it’s really this interdisciplinary approach, right, that the health plan has really good visibility and top. Holistically, what the member is going through, while some of the providers may only have screenshots, right, screenshots of different aspects of the member’s care. How do you bring that all together? Right? How do you now empower physicians to have that holistic look as well? Now I talked earlier about the tools and offshore resourcing that CMS is potentially using. I’m not sure if they are. I mean, it’s behind closed doors or not. Think about this WISER model, W-I-S-E-R, is a new pilot program that CMS is initiating to explore using prior authorizations in fee-for-service. So now CMS is saying we can apply it, we’re going to test out applying prior authorizations in fee-for-service, but Medicare managed plans, we want you to start decreasing the amount of prior authorizations. And so how do you marry those two things together? How do you now manage a member’s care without utilization management techniques and prior authorization requirements?

Elizabeth Lippincott (47:17)

And manage costs as well.

Charles Baker (47:19)

And manage cost and meet your margin and you know no margin no mission, no mission no margin, but no margin no mission.

Elizabeth Lippincott (47:28)

Yeah, yeah, good point. Well, we like to conclude our podcast with some deep thoughts, deep questions. So looking back, what’s something that you know now that you wish you knew when you started your career?

Charles Baker (47:45)

I’m going to tell you a funny story. So I started my MHA program and I was still a social worker. And I was this socialist. I was social worker, die hard, Medicare for all, universal health care. This is going to be great. That’s kind of how I got into this. So I walked into this MHA program and my first professor on my first day was a very high level member of very prominent health insurance organization. He asked the question, how much money do you think that X company makes on an annual basis? And I raised my hand and I said, tens of billions of dollars, right? No, and we had this long discussion over, you know, having margin, right? And what that looked like and carrying three to six percent profit margin and how they reinvest that into organizations. And as I’ve learned throughout my career, working within provider organizations, working in the health insurance industry, it’s like, wow, I was naive, right? Like I just didn’t understand how…

You know, I lived in this world that was very altruistic and everybody is going to do the right thing because it’s what they should be doing. And to be perfectly frank with you, that’s not the way the world works.

Elizabeth Lippincott (49:13)

No, it’s that, yeah, and it’s like an old western where people are wearing black hats or white hats and that is just not reality.

Charles Baker (49:18)

It is not, it is not. And so I think talking back to the 20 year old Charlie Baker, I think I would tell him to be a little bit more open-minded around, you know, how we influence the care of members and what does establishing sustainable systems of care in communities look like. And I honestly, truly wholeheartedly believe that managed care organizations are in the driver’s seat to creating these systems of care.

Elizabeth Lippincott (49:49)

Thank you so much, Charles, for joining us and sharing your insights. This has been fun, and it’s been informative, and I really appreciate your perspective.

Charles Baker (50:00)

Great, thanks for having me. It’s always good to get together with you guys.

September 26, 2025

Strategic Health Law

Sandy Durkin (00:22)

Hi Elizabeth.

Elizabeth Lippincott (00:23)

Hey Sandy.

Sandy Durkin (00:24)

Hi Everybody.  Welcome back to Health Law Simplified, where we break down complex healthcare regulations into actionable insights for you.

So, I got out and I had lunch with a colleague in the industry today and, you know, as somebody who works from home, it was just very invigorating to get out and get face to face with another lawyer and commiserate about some of the day-to-day things that are coming across our plates right now.

Elizabeth Lippincott (00:53)

That’s awesome. I have one too. I had a great call today with a colleague I’ve known probably for 15 plus years. And she had experience as a business person winding down a Medicare Advantage plan. And I had reached out to her messaging, but then I didn’t call her till today and I left her a message this morning saying, I’m recording this podcast this afternoon. I’m curious about your experience. And she called me back. And we had a lovely call and I got some really good insights on kind of the human side and some of the things you wouldn’t think of, especially as a lawyer having to do with winding down an MA plan. So I’ll get to that kind of towards the end of our discussion, because it was really, really valuable.

Sandy Durkin (01:35)

That’s such fortuitous timing. I’m so glad that you were able to talk.

Elizabeth Lippincott (01:40)

Well, I procrastinated and somebody came through for me. That’s what happened, but still it was lovely.

Sandy Durkin (01:44)

And that reminds me, I have heard, you know, for folks that are looking to increase their networking or their conversations with colleagues, that Friday afternoons are actually a really nice time to call people because there, people are just looking towards the weekend, they’re more inclined to pick up the phone, have a little time to have a conversation. Yeah.

Elizabeth Lippincott (02:06)

That’s a good tip. Yeah, that’s a good tip. Yeah, so we are recording this on a Friday.

Sandy Durkin (02:09)

Yeah, that’s true. Yeah, I forget people don’t know that. So, you know, as you mentioned today, we’re going to be talking about an issue that is making headlines in healthcare yet another one. And this one is a wave of exits from the Medicare Advantage market. Over the last year or so, a number of major insurers have announced either partial or full withdrawals from different Medicare Advantage markets across the country. We’re going to talk about a few of them. Just wanted to note this is all publicly available information. You can find articles online. So some of the ones that have made headlines are the national insurers, Humana, Aetna and United. They’re all withdrawing from select markets. As such large companies, these are some of the largest disruptions. Another large company is Elevance Health, formerly known as Anthem. They are planning to exit certain markets and counties as well as the standalone Part D prescription drug market in 2026. And then CENTINE, also known as WellCare, shut down not its entire MA business, but its business in six states, including Massachusetts and New Mexico. And it’s not just the national carriers that are reducing their footprint. There are a number of other more regional plans.

Moda Health has discontinued all of its individual Medicare Advantage plans in Oregon. Premera Blue Cross, and Blue Cross Blue Shield of Kansas City exited the market at the end of last year. Blue Cross Blue Shield of Arizona has decided to leave the standalone prescription drug market in Arizona. And YouCare, which is a health insurer based in Minnesota, my understanding a relatively large insurer in that state is going to fully exit Medicare Advantage beginning next year. That’s going to affect a number of members across Minnesota and Western Wisconsin. So I just wanted to get your thoughts, Elizabeth. You know, we’ve talked about all of the change in the industry, but do you have any insight into what is driving all of these departures from the market?

Elizabeth Lippincott (04:25)

Yeah, I do. First of all, this is an unprecedented wave in my experience of departures. There have been some. I’ve definitely seen varying degrees of enthusiasm for new plans entering the market. But this does seem like a tipping point in terms of organizations either trimming some of their products in markets where things aren’t going well for them business-wise. And that’s an assumption and based on the articles that I’ve read, that’s not sharing any confidential information. But I think cost is one of the major drivers we’re seeing across lines of business in the health plan space, really sharply rising medical costs that are hurting these plans in terms of their Medicare Advantage business being profitable, period, and then if so, profitable enough to make it worth all of that operational energy and attention. Pressure on reimbursement rates, certainly, especially for the standalone Part D plan exits, but then also this does affect the finances of Medicare Advantage prescription drug plans as a whole, the increased liability on the plans for drug costs in part D coming out of the Inflation Reduction Act at the same time that drug costs across the board are going up. I think that has put financial pressure. And then just difficult, difficult enforcement environment might be driving some of this. Now, a lot of these decisions were made before the RADV audits, this latest round that we’ve discussed in some detail, but it is a scary enforcement environment. And we’ll talk more about that. This doesn’t mean these plans won’t be subject to those audits, but it is a bit of daunting environment to look out into the future and think, well, it’s tough to make money at all. And then you’re gonna have these retrospective audits that might result in you being sent a huge bill for previous years where you thought you had closed the books. Medicare Advantage is still popular. It’s still over 50 % of the Medicare beneficiaries source of coverage, but it’s a tough, a challenging time for businesses in this market.

So we’re also seeing, and this has been happening for a few years now, a growing number of insurers that sort of short of exiting the market or non-renewing certain contracts, they are electing not to pay broker commissions for new enrollments in certain plans. We’ve seen that with a number of national and large regional plans. So that is a way they try to, in less profitable or not profitable plans, try to stem the growth of enrollments. It’s certainly unpopular in the broker community, but that’s what’s going on there. They’re like, we’re gonna try, I presume they’re thinking we’re gonna try to turn the finances around in these plans. We wanna hang on to them, but we don’t wanna see growth this year.

Sandy Durkin (07:39)

Yeah, I had heard that as well. And, you know, that raises some questions in my mind as to, how are enrollees going to get the information that they need for decision making if brokers aren’t being compensated for enrollment in certain plans. But, you know, at the same time, we’re certainly glad that there will still be those options available.

Elizabeth Lippincott (08:00)

It’s interesting too conceptually because the premiums that CMS has set since, you know, for 15 plus years, they set a cap on agent premiums, but there’s no requirement that premiums be paid or that they be paid uniformly. And it’s interesting because in all the controversy around broker compensation, the emphasis from the government was on we want objective information. We want agents and brokers to be making recommendations based on what’s right for this member, what package is right for them, what plan. And so it’s interesting if plans are using, you know, eliminating commissions to steer people away from plans, if the government will ever have something to say about that. They haven’t so far. But it’s a question because clearly they’re trying to use in the reverse, financial disincentives to steer people away from certain plans. So, we shall see.

Sandy Durkin (08:56)

That is very interesting. Another bit of news I saw that’s related to this shift away from Medicare Advantage is that a number of health systems have stopped accepting MA plans altogether and citing concerns about prior authorization denial rates and slow payments from insurers. And I did see some reporting just this week suggesting that higher numbers of Medicare Advantage patients doesn’t actually negatively impact a hospital system’s bottom line, but certainly, you know, the impression is out there and tides are turning away from Medicare Advantage after many years of nothing but enthusiasm about the product.

Elizabeth Lippincott (09:40)

Yeah, yeah. Definitely a tighter reimbursement environment than it was six years ago.

Sandy Durkin (09:47)

So we, no surprise, have been getting a number of questions from plans and their partners about what to do in this environment. As you mentioned, we’ve helped stand up MA plans. We’ve seen plans leave the market. We have seen them come back again. This isn’t the first time we’ve gotten questions about what are the regulatory requirements for non-renewal. But there are definitely, we’re cognizant of the fact that more people are gonna be thinking about it right now. So we just wanted to talk about what are some of the things that companies should be thinking about when they’re thinking about leaving Medicare Advantage? So what do you think in terms of big picture issues that companies should be thinking about when they first come to this question?

Elizabeth Lippincott (10:35)

Yeah, definitely. One of the biggest ones is the two-year contracting ban under the Medicare Advantage regulations. So after a plan non-renews voluntarily, just for background, the way this works is rather than submitting a bid, around the time the bids are due, you submit a notice of intent not to renew, and that starts the unwinding process for the CMS contract. So the regulations say that CMS may deny that same contracting organization’s application for a new contract or a service area or product expansion for two years following non-renewal unless there are special circumstances that justify an exception to that rule.

This means that if you say you have an HMO and a PPO contract under the same entity, you choose to non-renew the PPO contract, but you want to keep the HMO contract. For two years, you won’t be able to expand that HMO contract into other service areas, and you won’t be able to get new contracts under that entity. Generally speaking, that only applies to the organization, the entity holding the CMS contract that was non-renewed. So if the parent organization or a sister affiliate, sister corporation has another contract, it would not be barred from expanding or from starting a new contract. There is a provision about companies, an exception to that, that’s companies with overlapping covered persons, so owners, board members, individuals with significant financial interests and organizations that share those individuals may be prohibited from contracting under a different entity during the two-year period. And one of the rationales for that bar about covered persons is that they don’t want the same people who either got terminated or chose to non-renew to just be able to start up another plan and maybe try to undo a bad star rating or for whatever reason just start up again under a different contract. So companies need to keep this in mind and think about this is a relatively long-term decision in terms of when the applications would go in for future contracts and they need to be thinking about any other contracts that they have under that same entity and about that covered person rule.

Another thing to think about is timing. There are strict notifications requirements as far as, you know, the written notice to CMS. I have heard of plans that had submitted a bid later deciding to exit. That’s a lot messier. It’s a decision that ideally will have been made before bids are due so that you can submit that written notice by the first Monday in June of the year that the contract would be ending on December 31st. And then there are notice requirements for enrollees. CMS is going to be very interested in how you communicate with them and when they get notice at least 90 days before the effective date of the non-renewal and need to get information about other coverage options. And CMS, we’ve seen in practice sometimes prohibits public announcements of the non-renewal until a certain time. They’re gonna be very interested in all of that and how things are communicated to your providers, et cetera. And I found that surprising that they wouldn’t let you announce it earlier, but evidently that’s fairly standard in practice right now. So, Sandy, in terms of other requirements for MA plans that are non-renewal, what else should companies that are thinking about this as a possible option, what should they be thinking about?

Sandy Durkin (14:32)

Yeah, that’s a great question. You know, we find that sometimes the business people think you can just get out of Medicare Advantage, you know, wash your hands of it, come back maybe in two years, two or three years if you want to. Unfortunately, with MA there are a lot of responsibilities involved with winding down the contract. And those are going to require resources long after the contract with CMS is over. So, you give your notice to CMS, say six months out, you give your notice to enrollees, 90 days out, and then the contract ends at the end of the year. Well, there are still gonna be work to do. There are some regulations that mandate continuation of coverage for care for enrollees that happen to be hospitalized at the end of the year, you can’t just stop paying because the contract is over. And there are situations where the Medicare Advantage plan is going to need to cover certain costs for those members that are still in the hospital after the last day of the contract. You have to think about appeals. The MA plan is going to have to continue processing appeals for services that were provided before the contract ended. And if the plan decides the appeal or if the appeal is decided in favor of the member, it doesn’t matter that the contract is over. The plan is still gonna need to go back and pay that claim or make provisions to provide the coverage. Another big one is records maintenance. There is a regulatory requirement that MA plans maintain all of their books and records and all of their documentation related to the operation of the MA plan for a full 10 years after the contract terminates. And this applies to documentation that may be in the possession of downstream vendors and contractors. So, you know, we always make sure that that is in the contracts with those types of entities, but when you are actually in the situation of winding down a plan, you need to think about how you’re going to operationalize that and make provisions for resources, whether they are inside the organization or whether you’re going to contract with an outside vendor and make sure that that data gets maintained.

Elizabeth Lippincott (17:02)

Yeah, and for all of your vendors too. Think about, are you gonna rely on them to keep their records? Which you might with some, but if it was a vendor doing utilization management, you might not want to have to rely on them. And you know, as we talk about this, if there is going to be a continuing trend of MA plans leaving the market, this is really a business opportunity for a vendor that wants to be sort of a one-stop shop for a seamless transition. Because they could say, you know, here’s our list of offerings. We do run out, we do customer service, we’ll handle appeals and grievances after a certain date, you know, as long as it’s necessary, we’ll support you in audits, which I know we’re going to be talking about, and kind of be familiar with the requirements around that. I wonder if that’s going to become kind of a sad, a depressing cottage industry, not for the plans that are just closing down one contract or even plans that have other insurance lines of business. But if people are really wanting to wind down, they would benefit from having a trusted vendor that could handle that post non-renewal work.

Sandy Durkin (18:13)

I would love to see that in part because we see so often that vendors who are very eager to work with MA organizations seem to not have any appreciation of this 10-year requirement because it is so much longer than the standard data retention policies that most companies have. So oftentimes, we’ll ask a contracting partner about it and say 10 years or we’re gonna have to come up with a special provision for that.

Elizabeth Lippincott (18:46)

Yeah, yeah. Do you, thinking about your potential HIPAA exposure, if they have a breach, do you want them to have it? Or do you want to elect to have them destroy their copies of the data after returning it to you so that a company that you have more confidence in potentially, or you just want the simplicity of having it all in one place? But yeah, lots to think about.

Sandy Durkin (19:07)

And, you know, related, the reason CMS requires plans to keep all this data is so that they can audit it. So there is a 10-year right for HHS or any of its designees to audit the MA organization at any time during the 10-year period after the contract terminates. And that could be for any reason. As a practical matter, there are a few specific different types of audits that we think are most likely to take place that plans should be prepared for. The first one is the program audit. So plans will be familiar with this. These are the audits that CMS does to evaluate a plan sponsor’s compliance with all of the various MA and Part D program requirements. CMS does these annually, but it does not audit every plan every year. It rotates through plans. And since the audits are done retrospectively for the preceding year, depending on where an organization is in the audit cycle, they could get notice of a program audit in the year following the contract termination. So that is just something to keep in mind for that 12 month period after the termination, you could have a program audit and you’re going to want to have resources to facilitate that.

And then I wanted to talk about RADV audits. I feel like we’ve been talking about them nonstop on this podcast. But just as a reminder, these are the audits that CMS does to validate data submitted for risk adjustment payments. CMS does it to look for potential overpayments. And I think a big question is whether or not CMS is going to conduct these audits even if an organization has not renewed its contract. Do you have any insight into that, Elizabeth?

Elizabeth Lippincott (21:02)

Yeah, I looked at this just using public data. CMS puts out in the RADV memos for the 2018 and 2019 audits that are underway, they actually provide a list of the MA organizations that are subject to those audits. We’ve confirmed that there are entities on those lists that have since non-renewed and discontinued their MA operations. That doesn’t surprise me because in contrast to program audits, and I’m not saying you won’t get a program audit after you non-renew, CMS would be completely within its rights to do that. But thinking about it from their perspective, it might be less of a priority because that is really focused on the quality of your operations and, you know, plans need to learn from those to improve things. But a RADV audit, that’s about money. And CMS looking to see whether in its view it’s overpaid you and if it’s entitled to money back. And so they have a strong incentive after a non-renewal or a termination to continue including those plans in the RADV audit program. So that finding did not surprise me.

Sandy Durkin (22:11)

And I think there’s probably arguments to be made about the scope of CMS’s legal authority to conduct that type of audit of an organization that it no longer has a contract with. I don’t know that those are going to be strong arguments though, given that the False Claims Act has a long statute of limitations. And I think CMS is arguably entitled to that money.

Elizabeth Lippincott (22:38)

Yeah, yeah. It’s also interesting that the CMS contract that for these plans doesn’t go into a lot of detail about these topics. There’s, you know, content in the regulations about the final reconciliation. And I wonder if that will change both with the regulations and the contract language as you can see. When we’re working on an outsourcing contract for an M.A. plan, or Part D plan, we certainly put post-termination obligations in it. I’m not trying to give them ideas, but it wouldn’t shock me to see developments in that area if this becomes more and more common.

Sandy Durkin (23:17)

I was thinking about that same thing, Elizabeth. Why is there not a run out agreement appended to the CMS contract? That’s what I would want.

Elizabeth Lippincott (23:27)

Yikes. Yeah, if I were them. Yeah, yeah, yeah, good point.

Sandy Durkin (23:33)

Yeah, yeah, exactly. Do you, Elizabeth, have any insight into the timing of the final settlement process that you alluded to? Like when can organizations expect CMS to identify potential overpayments and reconcile final amounts owed?

Elizabeth Lippincott (23:51)

Well, the normal final settlement process is addressed in the regulations clearly. And they say, this was an extension from earlier guidance in the manual on contracting, Chapter 11, used to say that at least nine months after the final date of the contract, a reconciliation would begin a final settlement process. The regulations were recently updated to say that begins at least 18 months after the non-renewal date. So a year and a half after the last date of service that could be covered on the plan, other than things like cognitive care that we’ll talk about, it’s gonna be at least 18 months before the final settlement process begins for those years.

So we do know it’s going to take a long time. And what is not clear to me from the regulations is with those RADV audits, you know, how is that going to work in terms of the, what if you have a huge finding, extrapolated finding from a RADV audit, and you dispute it, that could go on for years. And so what are plans going to need to do? Are they going to need to reserve money for that potential liability, how is that going to work? But the long and short of it is it’s going to be a long and complex process to wind down one of these plans and, you know, get free of any potential obligations from this contract.

Sandy Durkin (25:28)

Yeah, I wonder if CMS is just gonna hold off on issuing any final settlement notices as long as the RAD-V audits are pending. Because if I’m a plan and I got a final settlement notice, which is supposed to be the final reconciliation, the final statement of all of your liabilities, and then two years later I get a bill from a RAD-V audit, I think then you would have potentially some legal objections that weren’t there in the absence of that final notice.

Elizabeth Lippincott (25:55)

Yeah, yeah. Right. Yeah. So, what are some operational considerations, Sandy, that you think plan should be thinking about if they’re thinking about exiting the market?

Sandy Durkin (26:05)

Yeah, that’s good question. Just to wrap up the audit question, there are two routine audits. We feel fairly confident saying that plans are not likely to have to worry about in that post non-renewal period. The financial audits that CMS does annually, it audits one third of all active MA plans every year. That is limited in the regulatory language to active plans. So I don’t think there is a legal basis to be doing those audits, those financial audits of plans that have terminated. And then similarly for independent data validation audits, which is where CMS asks MA organizations to hire an independent auditor to confirm the accuracy of all the data they submit. They specifically carve out non-renewed plans from that requirement. So two less things, two fewer things to have to worry about.

Elizabeth Lippincott (27:07)

Yeah, it’s nice when that’s clear. I appreciate that.

Sandy Durkin (27:12)

I know, I know. I would like to see that kind of clear guidance for the more sizable audience. In terms of operational considerations, besides all of these, that’s helpful guidance and regulations from CMS, you do also have to think about state law. So MA is heavily regulated by federal law, but states do have jurisdiction over licensing and solvency, which could extend to winding down a domestic insurance company. So you are going to have to look at your state code and see if there are requirements about notice to the Department of Insurance or to the public if you’re going to be closing down operations with the insurer. And then you also have your contractual obligations. Most provider and vendor contracts should be very clear that termination of the CMS contract is grounds for termination. That said, you’ve got to give your partner’s notice. And so you’ll want to check your contracts to see what the timeframes for those notices are. And then that is a good time to look at whether or not you’re going to need run out services from a particular provider or vendor. Hopefully you already have them in place in your contracts. If not, then you may need to get started on a run out agreement to make sure that you are getting things like records maintenance, claims handling, appeals handling, taken care of for the time that it’s needed post non-renewal.

Elizabeth Lippincott (28:53)

That’s a lot.

Sandy Durkin (28:55)

It is a lot. And that’s not even counting potential liabilities. So we reference the False Claims Act. Medicare Advantage organizations have exposure under the False Claims Act and the Anti-Kickback Statute for, you know, different payment arrangements or for overpayments. And those statutes have a really long statute of limitations ranging from like five all the way up to 10 years. So if you have a pending lawsuit, that’s not going to go away. And if you have the potential for a claim, the fact that the organization closes down doesn’t mean that the Department of Justice or whistleblower can’t initiate litigation. So that is a potential source of exposure. Obviously, if operations are being sold, that’s something that’s going to come out in due diligence, but if you’re just winding down, you’re still going to need to think about, you know, what are, what resources are available both to manage a potential litigation, produce documents that are, that may be subpoenaed or requested, and how are any potential liabilities going to be handled. So with all of that, it’s a lot. Elizabeth, do you have any like big picture takeaways for plans that are thinking about their options and maybe considering non-renewing?

Elizabeth Lippincott (30:14)

Yeah, definitely. I mean, of course, it’s a very important business decision. One thing is to make sure that the people making that decision have all of this information so that they are looking at things through a realistic lens of knowing how challenging it is to wind down. Not that that’s a reason not to do it, but they’re just going in with a clear view to what it’s going to entail.

You really need to think about your CMS relationship. CMS is, it’s a regulator and a customer. You might want to do business with them again in the future. You might have other contracts with other affiliates or then, so think about messaging this with CMS and preserving your organizations if you want to. Reputation with them as someone they’d want to do business with in the future because of course their decisions are highly regulated, but it does matter on a human level kind of what your brand is with them. So you want to be in close communication with your CMS account manager. You don’t want to surprise them, let them know what’s going on. You also need to be thinking about the cost of winding down and what internal and external resources you’re going to need to satisfy your runout obligations to CMS.

You also, and this is where that conversation, I asked if she wanted me to share her name. She didn’t, but the individual I talked with earlier today had a lot of good insight, like this is important to your organization’s reputation in the community. Medicare is very personal, you have a brand that you need to tread carefully to preserve, unless you’re just going out of business and you never wanna do insurance again. Often that’s not the case in these situations. So you need to be thinking about your employees and the human impact of this, because once your employees learn that you are going to be non-renewing your MA plan, that of course likely impacts their job. They’re probably going to be very emotional about that. Some of them are probably going to have parents and other loved ones on your plan that they cannot tell right away. So you need to manage that dynamic. You also need to be thinking strategically about the key personnel you’re going to need until the last day you need them and what you might want to do upfront to incentivize them to stay because a lot of your best employees are gonna be highly employable. If someone’s gonna be vital to have for the full runout period and potentially beyond, you could think about offering them a bonus if they stay till that date. And think about kind of the vital functions. You’re gonna need a leader, a CEO, you’re gonna need compliance, you’re gonna need IT support people to handle claims and appeals, marketing folks, and you’ll need to think about kind of that employment impact and who you can phase out at what dates. Focus on the details as well. So do you have a bunch of old paper files that you’re going to need to retain? Do they have staples in them that need to be removed before you scan them? Just, are you going to have a vendor do that? Are you going to have people do that? How are you going to get all of this done? And just keep in mind that you’re going to be doing all of this with people who may be in a state of grief and it’s going to be hard. And then once the members, you know, instead of an annual notice of change, they get a notice that the plan is discontinuing, preparing your customer service folks who again are in this difficult time in their own lives to handle those calls and just think about all of the communication with your provider network, especially if you’re maintaining other lines of business, how are you going to make this transition as smooth as possible for them? You need to look through all of your contracts, provider and vendor. Hopefully they all have an automatic termination, right? If you’re no longer the line of business, but make sure of that and make sure you’re giving them all of the notice you’re required to, if not more. And don’t underestimate the number of detailed tasks and to the extent that you can get everyone who’s going to have information that flows into those decisions, get them around a table and come up with a very comprehensive project plan as soon as possible after the decision is made so that things can go as smoothly as they can.

Sandy Durkin (35:12)

Those are really valuable insights, Elizabeth. I’m just reminded how personal all aspects of healthcare are, and it really is a loss any time an organization that helps manage a person’s care closes down.

Elizabeth Lippincott (35:30)

Yeah, yeah, yeah, it is very personal for a lot of people. And you also need to think, we’re not going to get into all the details of this, but there will be decisions to be made about how long to keep entities intact. If all of the contracts, CMS contracts are going away and they don’t have other lines of business, you’re probably going to need to do analysis about the, you know, relative pros and cons of keeping those in existence with a reasonable amount of capitalization, is that gonna help protect the parent organization or other affiliates from liability arising under the CMS contracts? Again, we’re not gonna get into all that, but there’s a lot to consider and a fair amount of legal analysis that will need to go into these decisions as well as business considerations as well.

Sandy Durkin (36:18)

As always, there are no easy answers.

Elizabeth Lippincott (36:21)

Yeah, very true, very true. Yeah, this is a complicated business to get into. It’s complicated to operate and it’s complicated to exit.

Sandy Durkin (36:31)

Well, thanks for the discussion, Elizabeth. I think next time we’re gonna try to be back with something a little more upbeat. We’ll do our best. But in the meantime, you know where to find us if you have questions about this or anything else.

Elizabeth (36:48)

Yeah, definitely. Yeah, I enjoyed the discussion too. Thanks, Sandy. All right.

Sandy Durkin (36:51)

All right, take care.

11/10/2025

Strategic Health Law

Sandy Durkin (00:06)

Hello, everybody. Welcome back to Health Law Simplified.

Elizabeth Lippincott (00:10)

Hey Sandy, good to see you.

Sandy Durkin (00:12)

You too. I think this is our first time doing video, so this is an adventure. So today, we’re going to be talking about a massive case in the Medicare Advantage world. The ruling by the federal court in Texas striking down a CMS rule governing how the agency does risk adjustment data validation audits or RADV audits. We’ve been talking about those for the past several episodes. But before we get into that, I wanted to start with something a little bit more upbeat. We do, we’ve talked about this before, we do positive focus when we start our weekly firm meetings on Mondays, and we wanted to bring that to the podcast. So Elizabeth, what’s your positive focus today?

Elizabeth Lippincott (00:59)

Well, last night I got a little package, as I often do, on my porch, and it was so sweet. It was a quarter zip from a client that has, that we spoke at their legal department retreat, and they sent this cute quarter zip sweater with their company’s name and legal department on it, and it warmed my heart. And my husband works in healthcare and I tell him very little about what I do or who I do it for. But I think when somebody sends you a shirt with their name on it, you can tell and he’s like, you work for them? And I’m like, yes, of course I do. Who else would they go to? So that was fun.

Sandy Durkin (01:39)

I got the same package last night and I was also, I felt so good. There was a little bit of a funny story because we thought it was a birthday present for someone else in my family based on timing and then they opened it and there a quarter zip from the legal department and I grabbed it and said, that’s mine. And it’s like such a nice material.

Elizabeth Lippincott (02:07)

Yeah, that’s great.

Sandy Durkin (02:08)

That’s a good one.

Elizabeth Lippincott (02:10)

Yeah, how about you? Are you using the same one or do you have your own?

Sandy Durkin (02:14)

I have my own. This is a little bit of a brag, but I just did a marathon last week. Last weekend, I’ve been training for it for many months, and it was a beautiful day. Got a chance to see a part of my state that I haven’t spent much time in up in Grand Rapids, Michigan in the beautiful fall weather. So that was something I’m very proud of and still riding the high of.

Elizabeth Lippincott (02:41)

I’m very impressed, anyone who runs a marathon. Congratulations. That’s really great.

Sandy Durkin (02:45)

Thank you. Thank you. So more good news, at least for Medicare Advantage plans. Today’s topic, Elizabeth, can you just super high level tell us about the recent court ruling affecting RADV?

Elizabeth Lippincott (03:01)

Yeah, so a Texas district court ruled in Humana’s favor and granted their motion for summary judgment vacating a 2023 final rule that CMS had issued. And that rule had two significant parts. One was it authorized the use of sampling and extrapolation in RAD-V audits. So in risk adjustment, we’ll talk a little bit more about what that means. And then the rule also eliminated the fee for service adjuster in calculating the extrapolated findings for risk adjustment data validation audits. So as far as the extrapolation component of the rule, it let CMS recover suspected overpayments from audited contracts by taking a small sample of enrollees and looking at their diagnoses and for the ones that could not be validated, extrapolating those results from the sample across the entire population. And with the targeted audit, the new targeted audit methodology, there was a little more nuance to how they did that. There was a sampling frame with people who were in the plan that year with the same diagnoses. So it’s not as simple as it sounds. It wasn’t just multiplication. But in practice, it allowed CMS to recover sometimes very large contract-wide repayments based on a small sample of audited cases. And then the second component was the rule eliminated the fee-for-service adjuster. In the context of RABBEE audits, CMS had previously used this adjuster in deciding how much it was owed in the audits to account for the differences in documentation of codes between Original Medicare and Medicare Advantage. When applied to MA-RADV audit findings, this adjuster had the effect of lowering recoveries. So it was favorable to MA plans. The final rule in 2023 eliminated that, and that is part of what was vacated by the federal court.

Sandy Durkin (05:14)

Thank you. And for those who are listening who are probably familiar with extrapolation as a concept, but maybe aren’t as familiar with the fee for service adjuster, which has not gotten as much attention in industry news in very recent years, don’t worry. We’re going to get into that in a little bit and explain how it worked and why it was challenged in this litigation.

But first, I just want to pull back the curtain a little bit and say this case and the timing of it really surprised me. I almost couldn’t believe it. We’ve known this litigation was out there and that there was some uncertainty around this 2023 final rule. But these cases take so long to wind their way through the courts. And previous litigation challenging other instances of CMS collecting overpayments, have not been as successful. So I was very surprised, especially by the timing. And so I was hoping that you could speak a little bit to, Elizabeth, why is this ruling such a big deal in the industry at this particular moment, you know, fall 2025?

Elizabeth Lippincott (06:37)

Yeah, I think it surprised a lot of people. And what the context, and we’ve been talking about this on the podcast, earlier this year, CMS announced a very aggressive plan to ramp up RADV audits. It stated its intention to audit every single MA plan on an annual basis and clear a backlog of contracts so that it would, you know, in 2026 have audited all contracts for the years, payment years 2018 through 2024. And that’s unprecedented in terms of its scope from the RADV audits that we’ve seen to date. And we, if you’re interested in learning more about that, we covered that audit expansion in our episode six this year. So feel free to go back to that and get some background information if you haven’t already heard about that. But, a big piece of CMS’s audit plan was that it was going to extrapolate its findings. And we, along with others, had predicted this could lead to really significant audit findings in the millions and tens of millions per audited year. And that frankly, it could put MA plans, especially smaller and mid-sized plans, out of business or just the tip the scale in a time when a lot of plans are evaluating, do they want to stay in this marketplace? Tip the scales in favor of potentially leaving Medicare Advantage. And so we knew also just from CMS’s announcements that it was looking at this as a way, as a revenue generator, a way to recoup funds that had been previously paid to MA plans.

So that all could still happen, something we want to point out is that the court vacated the rule based on procedural deficiencies. So, it undermines the use of extrapolation in the short term, short term being probably the next few years, but it didn’t, we’ll get to this more later, it didn’t substantively say that extrapolation and the elimination of the fee for service adjuster are improper, just that the way this rule was put out didn’t meet all the requirements.

Sandy Durkin (08:57)

Yeah, thank you for clarifying that. I think that’s really important because although the impacts of this rule are huge in that extrapolation is now really not permissible under operative CMS rules, as I read the opinion, the court did not say that CMS is per se barred from extrapolating audit findings or that CMS is required, for example, to use a fee-for-service adjuster. So you mentioned that the court, that this decision was really a procedural decision. Can you explain a little bit about what the court’s rationale was?

Elizabeth Lippincott (09:31)

Agreed.

Elizabeth Lippincott (09:40)

Yeah, so they didn’t get to the merits of extrapolation or the use of the fee for service adjuster. They didn’t suggest that those things are prohibited, like, you know, as you said. What they focused on was the procedure for the issuance of the 2023 final rule. There was a big gap between the proposed rule and the final issuance of that rule. CMS used, the court pointed out that, CMS used different justifications in the final rule than those discussed in the proposed rule and that it didn’t follow the proper notice and comment process. So CMS now has the option of going back, issuing a new proposal and curing those procedural deficiencies and trying to reissue something allowing extrapolation and eliminating the fee for service adjuster. But then, of course, we would anticipate that Humana already has its substantive arguments against those features. And we would anticipate this getting back into litigation and that taking several more years.

Sandy Durkin (10:48)

Indeed. For the admin law nerds out there, I believe it was the logical outgrowth doctrine that the court relied on, you know, in that the rule that CMS ended up finalizing was not a logical outgrowth of the rule that was and the rationale that was originally proposed. So that’s a very, I think it’s interesting. It’s a little bit in the weeds for this, for this podcast, though.

Elizabeth Lippincott (11:16)

Fun fact, Sandy, when I was in law school, I planned on being a securities lawyer, which I was for a short time. I did not take healthcare law or admin law.

Sandy Durkin (11:30)

yeah, nobody goes to law school wanting to be an admin lawyer.

Elizabeth Lippincott (11:36)

I’ve caught up, I’ve caught up. It’s fine, don’t worry. Don’t be afraid. But yeah, anyway. So I don’t think I get to call myself an admin law nerd. At this point, I think I’d call myself a health law nerd.

Sandy Durkin (11:46)

Did your school have a health law course?

Elizabeth Lippincott (11:48)

It did, it had one.

Sandy Durkin (11:50)

Yeah, I don’t know that I, health law, I will confess was not on my radar either.

Elizabeth Lippincott (11:56)

But love it. Love it. But yeah.

Sandy Durkin (11:57)

But thank goodness we landed here. I think I said something like really untoward, like if I ever end up as an admin lawyer, because I did take an admin law course and hated it.

Elizabeth Lippincott (12:12)

I took a random secure transactions bankruptcy. I loved code courses. Anyway, I digress.

Sandy Durkin (12:21)

Good bar prep for any future lawyers listening, that is good bar prep. So I did want to just flag really quickly that the argument that the court found persuasive that CMS didn’t follow notice and comment was not the only argument that Humana raised. It raised a couple of alternative arguments that CMS did not get to in the decision because it didn’t need to. So those arguments are that the final rule was arbitrary and capricious because CMS changed its policy on the fee-for-service adjuster without adequate explanation. So the court didn’t get to that. And then the second argument that was not addressed was the argument that CMS abused its discretion in applying the new policy retroactively, going back to payment year 2018, based on a misinterpretation of the Medicare statute. So we might see arguments of this nature rear their heads again if CMS either appeals or tries to resurrect this rule in some way. And I think there certainly will be a substantive discussion at some point about the interpretations of the Medicare statute and what is the full extent of CMS’s authority to extrapolate, to apply a fee-for-service adjuster or not, to make changes to RADV methodology retroactively, et cetera.

Elizabeth Lippincott (13:59)

Yeah, so interesting.

Sandy Durkin (14:00)

So I did want to get into the fee for service adjuster a little bit just because that is the bulk of what drives the court’s opinion in this case. There’s really very little discussion of extrapolation in the case. It was really the finalization of the removal of the fee for service adjuster and the justifications for that, that drove the discussion. So I wanted to break that down so that our listeners understand why the court came out the way that it did.

Elizabeth Lippincott (14:35)

Before we get into that, something that’s interesting to me, even though I didn’t take admin law, just the politics of this. So the proposed rule was in 2018. So that was a first Trump administration leadership oversaw the authoring of that proposal. And then the finalization was in 2023 during the Biden administration. And this is a lesson to regulators too, if you’re finalizing something, you might want to stick with more of the justifications. And they kind of had their own perspective on it, which is normal for a new administration. But then because they didn’t reissue the proposal, they kind of got burned for that.

Sandy Durkin (15:15)

Yeah, that’s a really, really good practical takeaway. And from the industry side, a basis to challenge these rules that we don’t feel have provided adequate notice to our clients.

Elizabeth Lippincott (15:31)

So next time a new administration should say our predecessors were right on the money with this. We agree and we’re finalizing it right now because we don’t want to have to reassure the proposal.

Sandy Durkin (15:43)

More bipartisanship. I love it. So we have to go all the way back to 2010, pre 2010, when CMS first started doing RADV audits. So for the first few years, CMS was only collecting payments corresponding to individual diagnosis codes for the enrollees that were included in the sample that was audited.

Elizabeth Lippincott (16:10)

And we say collected, trying to collect. Like has anything ever been collected for this?

Sandy Durkin (16:14)

Yeah. That’s a good question. I don’t know if pre-2010 was collected. It’s possible. But post-2011, I think those have been hanging out there for many, many years. And then in 2010, CMS announced that it was going to start calculating, calculating, not collecting, estimates of the payment error rate for the entire contract population. So essentially CMS said, we’re going to start extrapolating. It’s going to be actuarially significant. It’s going to be an appropriate extrapolation, but this is what we’re going to start doing. The industry and Medicare Advantage plans, including Humana, gave feedback to CMS that this approach didn’t make sense from an actuarial perspective because CMS was relying on two different sets of data that are really not comparable when measuring payments corresponding to a given diagnosis. So CMS is looking at Medicare claims data, which is never validated. There’s no RADV audit on Medicare fee-for-service claims data. So presumably there’s diagnoses in that data that are not supported. There’s an error rate inherent in that. And then Medicare Advantage claims data, which is validated through the RADV audit process and unsupported diagnoses are pulled out of the data.

And so the argument raised by Humana and others is that this imbalance resulted in Medicare Advantage organizations being systemically underpaid. And CMS found that persuasive at the time and in 2012 introduced something called the Fee for Service Adjuster. And this adjuster accounts for the difference between these two sets of data and ultimately makes an offset to the payments that CMS recovers during an extrapolated RADV audit. You know, says we recognize that the data, the fee for service data we’re comparing to is going to have an error rate. So we are going to adjust the overpayment that we’ve calculated downward so that the payments to MA organizations are actuarially equivalent to Medicare fee for service payments. And why is CMS and everybody so concerned about fairness between MA and Original Medicare? Well, that is a statutory mandate of actuarial equivalence. So the Medicare statute requires payments to MA plans to be functionally, actuarially the same as payments under the original Medicare program. So everybody’s happy this fee for service adjuster is used from 2012 to 2018 on RADV audits conducted for those payment years. And then in 2018, CMS proposed the rule that would do away with this fee-for-service adjuster. And at the time, as you pointed out, Elizabeth, this was under the first Trump administration, CMS offered a rationale and said, this proposal is unfair to plans that are not audited. Because a plan that is audited is getting the benefit of this fee-for-service adjuster in that the amount that they’re repaying is reduced, but there is no similar adjustment made on the front end to plans when they’re getting paid, when they first get their capitated payments. So, unaudited plans are not getting the benefit of this adjuster. I’m not gonna opine on whether that rationale makes sense. I’ll just say that was the justification that was proposed. CMS invited comment on the rule as they’re required to do. The industry objected strenuously to the removal of the fee-for-service adjuster.

Elizabeth Lippincott (20:17)

I’ll go on record to say I don’t think that rationale makes sense.

Sandy Durkin (20:21)

Thank you. Right because those audited unaudited plans aren’t they’re not… right I guess audits are unfair.

Elizabeth Lippincott (20:29)

Getting audited. Yeah. And I guess it’s, it’s based on the premise that somebody out there is doing it all perfectly as if that was a thing that could happen. But okay.

Sandy Durkin (20:42)

Well, now with auditing everybody as CMS is trying to do, perhaps that fairness issue is resolved. Not to do their work for them.

Elizabeth Lippincott (20:52)

Ooh, I like that. I like that. Yeah.

Sandy Durkin (22:46.563)

Years pass. This rule is just a proposal for five years. CMS finalizes it in 2023 and we get a new rationale. The rationale offered by the CMS operating under the Biden administration is that the RADV audits do not have to comply. They’re not required to comply with the actuarial equivalence mandate. And that the fee for service adjuster is no longer necessary because CMS already does something called a coding intensity adjustment when it’s doing its RADV audits. There’s a lot of reasons I think for how it arrived at this rationale. There’s some historic litigation involving UnitedHealthcare and the actuarial equivalence mandate. Again, not opining on the strength of this argument, but it does have a logical sense. But it’s different. It’s different than what CMS originally proposed. And so nobody got the chance to respond to the new justification that CMS ultimately relied upon. So it’s this switcheroo that CMS pulled. That is what underpins the court’s ruling that CMS violated the APA’s notice and comment requirement, which requires the finalized rule to be a logical outgrowth of the proposed rule. And thank you for coming to my presentation.

Elizabeth Lippincott (22:22)

Well, there was a lot of blowback to the initial proposal, which I assume was part of the reason it took, what, five years to issue the final rule. It was kind of a, speaking of surprises, it was a surprise when it came out, because that proposal had just been sort of lingering out there. I don’t know why they didn’t repropose, but anyway, they didn’t consult with me. But did the comments address whether actuarial equivalence applies to RADV audits? You know, was that legal question sort of analyzed in the rule making?

Sandy Durkin (23:02)

That’s a really good question, right? Because it gets to the substance of this argument, which is we weren’t allowed to respond to these arguments that actuarial equivalence does not apply to RADV audits. And CMS pointed out in the briefing in this case, well, actually, there were a number of comments that touched on this issue. These stakeholders knew, they knew that they had to make that argument or they thought of it and raise the issue. But the court ultimately found that that wasn’t enough to persuade it that MA plans impacted by the rule should have foreseen CMS finalizing the rule on that basis. And I think the courts language here is very telling regarding its thoughts about how CMS approached the issue. It said, even if a few members of the public happen to divine the government’s unspoken thoughts, comments such as these do not satisfy the government’s obligation to afford the general public an opportunity to respond to a clearly stated proposal.

Elizabeth Lippincott (24:14)

Ooh, somebody had a sassy law clerk right in the drafting there. Even if a few members of the public happened to divine the government’s unspoken thoughts. It’s like, did you, okay, this is a little off, but did you ever listen to Garrison Keillor when he had the English majors segments and it was like, your waiter is an English major. I was an, that law clerk was an English major.

Sandy Durkin (24:20)

Yeah, they get to have fun with their writing.

Elizabeth Lippincott (24:45)

And I’m sorry to burst the bubble of law clerks’ write opinions. I digress, I love it. Happen to divine.

Sandy Durkin (24:51)

Shh, that’s a secret. Especially, it kind of makes me laugh because as a former litigator, we are trying to divine. Actually, even now, clients ask us all the time to divine what CMS is going to do and it’s part of our job. But, you know, that’s why we have the APA, you know, notice is part of the government’s duty when it’s regulating. And the court said here, CMS did not satisfy its burden to notify the public with specificity that it was considering finding the actuarial equivalence requirement inapplicable to RADV audits. And I think that’s really fair.

CMS also made a last ditch argument that it had no obligation to seek comment on its statute because this is just a statutory interpretation. And the court said, no, no, no, this is not just statutory interpretation. When your new rule is completely irreconcilable with your old rule, it has to be subject to notice and comment. It’s not procedural. And so this change on the fee-for-service adjuster and also on actuarial equivalents. It’s just such a large change that CMS is bound by APA procedures.

Elizabeth Lippincott (26:14)

So interesting.

Sandy Durkin (26:16)

Yeah, it really raises questions about whether or not CMS’s expansion of RAD-V audits earlier this year, which was not done by notice and comment, is a big enough change that it should have warranted a rulemaking.

Elizabeth Lippincott (26:30)

Well, we follow various strains of litigation processing through the courts right now involving Medicare Advantage regulations. Sandy, how do you think this opinion lines up with some of the rulings we’ve seen in the last few years about things like broker compensation, star ratings, other topics for Medicare Advantage organizations?

Sandy Durkin (26:55)

Thank you for asking that because this case actually lines up really neatly with the earlier rulings that we’ve seen. And I think the broader trend that all of these decisions demonstrate is increased scrutiny over CMS’s rulemaking authority and procedural compliance. There’s been a lot of talk about Chevron deference, which is no more after Loper-Bright.

CMS did try to invoke Loper-Bright in this case. And when it argued that its failure to adhere to the APA was harmless because its interpretation of the Medicare statute was the best possible reading of the statute, then the court rejected that. It said, you know, these plans were indisputably harmed by the lack of meaningful dialogue regarding the costs and benefits of surprise changes and the court was really not persuaded that CMS can just not comply with the APA. And this trend towards increased scrutiny over CMS is also evident in the case overturning CMS’s broker compensation rule, which we talked about in an earlier episode, and also the decisions over the last couple of years in which plans have successfully challenged CMS’s star ratings methodology, a number of which led the court to order recalculations of plans star ratings. There have been a bunch of star ratings cases. Some have been successful, some have not been. The ones that have been more successful have been the ones where the plans were able to argue that CMS exceeded the scope of its own authority as evident by the regulations in the regulatory text and not just, CMS made a mistake in the math. Those cases that are more fact-based have been less successful.

Elizabeth Lippincott (28:52)

Interesting.

Sandy Durkin (28:53)

So these rulings together, I think they show that what courts expect is procedural rigor, fidelity to the statute. CMS needs to follow proper notice and comment procedures, especially when making significant policy shifts. That was what happened with the broker compensation case. When CMS decided that it was going to cap administrative payments, it was such a huge shift that there needed to be adequate rationale included in the rule. And judges are really pushing back on CMS’s attempts to expand its reach beyond what is explicitly authorized by the statute. And CMS is also, or courts are also starting to be wary of CMS applying new rules retroactively, especially when the industries relied on the old guidance.

Elizabeth Lippincott (29:42)

That’s speaking of bipartisanship, expanding regulatory authority beyond what is explicitly allowed in a statute, that’s bipartisan. You can count on that. Whoever’s in the White House, that will occur from what we’ve seen, yeah.

Sandy Durkin (30:01)

And we’ll probably see more of it. So I want to get back to, you know, practical implications of this ruling for MA plans. Elizabeth, the threat of extrapolated audit findings with or without a fee for service adjuster has now been hanging over the heads of MA plans for more than a decade. What do you think is going to happen next with this case and with extrapolation generally?

Elizabeth Lippincott (30:29)

Yeah, I would say it’s still hanging over their heads. And the risk of that the magnitude is still very high, but the likelihood and the immediacy of that risk has been pushed out at least a couple of years. So HHS is likely going to appeal the ruling because of the substantial financial impacts that it would have on the planned RADV audits and subsequent collections.

Sandy Durkin (31:00)

Let me cut you off real quick. CMS has 60 days from the September 25th decision to appeal. So we’ve got a few more weeks. Go ahead.

Elizabeth Lippincott (31:10)

Yeah, thank you. So that’ll be interesting. Another tact they could take, either in tandem or as an alternative, is they could revise and reissue either a proposed rule, reproposing this, or a final rule based on the original 2018 justifications. I’d be surprised if they reissued a final based on those because they have different perspective and they know almost certainly this is going to be contested in court. I would predict they would reissue a proposal, but we’ll see. We don’t know which way they’ll go. If a rule is eventually finalized, it’s likely going to be subject to further legal challenges. I will say Humana is really carrying the load for the industry on this by litigating this so intensively. I don’t have reason to think they wouldn’t continue doing that. We’ll have to see. In any case, these issues are going to be tied up in the courts potentially for years to come.

Sandy Durkin (32:11)

And I agree, it’s gonna be years before we have any kind of resolution, which is a space that plans have been operating in for a long time in risk adjustment, right? That uncertainty. So that brings us to the question that we get asked as lawyers every day. How does this affect an MA organization’s legal and financial risk?

Elizabeth Lippincott (32:35)

It, like I said, I don’t think the magnitude of the risk goes down. It’s huge. Especially if we know CMS’ intention is to do RADV audits on every plan for every payment year and try to extrapolate. The likelihood of that very high magnitude risk got a little lower because of this challenge, I would say, and we expect further delays. So it’s sort of this long, long trail of potential liability for payment years going back many years. It’s a weird environment in which to do business, but it’s something that MA organizations have had to grow accustomed to. So I would say the risk is still there, but it’s more remote.

Sandy Durkin (33:26)

And I just want to note that I, we’ve heard, you know, that plans who are currently undergoing RADV audits for payment years 2019, those are still going on. You know, they were already started and those are continuing. And, you know, there’s a big question now. What methodology is CMS going to use because the methodology outlined in its memos governing these audits is no longer valid technically? So I think one consideration is documenting to CMS if your plan hasn’t already that any extrapolation beyond payment level errors would not be valid at this point in time just to preserve your arguments down the line.

Elizabeth Lippincott (34:15)

Yeah, that’s a good point.

Sandy Durkin (34:16)

Do you think risk adjustment outside of RADV audits is still a top-of-mind issue for plans, Elizabeth?

Elizabeth Lippincott (34:26)

Absolutely, and it always will need to be as long as this payment structure is in place. Plans should still think about reviewing their risk adjustment processes for legal risk in light of the ever evolving environment, review their documentation, what are they, self-audits. Not just duplicating what they’d experienced in a RADV audit, but comprehensive reviews of their risk adjustment programs to look for sources of risk, including the way they communicate about risk adjustment and coding to providers and vendors and other audiences that contain potential whistleblowers. They will never be done doing that risk management work along with their risk adjustment, which they have to do to make sure they’re getting the right level of payment for the populations they’re responsible for.

Sandy Durkin (35:22)

And this particular CMS may be very amenable to being satisfied with that type of self-policing. I think Dr. Oz very recently indicated his preference rather than to regulate would be to give MA organizations space to quote unquote self-correct some of the practices that have been under scrutiny, including coding. So, to the extent that you do undertake these activities to review your practices and do self-audits, document those and consider transparency with your CMS account manager if and when you’re able to communicate with them after the shutdown around your findings.

Elizabeth Lippincott (36:08)

Right, right. Yeah, once they’re back. Once they’re back. And I do think risk adjustment data validation audits will continue in some form, whether as intensively as announced or in some other form. But this whole topic is never going to go away for MA organizations and their business partners.

Sandy Durkin (36:26)

Yeah, and it’s worth noting that the congressional interest has not gone away. And this ruling may even lead to renewed activity or motivation to pass a law.

Elizabeth Lippincott (36:37)

Yeah, yeah, there’s been, MA is always in the press, but did you see the John Oliver segment?

Sandy Durkin (36:43)

I did because you sent it to me. Thank you.

Elizabeth Lippincott (36:47)

It’s very in depth and of course, very critical of the industry. It focuses on Medicare Advantage. They did their research pretty thoroughly. I think it’s going to get quite a bit of attention along with other, was it the Kaiser family that you sent that to me, the KFF study about networks in Medicare Advantage and the relatively fewer numbers of providers that MA members have access to according to their study, was 50 % of original Medicare providers. So yeah, we will never see the end of congressional scrutiny and more rulemaking and potentially legislation in the space.

Sandy Durkin (37:29)

It never gets boring.

Elizabeth Lippincott (37:30)

Nope. Nope.

This is great. Enjoy talking to you. Sandy.

Sandy Durkin (37:35)

Yeah, thank you. See you next time. Bye.

December 23, 2025

Strategic Health Law

Sandy Durkin (00:08)

Hi, Elizabeth.

Elizabeth Lippincott (00:10)

Hey Sandy.

Sandy Durkin (00:11)

Welcome everybody to Health Law Simplified. We’re really excited to be here for our 10th episode.

Elizabeth Lippincott (00:19)

Yeah, we’re wrapping up the year. It’s been fun. I’m really glad we did this. I’ve learned a lot. It’s like just the reflection that goes into preparing has really deepened my understanding of issues in our practice area. I think this has been at least for us. I hope someone else has benefited, but I feel like for us, it’s been really valuable.

Sandy Durkin (00:42)

Yeah, it’s been really fascinating to watch how themes have reappeared over the course of the year. For folks who are listening, today’s episode is going to be a roundup and a retrospective through the topics that we’ve covered since episode one at the beginning of the year. And it is really fascinating to see how things have changed and what things are ever present in this healthcare industry.

Elizabeth Lippincott (01:12)

Yeah. So the most interesting development in the last week for me, I know we have a proposed rule and a bunch of RFIs, but I think the most fascinating thing to kind of cap off the marketing theme for the year, which has been really interesting, was that CMS memo to the state insurance departments that came out on December 4th saying that, it’s funny, they said they think it’s likely preempted. The state directives stating that practices including taking MA plan commissions, sales commissions down to zero mid enrollment season, that that is an unfair trade practice. And there were at least six states that did that. I might not have the count exact, but CMS said this is an area of federal law. Preemption is very broad and you can’t do this, this is our jurisdiction. I think CMS is solidly right on the legal question about preemption. There’s another bigger question about whether those are ethically unfair trade practices and should be regulated by the appropriate body, in this case, CMS. But that was just a fascinating development. And to think that we’ve come from, we’re talking about the beginning of the year, the lawsuit, the DOJ lawsuit, about inflation of commissions to manipulate sales and to steer people into certain plans based on something other than their best interest. And then now, there’s this debate over the opposite. Can you drop commissions and make it harder to enroll to steer people away from plans? So that’s quite a 360, 180 in a year.

Sandy Durkin (02:56)

Yeah, it really is interesting, you know, just to respond to your point about how CMS was a little, a little wishy washy with using likely preempted when really I can’t think of a stronger case for preemption, but I’m guessing they don’t want to take on the state insurance departments in terms of all of their consumer protection statutes, which I think CMS, you one thing we know from the proposed rule for 2027 that just came out, is that CMS is very much still interested in punishing what they call the bad actors in Medicare Advantage marketing. And, you know, to a certain extent, states are, they at least have overlapping interests in that. So it’s a little bit of a tricky road for CMS to walk with enforcing its federal supremacy, but also partnering with states in getting to the bottom of this kind of confusing, potentially misleading engagement with seniors.

Elizabeth Lippincott (04:07)

Yeah, absolutely. But just what a reversal from this kind of gold rush, sweetheart deals with FMOs to try to get them to put people in your plans to this, in a not very long period of time.

Sandy Durkin (04:23)

Absolutely, you know to give a little peek behind the curtain to people who are listening. We were originally planning to record this episode last month, November before Thanksgiving and we ran into some technical issues and while revisiting our notes, I flagged, not one, but several areas where there have been substantive developments just in the last two weeks. And this is one of them, the marketing preemption issue that you just referenced. So before we dive in, I know we’ve already, we can’t help but talk about the substance like the nerds that we are, but we like to start with a positive focus. Is the preemption memo your positive focus or do you have something else you wanna bring?

Elizabeth Lippincott (05:08)

I think I’m gonna use that, yeah. I appreciate clarity. I’m not a politician. I kind of say things as I see them, even if I know it’s a hard truth. And so I really appreciated CMS just clearly and accurately stating that federal law preempts state law on matters of Medicare marketing because, if they allow that to go on, again, setting aside what the policy should be on commissions and sales practices, I can see how that would just muck up the already very complicated exercise of operating and marketing Medicare plans if 50 different states plus territories had their own take on different issues and you were having to keep track of bulletins and depending on where you were and what if you have a plan that covers multiple states. I mean, we just, don’t wanna go there. And so I think as a lawyer thinking about the legal issues, not the policy issues underlying it, I think that was really important.

Sandy Durkin (06:20)

Absolutely. And my positive focus is similar. And it’s that we did get that proposed rule for 2027, on the expected timetable. Late in November, I was getting a little nervous that perhaps the timeline would be impacted by the government shutdown. You know, now the government’s up and running again, and we do have a proposed rule. And although it looks like there will be some significant changes on the horizon, just the fact that the administration is sticking to the usual process for putting these new rules into place. And also, we’ll talk about this more, but seeking engagement and feedback from the industry is a really positive signal and should help with at least stability and certainty going into the next year.

Elizabeth Lippincott (07:16)

Hmm, yeah, yeah. You know, one, I’m jumping to another topic, as you mentioned, the proposed rule. Another dynamic that we’re seeing is things like, because we’re regulatory lawyers, typically when we’re looking at proposed rules, we’re focusing on legal risks or operational challenges, things that are going to be more difficult to implement than the policymakers, the regulators might have realized when they made the proposal. That’s not what we’re seeing here. And that’s often what we’re drafting when we’re drafting comment letters. Here, we’re seeing things that are business risks. So changes to the star ratings, where it really is in the interest of plans and associations and advocates for plans and other ancillary businesses in this market to study those proposals in depth and use the opportunity that they have between now and January 26 to make their case, especially on things that are going to affect their bottom line. And there really are proposals that will.

Sandy Durkin (08:24)

Yeah, that is a great shout out. Just so that people know if you haven’t already taken a look at those requests for information, CMS is looking for input on future changes to the risk adjustment program and to network adequacy rules, star ratings, as Elizabeth just mentioned, really, really significant issues that affect plans bottom line and member care and yeah, you don’t want CMS making big decisions without your input.

Elizabeth Lippincott (09:01)

Without input and especially, I feel like we’re at a tipping point in the marketplace. We had a whole episode on plans leaving the Medicare Advantage market and some of the large departures. I saw one statistic that maybe 10% of Medicare Advantage beneficiaries lost their plan this year and had to enroll in a new one or return. So that is a new development, but if you are with a community-based health plan or an organization that represents them or a mid-size health plan, helping the regulators understand the impact of proposals on your organization and the potential, I don’t know, anti-competitive? I don’t know if that’s… The downstream effects, I’ll put it that way, of some of the changes when you have very large carriers with bigger infrastructure. in many cases, I think it’s fair to say higher risk tolerance and willingness to take on the government. Are we going to see reforms, quote unquote, reforms that continue to push smaller players out of the market? And I hope the answer is no, but I think that’s a very important theme for smaller and mid-sized plants and those who care about them to put into those comment letters.

Sandy Durkin (10:34)

I absolutely agree. We can’t assume that all plan’s interests are going to be represented by the actors that have the infrastructure in place to file a comment letter on every proposed rule. As an example, the agent broker compensation rules that CMS put into place last year and have since been invalidated by a federal court. We learned that larger and smaller plans had very different reactions to those rules. With some of the larger plans really pushing back on CMS for overreaching, which is what a court ultimately found did happen. But some of the regional plans and more community-based plans really were seeking a rule like that to level the playing field. So yeah, we encourage listeners to think about how these proposals uniquely affect your organization and don’t assume that an industry group is gonna get that out there for you.

Elizabeth Lippincott (11:41)

Yeah, yeah. Very good point.

Sandy Durkin (11:43)

With that, do you want to, we’ve already touched on some of the themes. Do you want to just walk through the episodes that we’ve done and just react to what we said, say what did we say that we stand by and what would we change now that it’s been a year?

Elizabeth Lippincott (12:03)

Sure, let’s do it.

Sandy Durkin (12:05)

Great, so episode one, I don’t remember when it was published, if it was January, or if we took a little bit to get going, but our first episode was titled Making Peace with Uncertainty, and that was our theme.

Elizabeth Lippincott (12:18)

That still holds. That still holds.

Sandy Durkin (12:22)

Absolutely. And we identified some hot button issues for managed care in 2025. I remember Elizabeth, you really gave some time to talking about the pressure on Medicare Part D premiums due to the Inflation Reduction Act enhancements and really complete redesign of the Part D program and the potential impacts of that, including beneficiary shifting into Medicare Advantage, challenges to the MedSupp program. And I was wondering, do you have a different perspective on those shifts now?

Elizabeth Lippincott (13:04)

Yeah, it’s interesting. From a consumer perspective, when we talked about that last time, and in particular, the new very beneficiary favorable, before you take into account potential premium increases in the future, that the cap on annual out-of-pocket costs in Part D is a game changer for patients and beneficiaries. I have seen that as a caregiver. I have seen that as the family member of a primary care physician that’s making a difference in people’s access to medications, especially some of the more expensive drugs that are available. I continue to worry about the downstream impact on Part D premiums, but my feelings about it are mixed now that I’ve seen what a meaningful benefit enhancement that is for Medicare beneficiaries.

Sandy Durkin (14:02)

Absolutely.

Elizabeth Lippincott (14:03)

So it’s funny when you have this objective, I’m concerned about premiums and this demonstration premium thing is a bandaid. And then you see the difference it makes in someone’s life during the year, especially, you know, once they hit, if they’re not using the smoothing or whatever we’re calling it these days, M3P. And then you go to pick up the supplies and the drugs and the cost sharing is zero. That’s pretty amazing.

Sandy Durkin (14:27)

Yeah, it’s been, that’s been a benefit that advocates have really been pushing for for a long time. And it is, it’s nice to see members benefiting from that. I do worry about what happens when that demonstration program expires. I know that the Trump administration did keep it in place, but, you know, they cut some of the funding. So it’s not quite as beneficial to help plans offset costs as it was. And there is a ton in this proposed rule about the Part D program, not just implementing the changes from the Inflation Reduction Act, but also filling in gaps and adding details that weren’t addressed in the statute. there may be an opportunity to address

forward-going concerns for plans who are still going to have to figure out how to make this something that they can that they can pay for long term.

Elizabeth Lippincott (15:27)

Yeah, the other thing we talked about in that first episode was pressure on the MedSupp risk pool. And we’ve heard more about that throughout the year. I don’t think I would change anything we said, but we have heard about MedSupp carriers really struggling with cost this year, especially with some of the supplies the skin, the wound, skin substitute, really expensive wound care that is an issue in original Medicare that’s subject to some of the WISeR reforms where they’re putting in place prior authorization. Those things, even though MedSupp carriers are picking up the 20 % or whatever the cost sharing is for that setting, that is affecting them, their bottom line, typically Medsupp has been a pretty, not a huge moneymaker, but a pretty steady source of margin and that’s under pressure. We also, I posted about this on LinkedIn, I kind of went down the rabbit hole of MedSupp guaranteed issue in connection with significant network changes and special enrollment periods for Medicare Advantage that also trigger guaranteed issue for Medicare supplement. And we reviewed the standard notices that CMS puts out for plans that are either exiting a market or that have a significant network change. And they give guaranteed issue rights. So it’s going to be interesting to me to watch. We saw in this year, in last year’s annual enrollment, a drop in the rate of growth for Medicare Advantage. There was still growth, but it was slower than in previous years. And as more and more people who have been in Medicare Advantage for a while have this guaranteed issue opportunity to go into MedSupp, even if they’re in a state that doesn’t have extra guaranteed issue rights, I’m wondering if we’re gonna see migration of those beneficiaries back into original Medicare, the ones that can afford a MedSupp premium, which isn’t everybody.

I wouldn’t be surprised to see at least a bit of a shift in that direction, which will be interesting to watch because those are gonna be higher risk people because they’ve been in Medicare Advantage for years. They’re not coming in at age 65.

Sandy Durkin (17:53)

Yeah, no, that’s great point. I had the same thought that, for years and years, MA seemed like this unstoppable force, and we are starting to see a recalibration. I think MedSupp remains a really important alternative to Medicare Advantage. You know, we, at the beginning of the year, we were looking at our crystal balls and predicting what is a new administration gonna do with the regulations. One of the predictions was flexibility, that you traditionally see with a Republican administration as compared to a Democratic. So potentially expanded flexibility for MA organizations, including more options for supplemental benefits. We also flagged anticipated rollback of policies from the Biden era. We predicted a possible reversal of the broker compensation restrictions, which have now been, as we’ve already mentioned, invalidated by a court, possible rollback of the health equity index in star ratings, and potential application.

Elizabeth Lippincott (19:02)

And that took a while, but that appears to be happening underway.

Sandy Durkin (19:06)

Exactly. Deregulation, less emphasis on DEI initiatives. I think absolutely. We know from the proposed rule that even though the broker compensation restrictions have been invalidated, CMS is actively looking for guidance from stakeholders on how to regulate in this area. They wanna know how are plans engaging with FMOs, third-party marketing organizations, brokers. How can they pass rules that will sort of control the really outrageous compensation that was going to some of these larger organizations and how can they do it compliantly?

Elizabeth Lippincott (19:48)

And it sounds like the market is taking care of some of that. In our discussion with Molly Turco in our third episode, we talked about just a resource constrained environment relative to say 10 years ago. And that’s a good example, the broker commissions that when you are in a less resource constrained environment and growth means growth and profitability. You’re going to see different behavior in terms of broker commissions and supplemental administrative compensation and kind of pushing the envelope in that area. With some of those things, just the more constrained pricing models that the government is moving to is likely to, for better or worse, take care of some of those previous issues.

Sandy Durkin (20:40)

Yeah, similar logic I think applies to supplemental benefits. Even though plans might face less enforcement risk for offering creative and generous supplemental benefits, the financial pressures mean that as a practical manner, they’re rolling them back and there are fewer supplemental benefits being offered this year.

Elizabeth Lippincott (21:01)

Yeah, yeah. Then risk adjustment is just a perennial challenge. The court striking down the risk adjustment role with the extrapolation and the fee-for-service adjuster, that was a game changer.

Sandy Durkin (21:16)

That was something I never would have predicted in January. That was a shock.

Elizabeth Lippincott (21:22)

Yeah, that was wild. That was wild. Did not see that coming. My understanding is they’re still moving forward, at least with the 2019 RADV audits. But we’ll hear more, but we don’t know. And CMS has now appealed that ruling. So that’s an update. But yeah, that remains to be seen. I’ve never seen this much uncertainty in doing this work for over 20 years. I was kind of predicting based on my experience in the George W. Bush administration and the first Trump administration, I was expecting more growth and expansion and flexibility. I was kind of expecting more of that, that we saw in those eras. And that’s not the vibe I’m picking up, I’m picking up just a lot of uncertainty and nervousness and contraction rather than expansion. You know, I don’t know, but I had a real expectation of that kind of growth energy and that is not what has happened this year. It’s something very different.

Sandy Durkin (22:30)

Yeah. And it’s unfortunate, right? That was one of our silver linings amidst all the uncertainty. Back in episode one, we discussed how even with deregulation and decreased enforcement, litigation and compliance risks don’t go away because they have a really long shelf life. Both the False Claims Act and the Anti-Kickback Statute outlast presidential administrations. And also, as you spoke to Elizabeth, regulations come back. All of the work that plans have been doing to comply with new broker compensation requirements to prepare for a health equity index, you know, even though those things have gone away, it doesn’t mean they’re not gonna come back in another form in four years.

Elizabeth Lippincott (23:22)

And a colleague that I follow closely for her LinkedIn insights, Melissa Newton Smith, pointed out that health equity is always gonna be important. Because you’ve gotta, not just like from an ethical standpoint or altruism or good care, but you’ve gotta make sure your whole population is doing well to succeed in this market. So no effort on that is in vain.

Sandy Durkin (23:50)

Yeah, and this is another silver lining. I think this shift away from the language of equity or DEI more generally is an opportunity to refocus on what’s important, which is outcomes and access. And it doesn’t really matter what you call your program. The thing is to do right by your members, all of them.

Elizabeth Lippincott (24:12)

Exactly. And if any group defined in any way is you’re noticing in the data is struggling or behind or not getting everything that they need, call it what you want. Addressing those needs is going to be really important.

Sandy Durkin (24:25)

Absolutely. I do want to give a little bit of air time to cybersecurity and resiliency. At the beginning of the year, we were coming off of the Change Healthcare attack and focus from CMS on cybersecurity to prevent these types of attacks and also resiliency after an attack. And that of course remains a priority. But from my perspective, as a plan lawyer, the tech conversation was really dominated this year by AI. And I saw much less focus on security issues and a much greater focus on the evolving AI technology, how plans can use it, how they should be using it, how they may be required to use it. And I just want to encourage everybody who’s listening that as you are negotiating with these really savvy new vendors, you can’t get caught up in the hype around AI. You need to have all of your protections as a contract holder that you need to protect yourself in the event that there is a breach at the downstream level.

Elizabeth Lippincott (25:48)

Yeah, I’m glad we’re talking about AI because I have sensed a shift from just wariness about AI towards realizing the value, the potential value that it brings and thinking more about how to oversee it effectively. And I’ll just say in our practice, this year has been transformative for me in terms of the way I am using AI, especially for research and analysis in a large pool of data that we search for answers. And really, I’m talking about legal research and analysis. I can get things done much more quickly. Of course, I validate everything that I’m getting back to the primary source, the government resource, the regulation memo, the guidance, the FAQ, I look at the actual thing. But AI makes me able to answer client questions much more quickly. And so I do have just from my own first person experience, an appreciation for the potential value of AI and how it can make a human much more productive.

Sandy Durkin (27:02)

Yeah, I’ve been excited to see how the industry is using it in areas beyond utilization management prior auth, because that’s where it’s risky, and these are really sensitive decisions that depend on individual circumstances and that is a prime example of where you need a human overseeing every decision. Yes, human in the loop.

Elizabeth Lippincott (27:27)

Human in the loop. Yeah.

Sandy Durkin (27:28)

But that doesn’t mean there’s not other areas, right? Like customer service where AI can add a lot of value and streamline your operations.

Elizabeth Lippincott (27:36)

Yeah, yeah. I definitely have a bigger appreciation for how transformative and helpful it can be if it’s just like anything else, if it’s properly overseen by human beings.

Sandy Durkin (27:49)

And your partners are willing to share in the risk that they are creating for you. Because, one of the things that I’ve seen is, the gatekeepers of the AI tools. They know the limits of their capabilities, and they know, they’re very well aware of the legal risk, and they want to put it on the health plan or the provider disclaim all of it if they can and I think that’s really not appropriate where they are profiting off of the tool.

Elizabeth Lippincott (28:25)

Yeah, and it’s really important for everyone. Like you need legal advisors who understand that helping you with those contracts.

Sandy Durkin (28:34)

Absolutely.

Elizabeth Lippincott (28:35)

Compliance teams need to understand that because it’s not gonna go, we can’t just push it away. It’s kind of like offshoring. There’s gonna be some offshoring, you know? And you have to, rather than just try to keep it from ever happening unless, I mean, there are some environments where that’s appropriate, but in most cases, the best business approach is to figure out appropriate guardrails to address potential risks and to use it to be competitive.

Sandy Durkin (29:04)

Absolutely. I am just in the effort of keeping some structure to our conversation. I’m going to jump us ahead to, you know, our second episode was really focused on the Inflation Reduction Act and the reforms to the Part D program. I think we have already covered that at length and so episode three, that was where we really started to get into a discussion that continued throughout the year on risk adjustment. We had our first guest, the wonderful and incredibly brilliant Molly Turco, former CMS, now is working as a consultant on, and she really, you know, got like down in the weeds to talking about risk adjustment models and some of the work that she did at CMS and what she hoped to see continue under the new administration. And that, I think we can say risk adjustment is not an area where this Republican administration is going to say hands off, deregulation. They are going to be, they are making changes and they’re going to continue to make changes.

Elizabeth Lippincott (30:28)

Yeah, agree. I don’t have anything I would look back from that discussion and say, no, that didn’t come to pass, or that’s not still an issue.

Sandy Durkin (30:36)

One thing I just noticed when I was looking back over my notes from that episode, we asked Molly to call out some of the proposals that she hoped CMS would finalize. And she mentioned changes to the Prior Authorization Program, to utilization management, dual integration policies, improvements to the Medicare Plan Finder, and we did see a lot of that. CMS actually made changes to the Medicare Plan Finder without a proposed rule mid-year. It was sort of a rushed change. There were some issues

Elizabeth Lippincott (31:13)

Choppy. It was choppy. Yeah, it was rough. It rough. The provider directory.

Sandy Durkin (31:21)

But now there’s those enhancements, so beneficiaries should be able to look at provider directories as they’re shopping for plans.

Elizabeth Lippincott (31:29)

If they work, I mean, sorry, you are seeing some of the kind of move fast and break things, ethos being applied to government health programs that can get a little messy.

Sandy Durkin (31:42)

Absolutely. And they did, I think, in recognition of that, respond with a special election period for members who made decisions based on inaccurate information in the plan finder.

Elizabeth Lippincott (31:54)

Yeah, yeah. All good, all good. It’s funny, I had us down on episode six.

Sandy Durkin (32:00)

You did? Oh my gosh, you’re so, I’m, you’ve been moving us forward this whole time.

Elizabeth Lippincott (32:05)

No, you’re just so thorough. My idea of covering something is very different than yours.

Sandy Durkin (32:11)

You know and listeners who’ve worked with us will have certainly seen that dynamic. That’s why we’re a good team.

Elizabeth Lippincott (32:20)

Yeah, we touched on that. We touched on that. Yeah, absolutely.

Sandy Durkin (32:23)

Well, you know what, let’s talk about RADV audits then.

Elizabeth Lippincott (32:27)

Yeah, let’s do it. Let’s do it. Yeah, that’s been, well, we have touched on that. That’s been a bit of a whipsaw, hasn’t it?

Sandy Durkin (32:36)

Yeah, yeah, that’s another example of a complete 180, right? In May, plans were looking at really existentially threatening RADV audits, you know, covering years and years.

Elizabeth Lippincott (32:50)

Using AI to audit every plan for six years.

Sandy Durkin (32:56)

Yeah, and now that’s on hold. Our recommendation has been, because these audits are still ongoing, is you just need to register that you disagree with any methodology that relies on extrapolation, because that is currently not legal.

Elizabeth Lippincott (33:15)

Yeah, it’s amazing. Yeah, more to come on that. I mean, CMS won’t let that go. Be seeing more rulemaking, more litigation.

Sandy Durkin (33:25)

Possibly legislation.

Elizabeth Lippincott (33:27)

Absolutely.

Sandy Durkin (33:29)

So we had a really nice discussion with, I think, our second guest, Charles Baker on risk reform and responsibility. Charles has a compliance focus. And he came and gave really good insights into how to approach these questions of population health from an operational perspective. And he talked about, when dealing with risk adjustment, the importance of integrating it with quality improvement and compliance, not just looking at it through a performance lens. And, you know, I think no matter what happens with the audit methodology or with future possible changes to the risk adjustment program, that is going to remain important for plans that risk adjustment is tied to patient care and quality improvement.

Elizabeth Lippincott (34:31)

Yeah, those are words to live by in any regulatory environment.

Sandy Durkin (34:35)

Yeah, and any healthcare environment. Why are we here? Who are we serving?

Elizabeth Lippincott (34:40)

Yeah. And then we’ve touched on it, but talking about the market exits and a really, I think, sad reality behind some of these plans just closing down that it’s hard to sell a Medicare Advantage Plan right now if it’s not seeing good financial results. That’s a change. That’s a development. Used to see more acquisitions as opposed to just departures. So it’s kind of a sobering fact.

Sandy Durkin (35:11)

It is, although I think we do expect there will still, there will be consolidations, I think, going forward, but yeah, also just closures. And with that, you know, we’ve had a lot of questions about the two-year contracting ban in Medicare Advantage. You know, once an organization terminates all of its contracts, CMS doesn’t let you just come back in with a new product right away without good reason.

Elizabeth Lippincott (35:40)

with the same organization or common covered persons as whole analysis.

Sandy Durkin (35:46)

Exactly, right. And one thing that’s worth noting is that the rules don’t really contemplate the complex ownership structures that we have seen in this decade. If that’s something that you’re looking at, it’s worth doing a close legal analysis and figuring out how that applies, if at all, to your organization.

Elizabeth Lippincott (36:13)

In your specific situation and what your plans are for covering all of those run out obligations and long term document, you know, everything from document retention to how long you’re going to need customer service to how would you effectuate an appeal decision that went, you know, through many levels and you find out in a couple of years you had this obligation. So yeah, there’s a lot, a lot there. So if you have business leaders who are even thinking of that as a possibility, help them understand the complexity so that they’re prepared for the long range obligations following a departure from the Medicare plan market. Which all can be addressed and much of it can be delegated to vendors and you know it can be done absolutely but it takes some planning and intentionality.

Sandy Durkin (37:06)

Yeah, and I was just going to say, you know, revisiting all of those ongoing responsibilities even after the plan terminates just reminded me of the importance of having, you know, robust transition services in your vendor agreements because the obligations, they don’t go away. Even if, you know, even if you break up with a vendor, they’re still going to have, even if you close your plan, you’ve still got to hold onto your records and do financial reconciliations. So it’s really never too early to start thinking about it.

Elizabeth Lippincott (37:41)

Absolutely. Yeah. And then that brings us to, we’ve already touched on the Texas court decision vacating the risk adjustment extrapolation rule.

Sandy Durkin (37:53)

Yeah, that was episode nine that we talked about that. I think we called it a legal earthquake. And I am really curious to see if that decision holds up on appeal. I don’t think it’s a given that it will.

Elizabeth Lippincott (38:08)

No, no, I think, yeah, open question for sure.

Sandy Durkin (38:11)

But in the meantime, it was certainly a welcome reprieve for a lot of our friends in the industry.

Elizabeth Lippincott (38:17)

You know, here’s how I think about it. This is getting a little granular, but I suspect that that decision will be upheld because it’s based on procedural deficiencies that can be pretty easily cured with a new proposed rule. But I think once, you know, assuming that plays out in a new rule, is challenged and works its way through the courts on the substantive grounds around extrapolation that would, I’d say that one was at least 50-50.

Sandy Durkin (38:54)

Yeah, once they get into the fee-for-service adjuster and actuarial equivalence, I think the legal arguments are not a strong given precedent from the Court of Appeals. And that, you know, I think that’s our wrap-up. I want to look a little bit into next year, now that we’re in December. Is there anything that you are anticipating either as a major shakeup for the industry or not are more of the same?

Elizabeth Lippincott (39:24)

I’m going to be really interested to see, and this was true this year, the enrollment data. Once we see how AAP went, see if there’s growth, slowed growth, constriction in terms of how many people are in Medicare Advantage. If we see migration back into original Medicare with MedSupp plans, I think that’s going to be a very interesting data point to know where things are going.

Sandy Durkin (39:51)

Absolutely. Yeah, I know we appreciate the organizations that do that, data analytics, they’re wonderful. And then I’m interested in what’s gonna happen with the qui tam provisions of the False Claims Act. There’s been a few courts now that have questioned their constitutionality and I think the question is ripe for the Supreme Court soon and you know that will be a huge shake-up in terms of risk, legal risk to everybody with government lines of business in the healthcare industry.

Elizabeth Lippincott (40:29)

I’m also interested to see what comes through with these requests for information with this proposed rule and what comes through Congress next year. This one trend that we’re seeing, it’s expressed a lot in the discussion over prior authorization and Medicare Advantage, just growing pains in the healthcare environment because of the rapid growth in MA over the past 15, 20 years and the aging of that population. So if someone, you know, turned 65 in 2010 and enrolled in an MA plan, hospitals weren’t feeling that yet because that person was pretty healthy. But now they’re over 80 years old and that’s hitting home for the hospitals, you know. And so watching those demographics play out, those factors play out, providers getting more engaged around issues around Medicare Advantage, large health systems willing to go out of network and just see where things shake out, that’s new or, you know, increasing. So I think it’s going to be a very interesting year to watch provider networks and the trends and providers flexing a bit to use their leverage vis-a-vis Medicare Advantage plans.

Sandy Durkin (41:57)

Yeah, absolutely. I think that we’ll continue to see some challenging contractual environments. And just thinking about the aging population, you know, one of the proposals in the No Upcode Act was, I believe, to disallow the use of like home health risk assessments for risk adjustment purposes. But as you have an older, more sicker population, those home health services and HRAs in general, are really vital. So I think, yeah, they just got to be deployed correctly.

Elizabeth Lippincott (42:29)

Can be helpful. Can be helpful. Yeah. Yeah. What a year, Sandy.

Sandy Durkin (42:36)

Well, it’s been endlessly fascinating. Thanks so much for doing this podcast with me. I’ve had a great time. And thanks to everybody for listening and sharing. We’re just thrilled that people are enjoying it. And we can’t wait to bring you more next year.

Elizabeth Lippincott (42:45)

Yeah, you too. You too. Yeah, it’s a good exercise.

Yeah, thanks. Have a great holiday, everybody. Bye.

Sandy Durkin (47:46.158)

You too. Bye.